Construction Environmental Management Plan

City Rail Link Karangahape Station Early Works
Construction Environmental Management Plan
CRL-KRD-RME-LKA-PLN-800001
Revision: Final
Date: October 2019
Page 1 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Karangahape Station Early Works Construction Environmental

Management Plan
CRL-KRD-RME-LKA-PLN-800001
This document is uncontrolled when printed. This document should be printed in colour
Revision Status
Revision Date Version details Prepared By Approved By
A 26/9/19 Draft for Auckland Council and Caroline Peter Roan

Independent Peer Review Secretin
0 21/10/19 Final for Auckland Council Caroline Peter Roan

certification Secretin
Approval Status
Name/Title Signature Date
Prepared by: Caroline Secretin 21/10/2019

Principal Environmental Scientist
Reviewed by: Fiona Davies 21/10/2019

Associate Director - Environment
Approved by: Peter Roan 21/10/2019

Planning and Approvals Manager

Table of contents
Glossary ............................................................................................................. 7
1. Introduction .............................................................................................. 10
1.1 Karangahape Station ....................................................................................................... 10
1.2 Purpose of the CEMP ....................................................................................................... 11
1.3 CEMP Structure ............................................................................................................... 11
1.4 Environmental Sub-Plans................................................................................................. 12
1.5 Feedback on CEMP and Sub-Plans ................................................................................... 14
1.6 Mana Whenua ................................................................................................................. 14
1.7 Sustainability ................................................................................................................... 15
1.7.1. Infrastructure Sustainability...................................................................................... 15
1.7.2. ISCA IS Rating Scheme .............................................................................................. 15
1.8 Relevant Conditions ........................................................................................................ 16
1.8.1. Designation Conditions ............................................................................................. 16
1.8.2. Resource Consent Conditions ................................................................................... 24
1.9 CEMP Reviews and updates............................................................................................. 30
2. Karangahape Station Early Works............................................................. 31

2.1 Overview of Works .......................................................................................................... 31
2.2 Construction Methodology .............................................................................................. 31
2.2.1. Construction Staging ................................................................................................ 31
2.2.2. Beresford Square and Pitt Street .............................................................................. 33
2.2.3. Mercury Lane ........................................................................................................... 37
2.3 Programme ...................................................................................................................... 40
2.4 Hours of work .................................................................................................................. 40
2.5 Site layout and management........................................................................................... 40
2.6 Site Security, safety and public viewing ........................................................................... 42
2.6.1. Crime Prevention through Environmental Design ..................................................... 42
2.7 Site Housekeeping ........................................................................................................... 43
2.7.1. Graffiti ...................................................................................................................... 43
2.7.1. Litter ........................................................................................................................ 43
2.8 Returning the site to public use ....................................................................................... 43
3. Social and Environmental Management ................................................... 44
3.1 Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers ................................... 44
3.2 Environmental Risk Register ............................................................................................ 46

3.3 Cumulative Effects ........................................................................................................... 46
3.4 Legislative and Other Requirements................................................................................ 46
3.4.1. National Legal Requirements and Policies ................................................................. 46
3.4.2. Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects ................. 47
4. Implementation and Operation ................................................................ 49
4.1 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 49
4.1.1. Overview and Responsibility for this CEMP ............................................................... 49
4.1.2. Specific Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................ 49
4.2 Training and Induction..................................................................................................... 52
4.2.1. Induction Training .................................................................................................... 52
4.2.2. Tool Box Talks........................................................................................................... 52
4.2.3. Pre-Start meetings.................................................................................................... 53
5. Environmental Management .................................................................... 54
5.1 Network Utilities ............................................................................................................. 54
5.1.1. Provision of Drawings to Network Utility Operators .................................................. 55
5.2 Social Impact and Business Disruption ............................................................................ 55
5.3 Communication and Consultation ................................................................................... 56
5.4 Erosion and Sediment Control ......................................................................................... 57
5.5 Air Quality ....................................................................................................................... 58
5.6 Trees and Vegetation ...................................................................................................... 59
5.7 Transport, Access and Parking ......................................................................................... 60
5.8 Construction Noise and Vibration.................................................................................... 62
5.9 Lighting Spill and Glare .................................................................................................... 63
5.10 Historic Character ............................................................................................................ 63
5.10.1. Built Heritage ........................................................................................................... 63
5.10.2. Archaeology ............................................................................................................. 64
5.11 Urban Design ................................................................................................................... 66
5.12 Contaminated Soils.......................................................................................................... 66
5.13 Groundwater and Settlement.......................................................................................... 67
5.14 Building Condition Surveys .............................................................................................. 68
5.15 Hazardous Substances ..................................................................................................... 69
5.16 Industrial and Trade Activities ......................................................................................... 70
5.17 Waste Management ........................................................................................................ 70
5.18 Energy Use ....................................................................................................................... 71
5.19 Water use ........................................................................................................................ 71

5.20 Material use .................................................................................................................... 72
5.21 Emergency and Incident Response .................................................................................. 72
5.21.1. Emergency Response Plan ........................................................................................ 72
5.21.2. Incident Response .................................................................................................... 73
5.21.3. Spill Response .......................................................................................................... 74
5.21.4. Recording and Reporting of Incidents ....................................................................... 74
5.21.5. Complaint Process .................................................................................................... 74
6. Monitoring and Review............................................................................. 76

6.1 Environmental Monitoring .............................................................................................. 76
6.1.1. Collaborative Working .............................................................................................. 76
6.1.2. Collaborative Meeting .............................................................................................. 77
6.2 Environmental Inspections .............................................................................................. 77
6.3 Environmental Auditing................................................................................................... 77
6.4 Corrective and Preventive Action .................................................................................... 77
6.5 Environmental Reporting ................................................................................................ 78
6.6 Document Control ........................................................................................................... 78
6.7 CEMP Review ................................................................................................................... 78
6.7.1. Management Review ................................................................................................ 78
6.7.2. Review Approval Process .......................................................................................... 79
Appendix A: ISCA Requirements ..................................................................... 81

Appendix B: CEMP Staging Drawings .............................................................. 88
Appendix C: Designation Conditions ............................................................... 89
Appendix D: Resource Consent Conditions ..................................................... 90
Appendix E: Consultation Records .................................................................. 91
Appendix F: Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan...... 102
Appendix G: Communication and Consultation Plan .................................... 103
Appendix H: Erosion and Sediment Control Plan .......................................... 104
Appendix I: Air Quality Delivery Work Plan .................................................. 105
Appendix J: Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan ................................. 106
Appendix K: Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan .................. 107
Appendix L: Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan ............. 108

Appendix M: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage) ........... 109
Appendix N: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology).............. 110
Appendix O: Contamination Delivery Work Plan .......................................... 111
Appendix P: Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
112
Appendix Q: Building Condition Surveys ...................................................... 113
Appendix R: Emergency Spill Response Plan ................................................ 115

Glossary
Term Definition
AC Auckland Council
AECOM AECOM New Zealand Limited
AEE Assessment of Environmental Effects
AEP Annual exceedance probability
ANZECC (2000) Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council Guidelines for
Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000)
AQ DWP Air Quality Delivery Work Plan, also Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
AUP(OP) Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part)
BCS Building Condition Survey
bgl below ground level
BPO Best Practicable Option
CCP Communication and Consultation Plan
CDWP Contamination Delivery Work Plan, also refers to Contaminated Soils
Management Plan
CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan
CEP Construction Execution Procedure
CLG (or CBLG) Community (Business) Liaison Groups
CNV DWP Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan
Communication and Responsible for notifying residents of works occurring within the near vicinity
Consultation Manager and managing mitigation as required; primary contact for project related
complaints and enquiries.
Construction Contractor Also referred to as Link Alliance
CPTED Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design
CRL City Rail Link
CRLL City Rail Link Limited
CSA Construction Support Area
CWD Clean Water Diversion Bunds
dB A unit of measurement on a logarithmic scale which describes the magnitude of
sound pressure with respect to a reference value (20µPa)
DBH Tree Diameter at Breast Height
DRI Dust Risk Index
DRP Development Response Plan
DWD Dirty water diversion
DWP Delivery Work Plan
Early works Refer to the works being undertaken prior to the main works. Detail of these
works is provided in section 2 of this CEMP.

Term Definition
Sections of the early works refer to both Beresford Square / Pitt Street and
Mercury Lane early works.
Stages refer to the construction stages at both sections of the early works.
ECBF East Coast Bays Formation
ERP Emergency Response Plan
ESCP (or ESCMP) Erosion and Sediment Control (Management) Plan
ESCM Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
ESM Environment and Sustainability Manager
ESRP Emergency Spill Response Plan
GD05 Auckland Council, Erosion and Sediment Control, Guidelines for Land Disturbing
Activities in the Auckland Region, Guideline Document 005, 2016
GHG Greenhouse Gas
GSMCP Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
H&S Health and Safety
HC DWP Historic Character Delivery Work Plan
HHA Historic Heritage Area
HNZPT Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga
HNZPTA Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act
IAP2 International Association for Public Participation
IPRP Independent Peer Review Panel
IS Infrastructure Sustainability
ISCA Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia
ITA EMP Industrial Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan
Link Alliance Construction Contractor
Main construction works These works relate to the construction of the station and mined tunnels for the
rail tracks
MfE Ministry for the Environment
MP Management Plan
NA Not applicable
NES National Environmental Standard
NAL North Auckland Rail Line
NUO Network Utility Operators
NZTA New Zealand Transport Agency
PADWP Public Art Delivery Work Plan
Permit to Notify (PTN) Permit to Notify will be used to facilitate internal approvals for works that are
likely to have an impact on the adjacent community (refer to CCP for further
detail).

Term Definition
RMA Resource Management Act 1991
SIBD DWP Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
SR Sediment Retention
SSCNMP Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan
SSCNVMP Site Specific Construction Noise Vibration Management Plan
SSCVMP Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan
SDS (or MSDS) (Material) Safety Data Sheet
Sub-plans, suite of plans, Referring to sub-plans throughout the documents. These plans include all
DWP, MPs Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP) which are supporting
documents to this CEMP. All DWP/MPs are listed in Section 1.4 of this CEMP.
TAP DWP Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan
Tree Protection Zone A Tree Protection Zone considers root and crown area of the tree that would
need to remain isolated from construction disturbance to maintain tree health.
The height of the Tree Protection Zone is dictated by the height of the tree and
the width (or radius) around the tree is calculated by multiplying the tree’s
diameter at breast height (DBH) by 12.
TSP Total Suspended Particulate
TV DWP Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan
UD DWP Urban Design Delivery Work Plan
WARRMP Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan

1. Introduction
The City Rail Link (CRL) project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 km
underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail
Line in the vicinity of Mt Eden station. The CRL involves the construction of two new underground
stations at Aotea and Karangahape, and a new surface station at Mt Eden including redeveloping the
North Auckland Line (NAL) platform (refer to Figure 1-1). The design and construction of the CRL
infrastructure between the Aotea and Mt Eden Stations is being delivered by the Link Alliance.
Figure 1-1: CRL Route and Location
This CEMP has been prepared in relation to construction of the new Karangahape Station (the
Station).
1.1 Karangahape Station

The Karangahape Station consists of two entrances, one at Beresford Square / Pitt Street and the
other at Mercury Lane, linked together by platforms with two mined tunnels approximately 32m
below Pitt Street. The Karangahape Station will also comprise equipment rooms, ventilation systems
and emergency egress at both Mercury Lane and Beresford Square / Pitt Street.
Given the nature and scale of the Karangahape Station construction, works will be undertaken in a
staged manner, involving:
 Early works (demolition, network utility relocation and site establishment works) – to be
undertaken from October 2019 through to early 2020;
 Main construction works (construction of the station and mined tunnels for the rail tracks) –
to be undertaken from early 2020 through to late 2023; and
 Public realm reinstatement – likely to be undertaken from late 2022 to late 2024.
Further detail on the construction works is provided in section 2.2 of this CEMP.

Development of this CEMP will be undertaken in stages to reflect the staged construction approach.
This CEMP addresses the Karangahape Station early works, described in detail in section 2. CEMPs
will be prepared in the future to include the main construction activities and public realm
reinstatement.
1.2 Purpose of the CEMP

The purpose and objective of this CEMP is to outline how the Karangahape Station early works will
be carried out and managed to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment
(including cumulative effects) as far as is reasonably practical, in accordance with the CRL
designation and the Aotea to North Auckland Line (A2N) consent conditions.
The designation and resource consent conditions also require the preparation of a suite of Delivery
Works Plans (DWPs) and Management Plans (MPs) (the ‘sub-plans’), which set out detailed methods
for avoiding, remedying or mitigating adverse effects associated with the works.
The CEMP and sub-plans (refer to section 1.4) will be implemented throughout the entire works
period and will be reviewed and updated as necessary.
Overall, implementation of this CEMP will ensure:
 Appropriate management of potential adverse environmental effects associated with the

early works;
 Compliance with the conditions of the CRL designation and resource consent;
 Compliance with environmental legislation; and
 Achievement of the project’s environmental and sustainability objectives.
The CEMP and sub-plans will be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the
project, or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved
complaints.
1.3 CEMP Structure

The CEMP is structured as follows:
 Section 1 details the project background, outlines the purpose of the CEMP, the scope of the
CEMP and sub-plans (namely the DWPs and MPs), and outlines designation and resource
consent conditions relevant to this CEMP.
 Section 2 provides a description of the early works and includes the works programme,
hours of operation, site layout, details on security, safety and public viewing, site
housekeeping.
 Section 3 describes the social and environmental management context of the works,
discusses the construction activities and environmental receivers. This section also discusses
the environmental risks associated with construction activity and outlines applicable
legislative requirements.
 Section 4 details the implementation and operation of the CEMP. This section covers roles
and responsibilities and training requirements.
 Section 5 summarises the environmental management procedures and operating
procedures that will be implemented to manage emergency incidents. These procedures
refer to the suite of sub-plans attached in Appendices F to P of this CEMP.

 Section 6 describes environmental monitoring requirements, environmental inspections,

environmental auditing, corrective and preventive action, reporting, document control and
CEMP review.
1.4 Environmental Sub-Plans

This CEMP is an overarching document that outlines how the Link Alliance will manage the
environmental, social and economic effects of the Karangahape Station early works. The principles
and general approach to managing the effects are set out in this CEMP, with detailed management
methods described in the sub-plans that inform the CEMP (provided in Appendix F to P of this
CEMP).
Table 1-1 and Table 1-2 outline the sub-plans relevant to the early works, along with the reference
to the relevant CRL designation and A2N resource consent conditions that set out the requirements
for the sub-plans. Where the designation and resource consent conditions require the preparation of
both a DWP and a MP to address the same subject matter (e.g. air quality), a single Plan has been
prepared to address all relevant condition requirements.
Table 1-1: Plans attached to the CEMP to address the relevant CRL designation conditions
Plan Acronym Designation Purpose Section of

Condition # CEMP and
Appendices
Social Impact and SIBD DWP 61 To outline the practices and 5.2 and
Business Disruption processes to avoid, remedy or Appendix F
Delivery Work Plan mitigate the adverse effects arising
from disruption to businesses,
residents and community
services/facilities arising from
construction.
Communication CCP 15 To outline the practices and 5.3 and
and Consultation processes to ensure appropriate Appendix G
Plan communication and consultation is
undertaken with the community,
stakeholders and parties affected by
construction activities.
Air Quality Delivery AQ DWP 59 To outline the practices and 5.5 and
Work Plan (also an processes to avoid, remedy or Appendix I
Air Quality mitigate the adverse effects on air
Management Plan) quality arising from construction.
Trees and TV DWP 55 To provide for the development and 5.6 and
Vegetation DWP implementation of identified best Appendix J
practicable options to avoid, remedy
or mitigate adverse effects on trees
and vegetation resulting from
construction effects.
Transport, Access TAP DWP 18, 20.1, To outline the practices and 5.7 and
and Parking 21.1, 25, 26 processes to manage the adverse Appendix K
Delivery Work Plan and 28 effects of construction on the
transport network (including parking
and access).

Plan Acronym Designation Purpose Section of

Condition # CEMP and
Appendices
Construction Noise CNV DWP 16.1, 16.2, To provide for the development and 0 and
and Vibration 31, 33.2, 34, implementation of identified best Appendix L
Delivery Work Plan and 36 to 39 practicable options to avoid, remedy
or mitigate adverse effects on
receivers of noise and vibration
resulting from construction effects
Historic Character HC DWP 41 and 46 To outline the practices and 5.10.1 and
Delivery Work Plan (Built processes to avoid, remedy or Appendix M
(Built Heritage Heritage mitigate the potential adverse
Section) Section) effects on built heritage that may
result during construction.
Historic Character HC DWP 42 To manage the adverse 5.10.2 and
Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology archaeological effects that may Appendix N
(Archaeology Section) result during construction.
Section)
Urban Design UD DWP 47 To enable the integration of the 5.11
Delivery Work Plan permanent works into the This plan is
surrounding landscape and urban not relevant
design context. to the early
works
Public Art Delivery PA DWP 56 To manage the adverse effects on This plan is
Work Plan public art located within or in close not relevant
proximity to the construction to the early
footprint. works
Contamination CDWP 57 To outline the practices and 5.12 and
Delivery Work Plan processes to manage the adverse Appendix O
(also a effects of contaminated land arising
Contaminated Soils from construction.
Management Plan)
Table 1-2: Plans attached to the CEMP to address the relevant A2N resource consent conditions
Plan and relevant Acronym Resource Purpose Section of

assessment Consent CEMP
Condition #
Communication and CCP 25 and 27 To outline the practices and 5.3 and
Consultation Plan processes to ensure appropriate Appendix G
communication and consultation is
undertaken with the community,
stakeholders and parties affected by
construction activities.
Erosion and ESCP 53 - 58, 65 - To outline the methods for managing 5.4 and
Sediment Control 73 and controlling erosion and sediment Appendix H
Plan discharges from the construction
area.
Air Quality AQ DWP 219 - 228 To outline the practices and 5.5 and
Management Plan processes to avoid, remedy or Appendix I

Plan and relevant Acronym Resource Purpose Section of

assessment Consent CEMP
Condition #
mitigate the adverse effects on air
quality arising from construction.
Contaminated Soils CDWP 131-141 To outline the practices and 5.12 and
Management Plan processes to manage the adverse Appendix O
effects of contaminated land arising
from construction.
Groundwater and GSMCP 96-103 To outline the practices and 5.13 and
Settlement processes to monitor the effects of Appendix P
Monitoring and groundwater drawdown on buildings
Contingency Plan in proximity to the proposed works.
Industrial and Trade ITA EMP 159 and 166 To outline the practices and 5.16
Activities processes to avoid, remedy or This plan is
Environmental mitigate the potential adverse effects not relevant
Management Plan on stormwater and receiving to the early
environment generated by runoff works
from construction activities.
1.5 Feedback on CEMP and Sub-Plans

This CEMP and the suite of sub-plans have been developed to enable consultation with and feedback
from the Karangahape Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) as per condition 7 of the CRL
designation and condition 19 of the A2N resource consent. A record of consultation outcomes in
relation to this CEMP is included in Appendix E, which sets out where feedback has been
incorporated into the plans; or reasons have been provided to explain why changes haven’t been
incorporated.
The CEMP and DWPs have been reviewed by Independent Peer Reviewers (IPR) prior to submission
to Auckland Council, as per the requirements of CRL designation condition 11. The IPRs are suitably
qualified independent specialists agreed to by Auckland Council to form an IPR Panel. A record of
feedback from the IPR on this CEMP is provided in Appendix E and where the feedback has been
incorporated into the Plan, or not, and the reasons for this.
1.6 Mana Whenua

We are all descended from Ranginui, our Father Sky and Papatuanuku, our Mother Earth. Ngā mana
whenua o Tāmaki Makaurau have a special relationship with Ranginui, Papatuanuku, and their
resources. Acting as kaitiaki, they endeavour to protect their whānau, hapū and Iwi and encourage
all people to act as protectors of the earth.
Kaitiakitanga includes:
 protecting, restoring, enhancing the mauri (life supporting capacity) of resources;

 fulfilling spiritual, emotional and inherited responsibilities to the environment;
 maintaining mana over resources; and
 ensuring the welfare of the people those resources support. In Tāmaki Makaurau it is mana
whenua who are Kaitiaki.
The aspiration of the project to be exemplary in the practice of sustainability – encompassing the
four well-beings (environmental, cultural, social and economic) – aligns and supports kaitiakitanga.
In meeting their sustainability commitments, CRL staff, contractors and others involved in the
project are also supporting kaitiakitanga and mana whenua as kaitiaki. Furthermore, they are also
improving the state of the environment that we pass on for future generations.
The CRL sustainability framework is informed by tikanga tiaki and mātauranga.
A CRL Mana Whenua forum has been established for the purposes of undertaking kaitiakitanga
responsibilities associated with the project. The forum comprises those mana whenua groups who
expressed an interest in being involved in the project and its related activities. Eight mana whenua
self-identified their interest in CRL and are currently part of the forum:
 Ngāti Maru;
 Ngāti Paoa;
 Ngāi Tai Ki Tāmaki;
 Ngāti Te AtaWaiohua;
 Ngāti Whātua o Ōrākei;
 Te AkitaiWaiohua;
 Te Kawerau a Maki; and
 Ngāti Tamaoho.
CRLL and the Link Alliance continue to work collaboratively with the mana whenua forum on all
aspects of the project. With the commencement of construction for the early works for Karangahape
Station, the forum’s role will include cultural induction for contractors, assistance with discovery
procedures, monitoring, and ongoing provision of mātauranga Māori input.
1.7 Sustainability
This section provides detail about the sustainability practices that will be implemented as part of the
CRL Project and the Karangahape Station early works. It includes a description of the rating scheme
chosen to measure sustainability of the CRL.
1.7.1. Infrastructure Sustainability

The Link Alliance shares CRLL’s objective for the CRL project, which is to set the benchmark for
designing, building and operating sustainable infrastructure in New Zealand and to optimise
environmental, social and economic outcomes over the long term. Optimising outcomes involves
more than simply minimising impacts and complying with consent conditions, but reflects the ‘triple
bottom line’.
The context for environmental and sustainability targets for the CRL has been established through a
comprehensive review of local and national targets. The Infrastructure Sustainability Council of
Australia’s (ISCA) Infrastructure Sustainability (IS) rating scheme 1 has been chosen to measure the
sustainability performance of the project.
1.7.2. ISCA IS Rating Scheme

The project is targeting certified Design and As-built ratings against the IS rating scheme, specifically,
an ‘Excellent’ rating.
1 Refer to www.isca.org.au for background information about the scheme.

The project performance will be assessed in the categories outlined in Table 1-3. Details regarding
the management of the IS Rating Scheme are included in the project’s Sustainability Management
Plan2.
In some cases, the IS requirements are additional to the project’s designation and resource consent
requirements and effectively enhance the designation and consent requirements. It is essential that
the IS requirements are met to achieve the project’s sustainability goals, however they are not
designation or resource consent requirements that require certification by Auckland Council.
Table 1-3: ISCA Rating Categories
Themes Categories Abbreviation

Management and Governance Management Systems Man
Procurement and Purchasing Pro
Climate Change Adaptation Cli
Using Resources Energy & Carbon Ene
Wai (Water) Wat
Materials Mat
Emissions, Pollution & Waste Discharges to Air, Land & Water Dis
Whenua (Land) Lan
Waste Was
Ecology Ecology Eco
People & Place Community Health, Wellbeing & Hea
Safety
Heritage Her
Stakeholder Participation Sta
Urban & Landscape Design Urb
Innovation Innovation Inn
Project sustainability requirements that relate directly to this CEMP are included in Appendix A.
Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving relevant
sustainability targets are provided in the relevant management plans and DWPs.
1.8 Relevant Conditions

1.8.1. Designation Conditions
The early works are subject to CRL Designation 2500-43, which was confirmed in November 2015.
The designation conditions are included in Appendix C of this CEMP. Table 1-4 identifies the
designation conditions relevant to this CEMP and where these are addressed in this Plan.
2 Link Alliance Sustainability Management Plan, Revision A00, 13 September 2019, CRL-SYW-SUS-LKA-PLN-800000
3 A Notice of Requirement for alterations to the CRL Designation 2500-4 in relation to the Karangahape Station is currently
under appeal.
Table 1-4: Relevant designation conditions and references to relevant sections of the CEMP
No Designation Condition CEMP Section

7.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, 1.5
establish at least one Community Liaison Group in each the following key construction areas:
5.3
(b) Karangahape Road (Designation 4)
7.4 In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to: 1.5
(d) Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS.
Appendix E
13.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a 6
collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation
conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans
associated with construction of the City Rail Link.
13.2 This collaborative working process shall:
(a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of 6.1
designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the
Auckland Council;
(b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to
work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s);
(c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed
with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation
conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have
been addressed;
(d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison
Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more
regularly, at least once every two months.
13.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to:
(a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: 5.21.5, 6
(i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs
(including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;
(ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with
the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;
(b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are
not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed
and confirmed;

(c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs,
SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs);
(d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different
timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond
to these.
17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or 5.21.5 and
complaints received about adverse effects. This shall: Appendix G
(a) Identify the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);
(b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;
(c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity
by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site
specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38);
17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: 5.21.5, 6 and
(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the Appendix G
concern or complaint;
(b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the
complaint relates to noise or air quality;
(c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;
(d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint
such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;
(e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.
17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as 6 and
otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13). Appendix G
17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all 6 and
records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other Appendix G
steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring
Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The
Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of
receiving the records of complaint.
19.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including 1.2
cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction.
19.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes 6.6 and 6.7
to plans made under Condition 23.


19.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of 6
construction of the City Rail Link.
19.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions. Appendices F
to Q
19.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that 4 and 6
are not addressed by the DWPs.
20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following:
(b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and 4.1
email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;
(c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and 4.2
monitoring;
(d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to Appendix K
the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and
(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. 5.21.5 and
Appendix G
20.2 The CEMP shall include details of:
(a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication 4.1
and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor 6.6 and 6.7
/ Auckland Council requirements;
(c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; 5.21
(d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); 5.21.5
and Appendix
G
(e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs 2
which address the management of adverse effects during construction;
(f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period; 2
(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and 2
(h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects. 3.3
21.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the
surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored:
(a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support 2
and storage areas;


(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area; 5.4
and Appendix
H
(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures 5.4
and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures; and Appendix
H
(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of 2
construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take
place within the boundaries of the designation;
(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in 2.6 and 2.7
good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible;
(g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana 2.6 and 5
whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these
without compromising the purpose for which these are erected;
(h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their 2.6 and 2
purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and
opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and
connection to the project;
(i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within 2.5
the construction area and not on adjacent streets);
(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites 5.9
adjacent construction areas;
(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of 5.15
hazardous substances;
(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and 2
(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP. 5.11
22.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse
effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The
review shall take into consideration:
(a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to 1.2, 6.7
these plans;
(b) Any changes to construction methods;
(c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project;


(d) Changes in industry best practice standards;
(e) Changes in legal or other requirements;
(f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;
(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs
and SSCVMPs); and
(h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under
Condition 17.
22.2 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made 6.7
available to the Auckland Council upon request.
23.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. 6.7
23.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. 6.7
23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs Appendix G
and SSCVMPs).
23.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about 1.5
the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not.
23.5 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11.
1.5
23.6 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval 1.5 and 1.9
to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any
changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply.
24.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be 5.1
included in the CEMP.
24.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take 5.1
account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities
that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link.
24.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a 5.1
Network Utility Operator which was:
(a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or
(b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process.
24.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to,
the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum:


(a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility 5.1 and
Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; Appendix G
(b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, 5.1 and
relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; Appendix G
(c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the 5.1
various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the and Appendix
restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: G
(i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network
Utilities;
(ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the
ground showing specific surveyed locations;
(d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by 5.1
Network Utility Operators at all times; and Appendix
G
(e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times 5.1
on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times and Appendix
during the construction of the City Rail Link G
(f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network 5.1
Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; and Appendix
G
(g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; 5.1
and Appendix
G
(h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for 2.2, 5.1 and
earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; Appendix H
(i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; 2.2, 5.1 and
Appendix L
(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities; 2.2, 5.1, 5.21
(k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network 2.2, 5.1
Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings;


(m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) 5.1, 5.3,
undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. Appendix E
and Appendix
G
24.5 If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the Appendix G
construction otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such
expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of
the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.

1.8.2. Resource Consent Conditions

The Karangahape Station early works are subject to the A2N regional resource consents approved by
Auckland Council on 17 November 20164. A full set of the resource consent conditions are included
in Appendix D. Table 1-5 identifies the resource consent conditions relevant to this CEMP and where
they are addressed in this Plan.
4 (R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898,

R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038)
Table 1-5: Relevant resource consents conditions and references to relevant sections of the CEMP
No. Resource Consent condition CEMP Section

Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG)
19 The Consent Holder shall consult with the CLG in respect of the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans. 1.5 and
Appendix E
Communication and Consultation
25 At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP, the purpose of which is to set out a 5.3 and
framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in- Appendix G
proximity parties during the construction of the Project.
27 The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will: 5.3 and
a) Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; Appendix G
b) Provide early information on key Project milestones;
c) Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected
in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans;
d) Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to:
i) Who is responsible for responding;
ii) How responses will be provided; and
iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
28 The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: 5.3 and
a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications Appendix G
and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or
similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
b. The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);
c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;
d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to:
i) All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent construction sites;
ii) Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;
iii) Heritage NZ;
iv) NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
v) Kiwirail;
vi) Department of Corrections;
vii) Ministry of Justice;


viii) Network Utility Operators; and
ix) The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24)
e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the
activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;
f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other
Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback;
g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will
communicate;
i. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The
summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties;
j. How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and
k. How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how
Heritage NZ will be involved in this process.
Advice note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol
Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.
29 The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans. 5.3
and Appendix
G
30 The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the 5.3 and
“key contacts” and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Appendix G
31 Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and 5.3 and
Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Appendix G
32 If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the 5.3 and
Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring. Appendix G
33 The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project. Noted
Construction Management
35 Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan This Plan and
(CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents. sub-plans
36 The CEMP shall include details of:
a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource 2 and 5
consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment.
b. The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical 4.1.2
address);


source not
found.
d. Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction 5 and
areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In Appendix G
particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the
construction works:
i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction;
ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access;
iii) regular updates on construction progress;
iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and
v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works.
e. Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address 5.3, Appendix
of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; G
f. General site layout and management; 2.5

g. Hours of operation; 2.4
h. Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; 2.6
i. Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions; 5
j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and Appendix H
and ITA EMP
(to be
prepared for
the main
works)
k. Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered 5.14
Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent. and Appendix
Q
37 The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the Noted
commencement of construction.
38 CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP. Construction shall 6.7
not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
39 The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or 6.7
relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by
the review process in Condition 42).

40 Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a 6.7
change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
The Consent Hold shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be
certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
Construction Traffic
41 The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of 5.7, 5.3 and
construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved through the following objectives: Appendix K
a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion;
b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and
c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.
Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included
in the relevant CRL designation conditions.
Review Process for CEMP and other Management Plans
42 The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or Noted
a. As a result of a material change to the Project;
b. To address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or
c. To address unresolved complaints.
43 A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall Noted
take into consideration:
a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans;
b. Any changes to construction methods;
c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project;
d. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards;
e. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements;
f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;
g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the
CEMP and other Management Plans; and
h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49.
44 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and 6.7
advised to and made available to the CLG.
Concerns and Complaints Management
45 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall instigate a process to address the concern 5.3 and
or complaint. This shall: Appendix G
a. Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);

b. Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;
c. Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant Management Plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the
activity by a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures; and
d. Provide the person raising the concern or complaint with details of the response.
46 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent Holder. This record shall include: 5.3 and
a. The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this or do not want the Appendix G
information recorded) and details of the concern or complaint;
b. Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the
complaint relates to air quality;
c. The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;
d. Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related
construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;
e. Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity and any proposed changes to any
Management Plan; and
f. the response of the person who raised the concern or complaint to the remedial actions undertaken.
47 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise 5.3 and
agreed) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Appendix G
48 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Consent Holder will provide to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a copy 5.3 and
of all records of the complaint and advice as to Appendix G
a. how it has been dealt with and addressed; and
b. whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required.
49 In addition to Condition 48, the Consent Holder shall also request the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to determine whether a review 5.3 and
of the CEMP and/or Management Plan(s) is required under Condition 42 to address the unresolved complaint or dispute. The Council (Team Appendix G
Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records
of complaint.

1.9 CEMP Reviews and updates

This CEMP is a live document that will be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material
change to the project, to reflect changes to matters such as the construction methodology and the
management of environmental effects, or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from
construction or unresolved complaints. Any material changes to this CEMP must be certified by
Auckland Council prior to any on-site activity reliant upon the change commencing. A formal review
process is described in section 6.7 of this CEMP.

2. Karangahape Station Early Works

2.1 Overview of Works
Early works will be carried out to prepare the Karangahape Station site for the main construction
works (subject to a separate CEMP). The early works are shown on the drawings provided in
Appendix B and an overview of the works is provided in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1: Overview of Karangahape Early Works
Works location Overview of construction activities

Beresford Square /  Relocation of network utilities located within the footprint of the new
Pitt Street Karangahape Station in Beresford Square / Pitt Street;
 Removal of street trees and the demolition of the café / toilet in Beresford
Square;
 Establishment of the Beresford Square Construction Support Area (CSA) to
provide site offices, construction vehicle parking, laydown areas and storage of
plant and equipment etc.; and
 Closure of Beresford Square to vehicle traffic (other than construction traffic)
while retaining pedestrian and cycle access;
 Removal of existing street furniture where required (such as seating, street
lighting (to be replaced with temporary lighting).
Mercury Lane  Relocation of network utilities located within the footprint of the new
Karangahape Station in Mercury Lane;
 Establishment of the Mercury Lane CSA to provide site offices, construction
vehicle parking, laydown areas and storage of plant and equipment etc; and
 Establishment of the Mercury Lane temporary working platform.
It should be noted that the demolition of buildings and above ground structures within the Mercury
Lane CSA are authorised by the CRL Enabling Works OPW – Karangahape Road Demolition Works
(Council reference OPW60339200) 5, confirmed by Auckland Council in June 2019 and do not form
part of this Plan. A CEMP and set of sub-plans were prepared and provided when lodging the OPW
with Auckland Council.
2.2 Construction Methodology

Section 2.2.1 to 2.2.3 describes the construction staging and construction methodology for the early
works at Pitt Street/Beresford Square and Mercury Lane.
2.2.1. Construction Staging

The early works will be divided into stages as outlined in
Table 2-2 (refer to Construction Staging Plans provided in Appendix B).
5 CRL Enabling Works Outline Plan of Works (OPW) – Karangahape Road Demolition Works (Council reference
OPW60339200), CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-0129
Table 2-2: Construction Staging
Stage Description Dates Approximate

Duration
Beresford Square / Pitt Street
Stage 1 – Tree  Sequenced tree removal in Beresford Square Q1 2020 3 months
Removal and Café maintaining access for pedestrians.
/ Toilet demolition
 Demolition and removal of toilet and café. Q1 2020 3 months
Stage 2 – Service  Excavation of combined service trench on Pitt Q1 2020 1 month
relocation Street one stage.
 Relocation of services within trench and
reinstatement of pavement.
Stage 3 – Service  Excavation of combined service trench on Q1 2020 2 months
relocation northern side of Beresford Square and western
side of Pitt Street.
 Relocation of services within trenches and
 Directional drill to relocate wastewater line on
southern side of Beresford Square.
Stage 4 – Service  Excavation of combined service trench on Q1 2020 – Q2 2020 2 months
relocation southern side of Beresford Square.
 Staged combined trench for wastewater and
stormwater line on western end of Beresford
Square.
 Beresford Square Construction support area (CSA) establishment Q1 2020 3 months
CSA to be progressively established from January 2020 with further
development through to the start of the main construction works. This
CSA will remain for the duration of the Karangahape Station works
(approx. five years).
Mercury Lane
Stage 1 – Western  Excavation of combined service trench within Q4 2019 2 months
service relocation western side of Mercury Lane carriageway
 Option 1: Relocation of all services within
trench and reinstatement of pavement.
 Option 1A: Directional drilling for new
stormwater service at requirement depth,
followed by relocation of remaining services in
combined service trench.
Stage 2 – Eastern  Excavation of combined service trench within Q4 2019 – Q1 2020 3 months
service relocation eastern side of Mercury Lane carriageway and
Cross Street.
 Site establishment Q1 2020 2 months

Stage Description Dates Approximate

Duration
Site to be progressively established from January to March 2020 with
further development through to the start of the main construction
works.
 Mercury Lane CSA establishment Q1 2020 2 months
CSA to be progressively established from January to March 2020 with
further development through to the start of the main construction
works. This CSA will remain for the duration of the Karangahape Station
works (approx. five years).
Vehicle and pedestrian access to properties surrounding the works areas will be maintained during
the works, though there may be a requirement for temporary closures over short periods during
certain works, such as the establishment / change-over of utility diversions. Beresford Square will be
permanently closed as part of the early works to enable construction of the new Karangahape
Station. Any potential disruption to vehicle/pedestrian access during the works will be mitigated by
implementing the relevant operating procedures as described in section 5 of this CEMP, and further
detailed in the TAP DWP (refer to section 5.7 and Appendix K of this CEMP).
The following sections 2.2.2 and 2.2.3 describe the construction methodology for the early works at
Beresford Square/Pitt Street and Mercury Lane, respectively.
2.2.2. Beresford Square and Pitt Street

The early works that will be undertaken in Beresford Square and Pitt Street are outlined in Table 2-3,
inclusive of the construction sequence, equipment, and approximate earthworks areas and volumes.
Details of timeframes, earthworks volumes and areas are indicative only.

Table 2-3: Overview of Beresford Square and Pitt Street construction sequencing, equipment and earthworks
Stage Beresford Square / Pitt Street Indicative construction sequence of works Indicative construction Approx. Approx.
construction works equipment and material earthworks earthworks
area (m²) volumes (mᶟ)
Stage 1 – 1.i. Tree Removal 1. Trimming of small branches 1. Crane lorry 150 m² 200 mᶟ
2. Slinging of main branches 2. Aerial work platform
3. Trunk cutting 3. Concrete saw
4. Excavation and removal of roots 4. Chain saws
5. Evacuation and reinstatement. 5. Large excavator 8-25T
6. Small excavator 3 -8T
1.ii. Café / Toilet demolition 1. Removal of the roofing 7. Hydrovac truck 100 m² 150 mᶟ
2. Dismantling of frame and removal of 8. 6 wheeler truck
glass 9. Plate compactor
3. Demolition of toilet with medium 10. Small roller compactor
excavator mounted breaker after 11. Concrete breaker
salvaging recommended items 12. Mobile crane (only for tree
4. Levelling (backfilling) for the execution removal)
of the construction platform. 13. Welding / cutting (only for
café demolition)
Stage 2 2.i. Excavation of combined 1. Mark out trench 1. Concrete saw 100 m² 150 m3
service trench within Pitt 2. Saw cut trench 2. Small excavator (3-8T for
Street carriageway 3. Break off top surface with small 3-5T under canopies)
Trench dimensions will be excavator 3. Large excavator (8-25T)
approximately 2m x 1.5m x 4. Excavate trench using hydrovac and 4. Hydrovac truck
30m (WxDxL) small excavator 5. 6 Wheeler truck
2.ii. Relocation of services 5. Lay bedding material at base of trench 6. Small roller compactor 3T
within trench and
6. Install ducting/pipework 7. Plate compactor Concrete
reinstatement of pavement
7. Backfill trench with imported fill breaker (if required)
8. Reinstate surface with asphalt 8. Concrete breaker
9. Sheet piles/trench shields

Stage 3 – 3.i. Excavation of combined 1. Mark out trench 1. Concrete saw 180 m² 300 mᶟ
Service service trench on northern 2. Protect building frontage with 2. Small excavator (3-8T for
relocation side of Beresford Square and plywood sheet or similar where under canopies)
western side of Pitt Street trenching up to boundary is required 3. Large excavator (8-25T) for
Trench dimensions will be (only relevant to stage 3.i.). installation of manholes and
approximately 2m x 1.5m x 3. Saw cut trench deeper excavations of pits
80m (WxDxL) 4. Break off top surface with small etc.
excavator 4. Hydrovac truck
3.ii. Relocation of services 5. Excavate trench using hydrovac and 5. 6 Wheeler truck 180 m² 300 mᶟ
within trenches and small excavator 6. Plate compactor
reinstatement of pavement 6. Lay bedding material at base of trench 7. Concrete breaker (if required)
Note: item 2 of construction 7. Install ducting/pipework 8. Drill rig
sequence (protect building 8. Backfill trench with imported fill 9. Sheet piles
frontage) not applicable.
9. Reinstate surface with asphalt.
3.iii. Directional drill to 1. Prepare drill launch area (4x4m pit) 50 m² 220 mᶟ
relocate wastewater and 2. Set up drill rig
stormwater line on southern 3. Drill from the corner of Beresford
side of Beresford Square, Square and Pitt Street down Beresford
approximately Square
100m length. 4. Pull pipe through from launch to
Excavation of 4 launch and retrieval pit
retrieval pits and manhole 5. Install new manholes along the line
installation
6. Backfill excavated areas with imported
fill
7. Reinstate disturbed surface with asphalt
Stage 4 – 4.i. Excavation of combined 1. Mark out trench 1. Concrete saw 100 m² 150 m3
Service service trench on southern 2. Protect building frontages where 2. Protect building frontages
relocation side of Beresford Square. required where required

Trench dimensions will be 3. Saw-cut trench 3. Saw cut trench
approximately 2m x 1.5m x 4. Break off top surfacw with small 3 -5T 4. Break off top surface with
100 m (WxDxL) excavator 3-5T excavator
4.ii. Relocation of services 5. Excavate trench using hydrovac and 5. Excavate trench with
within trench and small excavator hydrovac and excavator
reinstatement of pavement 6. Lay bedding material at base of trench 6. Lay bedding material at
4. iii. Staged combined trench 7. Install ducting/pipework base of trench
for wastewater and 7. Install ducting/pipework
8. Backfill trench with imported fill
stormwater line on western
9. Reinstate surface 8. Backfill trench
end of Beresford Square
9. Reinstate trench
Beresford Square Construction support Establishment of site offices staff facilities, 1. Crane lorry 1,880 m² 1800 m3
area (CSA) establishment along with material laydown and storage 2. Aerial work platform
CSA will be progressively established from areas. Construction of retaining walls, 3. Concrete saw
January 2020 with further development contouring of site.
4. Chain saws
through to the start of the main Spoil surge pile 5. Large excavator 8-25T
construction works
Erosion and Sediment Control Measure 6. Small excavator 3 -8T
CSA is located in the carpark next to
(ESCM) – water treatment area (established 7. Hydro excavation truck
Hopetoun Alpha (church). for main works)
8. 6 wheeler truck
9. Plate compactor
10. Small roller compactor
11. Concrete breaker
12. Mobile crane
13. Welding / cutting
14. Concrete truck
15. Generator

2.2.3. Mercury Lane

The early works that will be undertaken in Mercury Lane are outlined in Table 2-4, inclusive of the construction sequence, equipment, and approximate
earthworks areas and volumes. Details of timeframes, earthworks volumes and areas are indicative only.
Table 2-4: Overview of Mercury Lane construction sequencing, equipment and earthworks
Stage Summary of works at Mercury Lane Indicative construction Indicative construction Approx. Approx. earthworks
sequence of works equipment and material earthworks volumes (mᶟ)
Area (m²)
Stage 1 / 1A – 1.i. Excavation of combined service 1. Mark out trench 1. Concrete saw 40 m² 200 m3
Western service trench within western side of 2. Saw cut trench 2. Small excavator (3-8T for
relocation Mercury Lane carriageway 3. Break off top surface with under canopies)
2m x 3-5m x 20m (WxDxL) small 3-5T excavator 3. Larger excavator (8-25T) for
4. Excavate trench with installation of manholes and
1.ii. Relocation of services combination of Hydrovac deeper excavations of pits 40 m² 200 m3
(stormwater, wastewater and machine and small 4. Hydro excavation truck
potable water) within trench and excavator 5. 6 Wheeler truck
reinstatement of pavement 5. Lay bedding material at 6. Plate compactor
base of trench 7. Concrete breaker (if
6. Install ducting/pipework required)
7. Backfill trench with 8. Drill rig
imported fill 9. Sheet piles
8. Install Manholes Reinstate
surface with asphalt
1A.i. Directional drill to install new 1. Prepare drill launch pits 50 m² 300 m3
stormwater service. Approx 50m (excavation
length, 3pits approx. 4x4x5m deep. approximately 4x4m x
5m deep)
2. Set up drill rig
3. Drill from launch pits to
receive pit

Area (m²)
4. Pull pipe through from
corner back to pit
5. Install new manholes
over new pipe at
locations marked
indicated
6. Backfill excavated areas
7. Reinstate
Stage 2 – Eastern 2.i. Excavation of combined service 1. Mark out trench 160 m² 800 m3
service relocation trench within eastern side of 2. Saw cut trench
Mercury Lane carriageway and 3. Break off top surface
Cross Street with small 3-5T
2m x 3-5m x 80m (WxDxL) excavator
4. Excavate trench with
combination of
2.ii. Relocation of services Hydrovac machine and 160 m² 800 m3
(stormwater if not completed in Stage small excavator
1A, wastewater and potable water) 5. Lay bedding material at
within trench and reinstatement of base of trench
pavement 6. Install ducting/pipework
7. Backfill trench with
imported fill
8. Install Manholes
9. Reinstate surface with
asphalt
Site Establishment 1. Retaining wall structure 1. Excavation 1. Crane lorry 90 m² 90 m3
Site to be progressively 2. Installation of steel mesh 2. Aerial work platform
established from January to 3. Shotcrete 3. Concrete saw
March 2020 with further 4. Chain saws
development through to
5. Medium excavator 8-25T

Area (m²)
the start of the main 4. Repeat of operations 1 to 6. Small excavator 3 -8T
construction works 3 as necessary to 7. Hydro excavation truck
platform level. 8. 6 wheeler truck
9. Plate compactor
10. Small roller compactor
11. Medium roller compactor
2. Platform construction 1. Excavation and backfilling 1,500 m² 3,000 m3
to platform level (cut and 12. Concrete breaker
fill) 13. Mobile crane
2. Compaction of platform 14. Drill rig (site establishment
material only)
CSA establishment Area of offices and laydown 15. Water pump (site 4,500 m² 9,000 m3
establishment only)
CSA to be progressively established from January 2020 (to
March 2020) with further development through to the start 16. Air compressor (site
Temporary retaining establishment only) 70 m² 70 m3
of the main construction works structure
17. Welding / cutting
Spoil surge pile no 1 (for the 200 m² 300 m3
18. Concrete truck
main works)
19. Generator
Spoil surge pile no 2 (for the 200 m² 300 m3

main works)
ESCM – water treatment 150 m² 200 m3
area (for the main works)

2.3 Programme
The Karangahape Station early works are anticipated to last approximately six months from Q4 2019
through to Q1 2020. Indicative timeframes for each stage of works in Beresford Square / Pitt Street
and Mercury Lane are set out in
Table 2-2.
2.4 Hours of work

The early works will typically be carried out from 0700 to 2200hrs Monday to Sunday, in accordance
with the CRL construction noise and vibration standards (designation conditions 31 and 35). Specific
piling and road cutting works will be restricted to 0700 to 1900 from Monday to Saturday, as per
designation condition 36.3b (refer to the CNV DWP attached in Appendix L for further detail).
Limited construction works (e.g. the delivery of oversized plant or network utility works that need to
be undertaken in off-peak periods) may be undertaken outside the typical working hours to
minimise traffic disruption, in accordance with the designation and resource consent conditions.
Operating procedures will be implemented, including communication with affected residents and
businesses, to minimise any potential disturbance (refer to section 5 of this CEMP).
2.5 Site layout and management

Two CSAs (CSA 2 and CSA 3) will be established as part of the early works in Beresford Square and
Mercury Lane as outlined in Table 2-5. In terms of the CSA layout, where practicable an overview of
activities is provided below:
 Quieter site activities, such as the site offices / staff facilities and storage areas will be
located on the periphery of the CSA which are closest to surrounding buildings and face
externally to the rest of the construction site;
 Noisier activities such as truck movements, will be located internally within the CSA; and
 Vehicle and truck entrances/exits will be located potentially on Beresford Square and
Mercury Lane at the respective CSA (indicative location provided in Figure 2-1 and Figure
2-2).
Drawings in Appendix B of this CEMP provide detail of indicative layout and activities at the CSAs
(note that these are subject to change).
Table 2-5: Overview of CSAs
CSA Location Key Activities (to be established as part of the early works)
CSA 2 15 – 27 Beresford  Office and staff facilities (lunchroom, changing rooms, toilets and
Square showers facility etc.);
Refer Figure  Limited construction vehicle parking;
2-1  A laydown area for materials and equipment;
 Concrete pumping equipment and concrete load-in;
 Storage areas for general and hazardous goods;
 A waste management area (rubbish/recycling bins);
 A surge pile area i.e. an earthworks storage area used for storing
spoil during excavation and storing backfill material during
backfilling (for the main works);

 Spill kit(s);
 Retaining walls/embankments; and
 Entrance/exit to CSA for trucks (with stabilised entry and exit) and
a separate pedestrian entrance.
CSA 3 Mercury Lane -  Office and staff facilities (lunchroom, changing rooms, toilets and
within the showers facility etc.);
Refer Figure Mercury Plaza  Limited construction vehicle parking;
site that is
2-2  A laydown area for materials and equipment;
subject to
building  Concrete pumping equipment and concrete load-in;
demolition5  Storage areas for general and hazardous goods;
 A waste management area (rubbish/recycling bins);
 A surge pile area i.e. an earthworks storage area used for storing
spoil during excavation and storing backfill material during
backfilling (for the main works);
 Spill kit(s);
 Retaining walls/embankments; and
 Entrance/exit to CSA for trucks (with stabilised entry and exit) and
a separate pedestrian entrance.
It should be noted that establishment of CSAs will commence during the early works phase and will
continue through to the main works phase. Additional plant and activities will be required in the
CSAs to support the main works, such as installation of the bentonite and water treatment plants
and establishment of the temporary shaft in the Mercury Lane CSA. These activities will be
addressed in the CEMP and sub-plans prepared for the main works.
Figure 2-1: CSA 2 -Beresford Square indicative layout

Figure 2-2: CSA 3 – Mercury Lane indicative layout
2.6 Site Security, safety and public viewing

Site security and safety will be provided as follows during the early works:
 Temporary mesh fences (approximately 1.8m in height) will be erected around active
working areas for the network utility relocations and demolition works in Beresford Square /
Pitt Street and Mercury Lane (includes Canada Street and East Street frontage).
 Noise barriers (acoustic screens) will be installed along fencing as appropriate during the
works. As such, it is not practical to establish viewing windows or incorporate artworks in
the early works site fencing.
 Hoardings (in the form of plywood fencing) will be established around the perimeter of the
CSAs in Beresford Square and Mercury Lane. The hoardings will serve as acoustic barriers
around the CSAs. Where practicable, the hoardings may become spaces for project signage
or information or provide opportunities for mana whenua and community artwork on public
facing sides.
 Gates will be provided as appropriate at the entry and exit points of active working areas
and at the CSA entry / egress points. These will be locked shut when the site is unattended.
 Site personnel will be located at each site entrance to prevent unauthorised persons from
entering the site.
2.6.1. Crime Prevention through Environmental Design

Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles (surveillance, access
management, territorial reinforcement, quality environments) will be adopted in establishment of
the site as practicable during the early works, such as:
 Closing site office windows at night to prevent prying eyes being “attracted” to contents in
the office.
 Provision of lighting within construction areas and security lighting in the CSAs as
appropriate, such as office entrances.
 Installation of CCTV within the wider working area.
 Clear identification of entry/exit points for work areas and CSAs.
 Ensuring work areas are well managed to discourage antisocial behaviours, defacement or
vandalism of construction areas (such as through graffiti) or crime.
 Providing well-defined and well-lit pedestrian routes with clear sight lines to promote
convenient and safe movement within and adjacent to the area of works (refer to the TAP
DWP at Appendix K for further detail in this regard).
 Providing legible and informative wayfinding signage within and around the works area as
appropriate to the construction staging.
2.7 Site Housekeeping

All work sites will be maintained in a tidy and neat condition, and due care shall be taken to prevent
damage to any adjoining public or private property. Equipment and materials will be stored safely,
securely and in an orderly manner. No materials or debris shall be placed or allowed to roll, wash,
slide or blow across adjacent boundaries. The aim is to create a sense of ownership and
responsibility among construction staff for construction areas, to encourage staff to take pride in
their work spaces and maintain these to a high standard.
On completion of construction work in individual areas, all plant and construction materials will be
removed from the site as practicable.
2.7.1. Graffiti
Weekly inspections of site fencing will be undertaken, during which time the fencing will be checked
for integrity and graffiti. Graffiti on permanent hoardings (such as public facing CSA hoardings) will
be discouraged by placing murals and project information on hoardings (where practicable). A small
quantity of paint will be kept on site to paint over any graffiti occurring on site within 48 hours of it
being identified (which might take longer if working at height is required).
The construction site will be inspected daily for litter. The Link Alliance will work with businesses to
assist in the regular removal of waste from the works area.
2.7.1. Litter
All litter will be removed and disposed of in an appropriate manner. Waste management practices
will be implemented through the project Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management
Plan (WARRMP – refer to section 5.17).
2.8 Returning the site to public use

Individual working areas for the network utility relocations will be reinstated with asphalt following
the relocation works. These areas will form part of the main works and subsequent public realm
reinstatement works to return the site to public use. The public realm reinstatement will be subject
to an Urban Design DWP (UD DWP) prepared as part of a future Outline Plan for the main works.

3. Social and Environmental Management

This CEMP presents a framework of principles, environmental policy and performance standards as
well as processes for implementing good environmental management. The methods for achieving
this are presented in further detail in the following sections 3.1 to 3.4.
3.1 Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers

The key construction activity associated with the early works include the relocation of network
utilities (through excavation and directional drilling), tree removal in Beresford Square and
demolition of the Beresford Square café/toilets, along with site and CSA establishment in Beresford
Square and Mercury Lane.
The early works have the potential to generate adverse environmental effects relating to social and
businesses disruption, traffic, noise and vibration, dust, trees and vegetation, erosion and sediment
discharges, contamination, groundwater and settlement, and heritage (built heritage and
archaeology).
The sub-plans attached to the CEMP detail mitigation measures specific to the potential
environmental effects generated by the construction activities.
Table 3-1 summarises key activities (further detail is provided in section 2.2) required for the early
works and potential sensitive receivers.
Table 3-1: Construction activities and associated environmental receivers
Main Activity Description of activity Environmental Receivers
Tree Removal  Removal of trees  Trees and vegetation

 Use of chainsaw  Residents/social and businesses (noise and
vibration/amenity/cultural)
 Traffic network
 Network Utilities
Demolition  Welding  Stormwater (ultimately marine receiving
 Cutting environment)
 Demolition with medium  Air Quality (Dust)
excavator mounted breaker  Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage)
 Demolition removal  Residents/social and businesses
(noise/vibration/dust/odour/amenity/cultural)
 Traffic network
 Discharge to ground (landfill)
Trench  Excavation  Stormwater (ultimately marine receiving
Excavation  Spoil handling and removal environment)
 Temporary support / trench  Air Quality (Dust)
box/ sheet piles  Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage)
 Residents/ social and businesses
(noise/vibration/dust/odour)
 Traffic network
Main Activity Description of activity Environmental Receivers
Directional  Excavation  Stormwater (ultimately marine receiving

Drilling  Spoil handling and removal environment)
 Temporary support / trench  Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage)
box/ sheet piles  Residents/ social and businesses
 Drilling (noise/vibration/odour)
 Backfilling  Traffic network
Backfilling of  Backfilling  Stormwater (ultimately marine receiving
trenches  Spoil handling environment)
 Construction of new road  Air Quality (Dust)
pavement (i.e. breaking up and  Buildings (settlement/ vibration)
excavating existing road surface  Residents/ social and businesses
concrete and asphalt) (noise/vibration/dust/odour)
 Traffic network
Platform  Excavation and backfilling to  Stormwater (ultimately marine receiving
construction platform level environment)
 Compaction of platform  Air Quality (Dust)
material  Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage)
 Residents/ social and businesses
(noise/vibration/dust)
 Traffic network
All  Site establishment  Stormwater (ultimately marine receiving
 CSA establishment environment)
 Movement of vehicles in the  Air Quality (Dust)
work area  Buildings (settlement/ vibration/ heritage)
 Storage of excavated spoil and  Residents/ social and businesses
imported fill (up to 100 mᶟ, if (noise/vibration/dust/odour)
necessary)  Traffic network
 Construction and installation of  Discharge to ground (landfill) and
erosion and sediment control groundwater
devices  Network Utilities
 Construction of permanent
stormwater devices
 Relocation of existing utilities
 Waste management
 Hazardous substances
management
 Mobile plant and diesel
generator
 Hand drilling
 Impact piling
 Compacting

3.2 Environmental Risk Register

The Risk Register includes environmental risks associated with the Karangahape Station early works.
It has been set up based on the construction methodology (refer to section 2) and assessment of
potential risks on the environment (section 3.1). The information contained in the Risk Register
provides a guide for the implementation of environmental management activities, controls and
monitoring, thus minimising environmental impacts.
The Risk Register is a ‘living document’ and will be updated as appropriate during the works, such as
to address site conditions, revised construction methodologies, new or changed construction
staging, or changes to legislative requirements. The Risk Register shall be reviewed at least quarterly
by the ESM (refer to section 4.1.2 for responsibilities of the ESM). The ESM will update the CEMP
and sub-plans (in conjunction with Technical Specialists) to reflect updates/changes to the Risk
Register as appropriate.
3.3 Cumulative Effects

Methods to address cumulative effects are outlined for specific activities within the relevant sub-
plans. Most notably these include construction noise and vibration; transport, access and parking; air
quality (dust) effects; and social impacts and business disruption. Monitoring for each section of
early works at Beresford Square/Pitt Street and Mercury Lane includes methods so that the effects
from the construction activities are well understood and delineated from effects of other concurrent
construction projects in proximity to the works to the extent practicable.
3.4 Legislative and Other Requirements

This section describes the statutory framework and other requirements for environmental
management on the project and outlines relevant legislation, policies, plans and consents.
3.4.1. National Legal Requirements and Policies

The works shall be undertaken to comply with all relevant legislation, regulation, strategies and
policies in order to appropriately manage environmental effects. Key environmental legislation and
regulations relevant to the early works is identified in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2: Key national legislation, regulations and standards
National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies

Resource Management Act, 1991
Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act, 1996
Protected Objects Act (1975) for the relevant archaeological and heritage standards/practices
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act (HNZPTA), 2014
National Environmental Standard – Air Quality, 2004 (NES:AQ)
National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human
Health Regulations (NES CS), 2011
Health and Safety at Work (Asbestos) Regulations 2016
Health and Safety at Work (Hazardous Substances) Regulations 2017
Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act, 2000
WasteMINZ Technical Guidelines for Disposal to Land, Waste Management Institute New Zealand
(WasteMINZ), 2018

National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies

National Policy Statement for Freshwater Management (NPSFM), 2014
Protection of trees on development sites (non-NZ): Australian Standard AS4970-2009
Dangerous Goods Act (1974) and Regulations
The Link Alliance will identify, maintain and continually evaluate compliance with legal and other
related requirements that are applicable to the delivery of the project (refer section 6 for further
detail about the monitoring and reporting requirements).
3.4.2. Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects

Table 3-3 identifies the key legislation, standards and guidelines which are relevant to the
environmental aspects of the works. These shall be read in conjunction with the relevant sub-plans
appended to this CEMP.
Table 3-3: Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in
the CEMP and sub-plans
Environmental Acronym Plans, Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards

Aspect/Plan
Social and Impact SIBD DWP  International Association for Impact Assessment Social Impact
Business Disruption Assessment: Guidance for Assessing and Managing the Social
DWP Impacts of Projects, 2015.
Communication and CCP  International Association for Public Participation engagement
Consultation Plan spectrum (IAP2).
 CRL’s Overarching Communication and Consultation Strategy
(2018).
Land disturbing ESCP  GD05, Auckland Council Guideline Document No. 2016/005 for
activities / erosion and Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing
sediment control Activities in the Auckland Region (2016).
 Auckland Council Best Management Practice: Catch pit
Protection Area (2015).
Air Quality DWP AQ DWP  Ministry for Environment, Good Practice Guide for Assessing
and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions
2001.
 AS/NZ 3580.1.1: 2007 Method for sampling and analysis of
ambient air – Guide to siting air monitoring equipment.
 National Environmental Standard for Air Quality (AQNES).
Trees and Vegetation TV DWP  Auckland Unitary Plan AUP (OP) Table E26.4.3 Network Utilities
DWP and electricity generation – Trees in roads and open space
zones and the Notable Trees Overlay.
 AS4970-2009 Protection of trees on development sites.
Transport, Access and TAP DWP  Auckland Transport Agency’s Code of Practice for Temporary
Parking DWP Traffic Management (CoPTTM)
 Auckland Transport’s Code of Practice (ATCoP)
Construction Noise and CNV DWP  NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics – Construction Noise.
Vibration DWP  DIN 4150-3:1999 Structural Vibration (German standard).
 BS 5228:2009 Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control
on Structures (British Standard).
 NZS 6801:2008 Measurement of Sound.
 NZS 6802:2008 Assessment of Environmental Sound.
Environmental Acronym Plans, Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards

Aspect/Plan
Historic Character HC DWP  HNZPT Guidelines Kōiwi Tangata Human Remains (2010);
DWP  AUP(OP) Schedule 14.2 (Schedule ID. 02739, Refer Map
14.2.12.1 Historic Heritage Area Karangahape Road).
Contamination DWP CDWP  Ministry for Environment A Guide to the Management of
Cleanfills, 2002.
 Health and Safety in Employment (Asbestos) Regulations, 1998.
 Worksafe New Zealand Code of Practice: Management and
Removal of Asbestos, November 2016 amended December
2016
 Ministry for Environment, Contaminated Land Management
Guidelines No. 1 to 5.
 New Zealand Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Asbestos
in Soil, 2017
 AUP(OP) Permitted Activity Criteria.
 Ministry for the Environment (MfE) Resource Management
National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing
Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations,
2011 (NES CS)
Hazardous substances NA  Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996, HSNO
regulations and gazette notices.
 Hazardous Substances (fireworks, safety ammunition, and
other explosives transfer) Regulations 2003 no. 2003/176.
 Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods
2005.
 AS/NZ 2430.3 Classification of Hazardous Areas.
 AS 2430.1:1987 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Explosive
Gas Atmosphere.
 NS 6101.1:1998 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Flammable
Gas and Vapour Atmospheres.
 AS/NZS 238 and AS/NZS 61241.1.2 Electrical Installations in
Hazardous Zones.
Stormwater NA  ANZECC 2000 Guidelines.
Management
Waste Management NA  Waste Minimisation Act 2008.

 NZWaste Strategy.
 Auckland Council Bylaws – Part 22 Solid Waste.

4. Implementation and Operation

Section 4 details how the CEMP and sub-plans will be implemented. It covers:
 Roles and responsibilities;

 Training and induction process;
 Operating procedures; and
 Emergency and incident response.
4.1 Roles and Responsibilities

Section 4.1 details roles and responsibilities for the project and includes contact details.
4.1.1. Overview and Responsibility for this CEMP

Three main groups are responsible for the environmental management of the works, namely:
 CRLL as the wider CRL project owner, requiring authority, and holder of the resource
consents with overall responsibility for compliance with consent and designation conditions
and project approvals;
 The Link Alliance who are undertaking the construction works with overall responsibility for
site environmental management; and
 Auckland Council who is responsible for auditing the works and monitoring compliance with
designation and resource consent conditions, the CEMP and sub-plans.
Each person involved in the project has equal responsibility to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse
environmental effects during the early works. Section 4.1.2 provides further detail on the roles and
responsibilities during the early works.
4.1.2. Specific Roles and Responsibilities

Table 4-1 describes the key Link Alliance roles and responsibilities in relation to environmental
management during the construction period. The sub-plans also outline specific roles and
responsibilities in relation to the implementation of the respective plans as appropriate.
Table 4-1: Specific Roles and Responsibilities
Role Responsibilities
 Project Director –  Overseeing project planning, acquisition, design, constructability,
Francois Dudouit procurement, stakeholder engagement, communications, programme
and financial control.
 Deputy Project  Providing strategic direction to all workstreams to provide an
Director – Dale integrated approach to project delivery.
Burtenshaw  Ultimate responsibility for compliance with resource consent and
designation conditions.
 Construction  Ultimate responsibility for achieving the sustainability outcomes.
Manager – Philippe
Begou
 Karangahape Station  Overseeing the Karangahape Station construction delivery.
Project Manager –  Ensuring site personnel adhere to the CEMP and sub-plans and
Jonathan Hill comply with environmental operating procedures.
 Ensuring site personnel adhere to the project communication
protocols and procedures.

 Karangahape Station  Development, management and monitoring of Construction
Construction Execution Procedures (CEPs), including the integration of
Manager – Dan environmental and sustainability requirements.
Trotman  Providing project progress/milestone information for stakeholder
briefings (e.g. CLG, Mana Whenua forum).
 Coordinates emergency responses, along with the ESM.
 Link Alliance  Manages a Communications and Engagement team that is the main
Communications and readily accessible point of contact for stakeholders and persons
and Engagement affected by the works.
Manager – Rachel  Implementation of Link Alliance Communications for the Karangahape
Blundell Station early works and responsible for communicating key aspects of
the works to stakeholders, affected parties and the general public
including:
- Informing the community / key stakeholders of the project,
construction milestones, programme and progress.
- Notifying project neighbours / key stakeholders of project works
that may affect them and regular liaison with the affected
community.
 Primary contact for project related complaints and enquiries.
 Managing stakeholder enquiries and working with relevant team
members to resolve complaints.
 Immediately reporting any high-risk stakeholder / communication
issues to the Karangahape Station Project Manager and the CRLL GM
Corporate Relations and Communications.
 Assisting the CRLL Communications team with key stakeholder
engagement including the Mana Whenua Forum and Local Boards.
 Providing advice to the Karangahape Station Project Manager /
Construction Manager on critical stakeholder engagement,
communications and relationship building.
 Co-ordination of Karangahape CLG meetings.
 Assisting the Karangahape Station Construction Manager in briefing
site personnel on:
- The mandatory site inductions regarding the standards and
requirements for community relations;
- Procedures to follow if staff are approached by a member of the
public or the media; and
- Behavioural procedures in and around the construction site
boundaries.
 Environmental and  Providing leadership to the site team to achieve project
Sustainability environmental objectives and outcomes.
Manager (ESM) –  Undertaking regular site inspections, auditing and checking of
Sarah Sutherland environmental management practices and procedures/compliance
with the CEMP, sub-plans and resource consent and designation
conditions.
 Tracking compliance information.
 Coordinating environmental interfaces with consultants,
subcontractors and suppliers.
 Submitting relevant reporting and records to Auckland Council.
 Attending compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance
and Monitoring Officers.
 Reporting any changes to construction techniques or environmental
changes which may require changes to existing / new planning
approvals.

 Reviewing and updating CEMP and relevant sub-plans during works
(at least annually).
 Updating and maintaining the environmental portion of the project
Risk Register.
 Coordinating environmental monitoring as per the CEMP and sub-
plans.
 Training staff (including subcontractors) on environmental and
sustainability aspects.
 Reporting on the project environmental and sustainability KPIs.
 Coordinating the interfaces and communications with external
agencies and stakeholders in relation to environmental management
on the project in conjunction with the Communication and
Engagement Manager.
 Coordinating environmental emergency / incident responses and
undertaking incident investigations.
 Informing the Project Director/Karangahape Station Project Manager
of environmental or sustainability non-compliances.
 Resolving environmental non-compliances.
 Ensuring staff are handling hazardous substances as per the Safety
Data Sheets, are trained appropriately and are handling and storing
hazardous substances appropriately.
 Is an IS Accredited Professional.
 Project and Site  Supervising subcontractors.
Engineers  Undertaking daily site inspections and environmental monitoring.
 Ensuring environmental erosion and sediment control works are
installed and maintained.
 Ensuring all staff are aware of environmental requirements and
management measures are implemented and maintained to ensure
ongoing effectiveness.
 All Staff (including  Adherence to the CEMP and sub-plans.
subcontractors)  Attending tool-box talks and environmental training (including
becoming familiar with the requirements of the CEMP and sub-plans,
as directed by the ESM).
 Reporting environmental incidents, complaints, defects and any other
problems to senior staff.
 Ensuring that environmental management processes and procedures
are followed and mitigation/protection measures are maintained and
working correctly.
 Ensuring that the site and adjacent areas are protected and respected
(litter placed in bins, site kept tidy).
 Direct all public and media enquiries to the Communications and
Engagement Manager.
 Use approved haul routes, site access and designated site parking (if
available) to minimise disruption to the local community.
 Work within approved construction hours.
 Work within the conditions specified in the Permits to Notify (refer to
CCP for further detail).
 Show consideration for stakeholders and community members at all
times.
Contact details for the Karangahape Station Project Manager and Link Alliance Communications and
Engagement Manager are provided in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2: Contact details for project staff
Title Name Email Contact no.

Karangahape Station Jonathan Hill Jonathan.hill@linkalliance.co.nz 022 019 1668
Project Manager
Link Alliance Rachel Blundell Rachel.Blundell@linkalliance.co.nz 027 306 9156
Communications and
Engagement Manager
The general public contact details for the Karangahape Station early works are as follows:
 CRL Hotline: 0800 CRL TALK (0800 275 8255).

 Karangahape Station email address: karangahape@linkalliance.co.nz.
4.2 Training and Induction

All project staff will receive appropriate training that is relevant for the environmental aspects of
their work. As a minimum, all personnel will be required to complete the project induction training.
Other trainings include weekly tool box talks and pre-start meetings.
4.2.1. Induction Training

The project induction will include an overview of the environmental, cultural, social and
sustainability aspects of the works, including the key requirements and staff responsibilities in
relation to this CEMP and the sub-plans. The purpose of the induction is to ensure that, at a
minimum, all project staff:
 Understand the importance of following the environmental policy, procedures and

requirements of this CEMP;
 Are aware of the roles and responsibilities relating to environmental management for the
works; and
 Are aware of the significant environmental, cultural and social values and issues within the
vicinity of the works, the potential impact of the construction activities on these values and
the management of these impacts;
 Are aware of the emergency response and incident procedures;
 Understand and implement site sustainability measures and monitoring; and
 Understand the Project communications and the complaints management procedures.
The Link Alliance Site Access and Inductions memo6 provides details on the early works site induction
process and booking procedure.
4.2.2. Tool Box Talks

Weekly tool box talks will be conducted for site personnel to deliver specific training and to ensure
all site staff are aware of the key environmental issues, social, cultural and sustainability matters
relevant to the works. This may include (but not limited to) the following:
 Spill kit training;

 Hazardous substances handling;
 Graffiti covering;
6 Link Alliance Early Works Site Access and Inductions Memo, dated 29 August 2019.
 Stormwater discharge control;

 Correct installation of erosion and sediment control measures (refer to section 5.4) or
acoustic screens; and
 Tree protection.
Tool box talks will provide site personnel with ongoing environmental training and information
throughout the project. All tool box talk participants must sign an attendance sheet.
4.2.3. Pre-Start meetings

Pre-start meetings will be used by the supervisors and foremen to explain the work to be done in the
upcoming shift. All operational aspects of the task will be discussed, including safety and
environmental issues and controls, particularly if there are new hazards or if there has been a recent
incident.
An environmental management representative must attend, as applicable, to explain new

environmental controls or reiterate existing controls.

5. Environmental Management
The following sections of the CEMP describe the environmental management measures that will be
implemented during construction of the project to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse environmental
effects. Sub-plans detailing the controls and measures for each environmental aspect are cross-
referenced where relevant and form appendices to this CEMP.
5.1 Network Utilities

The early works will involve the relocation of network utilities located within the footprint of the
new Karangahape Station as outlined in section 2 of this CEMP. All works relating to network utilities
will be managed in accordance with operational requirements, safety and integrity of network
utilities that are within, or are in close proximity to the works area.
Co-ordination and consultation with Network Utility Operators (NUO) has been undertaken
throughout the development of the works methodology and will continue during the works.
Operational procedures will follow the ‘Identifying and communication with key stakeholders’
section 6 of CCP (Appendix G of this CEMP) and ‘Stakeholders and affected people’ section 7.2 of the
CCP. The Link Alliance will also utilise the strategies outlined in the ‘Communication Tools’ section
6.2 of the CCP.
Consultation has been undertaken with the following key NUOs in relation to the early works:
 Vector Electricity;
 Vector Gas;
 Vector Communications;
 Chorus;
 Vodafone;
 Auckland Council’s stormwater unit (Healthy Waters); and
 Watercare Services.
The Karangahape Station Utilities Management Plan7 has also been developed with the NUOs for the
CRL project as a whole. Consultation with NUO has included regular workshops and ongoing liaison
through emails, phone calls, and meetings. NUO procedures for utility disruption will be followed in
the event of any disruption as a result of the additional utility relocation works. It is considered that
current practices by NUO reflect best practice and will therefore be used as standard procedure for
the duration of the utility relocation works. Section 9.10 of the SIBD DWP describes specific
mitigation measures to be implemented.
A key risk in relation to the network utility relocations is encountering unknown utilities. Detailed
design and planning of the works in conjunction with the NUOs, including investigation trenches /
potholing have been undertaken in order to manage and mitigate this risk. Should unknown utilities
be encountered during the works, this will be managed on a case by case basis.
Any damage to network utilities will be managed on a case by case basis and in accordance with the
works emergency response procedure. The procedure will be made available to all sub-contractors,
and posted on notice boards around site to ensure all relevant personnel on site are aware of the
emergency response procedures involving exiting network utilities. All NUOs and their contractors
7 City Rail Link Mount Eden Station, Karangahape Station and NAL Connections – Utilities Management Plan, Document ref:
CRL-SYW-UTI-000-PLN-0001 3 August 2018.
shall adhere to the obligations outlined within this CEMP while undertaking work within the early
works site. This includes all personnel undertaking the relevant induction and training processes as
outlined within section 4.2 of this CEMP and complying with the environmental procedures outlined
within section 5 of this CEMP.
Regular consultation and coordination with all NUOs will be undertaken throughout the works to
ensure the continued operation of all utilities and to ensure the NUO have access to existing utilities
for maintenance/emergency access and repair at all reasonable times. This will be through
workshops, regularly scheduled meetings, phone calls and emails.
5.1.1. Provision of Drawings to Network Utility Operators

All utilities installed or relocated as part of the works will be surveyed by a registered surveyor and
transferred into a drawing which satisfies each of the service providers specific ‘as built’
requirements. This information will be provided to the service providers following the completion of
the utility works.
5.2 Social Impact and Business Disruption

During the Karangahape Station early works construction, there is potential for disruption to
businesses, residents and community services/facilities. A SIBD DWP (Appendix F of this CEMP) has
been developed in accordance with CRL designation condition 61 to outline how any adverse effects
to businesses, residents and community services/facilities will be avoided, remedied or mitigated as
far as reasonably practicable. Feedback obtained from the community and businesses to inform the
preparation of this DWP has reinforced the importance of regular communication between the
project team and affected parties during the works.
Engagement with residents, communities and businesses located adjacent to and in proximity to the
early works area was carried out between August and October 2019. Affected parties were
contacted via face to face communication (included arranged meetings, door knocking, information
sessions and face to face meetings at the CLG meeting). The following key issues and concerns were
identified as a result of engagement with residents, communities and businesses:
 The need for ongoing and proactive communication.

 Loss of outdoor seating areas.
 Dust and noise nuisance associated with construction works in proximity to businesses and
residential properties.
 The need for unimpeded vehicle and pedestrian access to private properties, including
private car parks.
 The impact of the loss of car parking on businesses, i.e. no parking available for customers.
 Concerns over tenants leaving premises due to disruption.
 The need to minimise impacts on the appearance and attractiveness of Beresford Square
and avoid unsafe spaces.
 The need to maintain visibility to businesses.
 Ensuring that the placement of construction hoarding does not exacerbate social issues in
the area including homelessness and drug use.
 Ensuring recognition of vulnerable groups and the diverse community in the Karangahape
Road.

Social impact and business disruption effects will also be mitigated through implementation of the
other relevant sub-plans required under the CRL designation and A2N regional resource consent
conditions, in particular the TAP DWP, CNV DWP (and SSCNVMPs), HC DWP (Built Heritage), CCP, TV
DWP, and the AQ DWP.
Mitigation measures include, but are not limited to, the following:
 Regular engagement (courtesy visits, project progress meetings, advertising).

 Development Response Plan (DRP) – includes actions such as cleaning ground floor windows,
regular access audits, business support, etc.
 Briefing of staff, including contractors, to ensure they are aware of the project obligations to
stakeholders, including the diverse community and vulnerable groups. Briefings will also
include information on the following:
 How to approach rough sleepers;

 How to deal with illegal activity; and
 Steps to follow during an emergency situation on site.
 Minimising utility disruption through continuous communication with affected communities

and NUOs.
 Minimising dust and odour (refer to AQ DWP).
 Managing and monitoring of traffic disruptions (refer to TAP DWP).
 Management of construction noise and vibration (refer to CNV DWP).
 Preserving the visual amenity, heritage and landscape (refer to HC DWP – Built Heritage and
the TV DWP).
 Implementation of methods to improve community character and maintain safety.
 Implementation of methods to prevent business visibility disruption (e.g. using Perspex in
permanent hoardings and feature lighting, open mesh fencing as practicable).
Section 8 of the SIBD DWP outlines the process for receiving and monitoring complaints and
provides a freephone number and an email address to report any complaints.
Regular monitoring of social impact and business disruption from the works will be undertaken
through the implementation of the SIBD DWP and other relevant sub-plans.
5.3 Communication and Consultation

A Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) has been prepared in accordance with CRL
designation condition 15 and resource consent conditions 25, and 27 to 33 (refer to Appendix G of
this CEMP). The CCP provides a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation
with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during
construction of the Karangahape Station early works. Appendix B of the CCP provides an
engagement map identifying the affected parties and parties affected in proximity to the early
works. Appendix C of the CCP provides a list of affected parties and a summary of the consultation
methods and outcome of discussions. Community engagement for the works will range from simply
informing people about the project to consulting and involving them in meaningful decisions about
key aspects of the project.
The priority for communication with affected parties will be via face-to-face conversations. A
secondary audience of those in wider proximity or interested in the works will be serviced through a

predominantly online and electronic communication strategy. The key messages for this audience
will be advanced communication of changes to road function to enable informed choice and to
ensure travel-related information is readily available.
The Communication Strategy for the works includes the following:
 The use of various communication channels and tools to notify affected parties of the works
(e.g. E-notices, one on one meetings, CLG meetings), and frequency of communication
relevant to the works and actual/potential effects on receivers.
 Identifying and communicating with key stakeholders such as owners of businesses, NUO,
Auckland Council Parks Department, HNZPT and Emergency Services.
The CLG is a key mechanism for reflecting community concern and interest and communicating the
programme to the community’s most affected parties. A CLG has been established for the
Karangahape Station area. Communication and consultation with affected parties and the wider
community in the vicinity of the works area will be regular and ongoing. Methods to facilitate
communication will be through the CLG, which will meet at least every three months during the
construction phase. These methods include engagement tools such as publications, phone calls, use
of the CRL website to provide updates, signage, and advertising material. Section 7 of the CCP
outlines the requirements and process for managing complaints and includes timeframes for
responding to complaints.
Overall the CCP aims to provide communities with confidence that they will be kept informed and
know how this will happen, have effective ways to connect with the project and input into issues
that affect them. Additionally, the CCP will ensure stakeholders and affected parties are consulted
with, and where there are direct effects on them, they will have inquiries and complaints responded
to in a timely manner and can get in touch easily on a 24/7 basis should the need arise.
5.4 Erosion and Sediment Control

Earthworks activities during the early works have the potential to generate sediment generation at
Beresford Square, Pitt Street, Mercury Lane and Cross Street. Detail on the earthworks activities is
provided in section 2.2 of this CEMP. An ESCP has been prepared in accordance with resource
consent conditions 53 to 58, 65 to 73 and 166, and is provided in Appendix H of this CEMP. The ESCP
sets out the measures that will be implemented during the works to mitigate and manage the
potential adverse effects from sediment generation on the receiving environment.
The ESCP follows the principles of Auckland Council GD05. Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
(ESCM) will be installed prior to the start of any vegetation clearance, site set up or earthworks and
will remain in place until the reinstatement of the respective has been completed. ESCM that will be
implemented throughout the works are summarised below (and further detailed in the ESCP and
depicted in drawings attached in Appendix B of the ESCP):
 General ESCM include:
 Catchpit/ stormwater inlet protection;

 Diversion channels/ bunds;
 Filter socks;
 Sand logs/ coir logs/ hay bales;
 Dewatering devices;
 Settlement tanks;
 Stabilised entrances and surfaces; and

 Truck wash/ shaker ramps.
 Measures to minimise the environmental risk associated with concrete and asphalt works. It
is recommended that drainage channels are completely isolated during these works and if
not practicable, then careful placement of sandbags or bunds should be implemented.
 Erosion and sediment source control such as:
 General site management practises, e.g. housekeeping and disturbed ground

stabilisation;
 Soil management practices e.g. stockpiles to be located within construction areas
(including CSAs) and away from overland flow paths;
 Sediment transport control measures such as diversion bund and clean water
diversions;
 Open trench works control measures stabilisation of exposed areas, dewatering and
use of settlement devices; and
 Removal of all ESCM after resinstatement has been established.
Tailored ESCM for construction areas are shown on the ESCP drawing in Appendix B of the ESCP.
ESCM monitoring inspection and maintenance procedures will be undertaken on a weekly basis and
after rainfall events as detailed in the ESCP.
5.5 Air Quality

During the construction phase there is potential for discharge of contaminants (in particular, dust) to
air as outlined in section 3.1 of this CEMP. Dust generating activities include demolition, excavation,
spoil removal, storage of excavated spoil and imported fill, movement of vehicles and backfilling of
trenches. An AQ DWP has been prepared to identify measures that will be implemented to avoid,
remedy, or mitigate the potential adverse effects on air quality during the Karangahape Station early
works and is provided in Appendix I of this CEMP. The AQ DWP has been prepared in accordance
with designation condition 59 and resource consent condition 222 of discharge permit
R/REG/2016/1899. Specifically, the AQ DWP sets out the best practicable options that will be
implemented to manage the potential adverse effects of discharges of dust, odour and hazardous air
pollutants generated during construction.
Due to the proximity of pedestrians, residences and businesses to the works, all locations within
100m of the designation are considered sensitive to the effects of dust. General measures that will
be employed during the early works to control potential dust emissions are outlined in the AQ DWP
and will include:
 Controlling dust from any excavation by placing material directly into trucks where possible;
 If material being excavated is very dry, using water sprays to increase surface moisture;
 If materials are placed in temporary stockpiles, use water in dry windy conditions to control
the dust potential prior to removal off site;
 Controlling dust from exposed surfaces: placing limits on vehicle speeds and movements to
reduce dust generation;
 Limiting area of exposed materials: staging of works and minimisation of material exposure
in works areas will reduce the potential for wind erosion;

 Maintenance of surface moisture content: watering or wet suppression is used to dampen

dry or dusty exposed areas / earthwork areas; and
 Removing excavated spoil from site on a regular basis.
The AQ DWP provides environmental performance standards for dust monitoring, dust deposition
and odour, and includes trigger levels and actions to be implemented, as well as a visual dust
monitoring programme. Dust control will be a combination of visual monitoring (primarily) and
targeted ambient dust monitoring, good management of the construction areas, and a rapid
response to any of the trigger levels and/or to any complaints received.
Relevant dust (including dust control during contaminated material handling) and odour mitigation
measures, control of vehicle exhaust emissions and dust contingency measures are outlined in
sections 5.3 to 5.8 of the AQ DWP.
5.6 Trees and Vegetation

The early works (Beresford/Pitt Street stage 1) will require the removal of 12 street trees (of exotic
and native origin) within Beresford Square and have the potential to result in impacts on retained
tree(s) within Beresford Square within proximity to the works (if not appropriately protected). It is
noted that none of the affected trees are scheduled under the AUP (OP).
A Trees and Vegetation DWP (TV DWP) has been prepared to manage these effects in accordance
with the requirements of CRL designation condition 55 (refer to Appendix J of this CEMP).
As outlined in the TV DWP, tree removal will be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced
arborist and will be informed by site observations, such as the proximity of surrounding buildings,
tree size and overall condition. The methodologies used may include the following:
 Removal should be staged whereby the outer limbs are removed first, followed by the inner
limbs and the main trunk.
 Depending on the location of utility lines, tree stumps should either be dug out or ground in
situ.
 Removed tree debris will either be mulched onsite or removed for mulching offsite,
depending on which is more practicable.
Consideration will be given to the relocation and replanting of the native trees that require removal;
providing the roots balls of these trees are not compromised by underground utilities, and it is
deemed to be a practical option.
Replacement planting will be undertaken as part of the public realm reinstatement works, following
the completion of construction of the new Karangahape Station. Planting shall be undertaken in
accordance with designation condition 55.3(c) and will be addressed in the Urban Design DWP (UD
DWP) to be prepared as part of the public realm reinstatement OPW (refer to section 5.11 of this
CEMP).
Should works (including truck movements) be required within the immediate vicinity of retained
tree(s) in Beresford Square and Pitt Street, Tree Protections Zones (including canopy protection)
shall be established as outlined in the TV DWP. The following construction activities will not be
permitted in designated Tree Protection Zones due to their adverse effect on trees and roots:
 Mechanical excavation on the road, footpath or any public space.

 Stockpiling of building materials, debris or soil.
 Vehicular traffic except on existing paved surfaces.

 Installation of service pits or hatches.
 Vehicular crossings.
 Cutting or damaging of tree roots with a diameter greater than 30mm.
 Alteration of soil levels and structure.
Consultation regarding trees and vegetation has been undertaken with the CLG and relevant
stakeholders and partners including the Mana Whenua Forum and Auckland Council Parks
Department (refer to CCP in Appendix G for further details).
5.7 Transport, Access and Parking

The early works in Pitt Street/Beresford Square and Mercury Lane will impact the traffic network in,
and surrounding the construction area. A Transport, Access and Parking DWP (TAP DWP) has been
prepared to identify the measures that will be implemented to mitigate and manage the potential
adverse effects of the early works on the transport network, parking and property access. It covers
impacts to pedestrians and cyclists, access to properties/businesses, public transport, vehicle
movements, parking, taxi stands and emergency services access. The TAP DWP (Appendix K of this
CEMP) has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of designation conditions 25 and 28.
The potential effects on the transport network as a result of the early works, and associated
operational procedures are summarised in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 Karangahape Station early works transport, access and parking operational procedures
Transport Impacts Operational Procedures

Network
Pedestrians  All existing pedestrian routes will remain open  A minimum footpath width of
and Cyclists along Beresford Square, Pitt Street, Karangahape 1.5m for pedestrians will be
Road and Mercury Lane, although they will provided.
occasionally need to be diverted across the street  Auckland Transport has agreed
to allow safe movement around the construction on the relocation of the cycle
zones. ramp further north along Pitt
 Most of the construction work will require a Street.
reduction in width to the footpaths within the
various work stages.
 The cycle ramp outside 59 Pitt Street will require
relocation.
Access to  All access to private properties will be  In the event of short term
properties maintained for pedestrians, cyclists and vehicles closures that will impact vehicle
/businesses for the duration of the early works. access to properties during the
early works, affected parties will
be consulted in advance of the
closure in accordance with CRL
designation condition 25.3(g)(i).
 Any disturbance to local
businesses will be mitigated
through procedures described in
the SIBD DWP (refer to Appendix
F of this CEMP).

Transport Impacts Operational Procedures

Network
Public  The early works will have a relatively low impact  Auckland Transport is already
transport (up to 3 mins delay) to journey times for selected delivering on the relocation of
(Bus) bus routes. the bus stop which will be
 The Auckland Transport Bus Stop outside 78 Pitt outside the works zone (location
Street (City Link Bus Service) will require to be confirmed).
relocation.
Vehicle  Truck movements are expected to be low, at  Where over-dimension or
movements approximately 25 to 30 return trips per day overweight vehicle movements
(including (maximum). are required, these will take
cars, trucks  Local access to the work site by over-dimension place via the Transport Agency’s
and over- vehicles will require the use of some local streets over-dimension and overweight
dimension that are not part of the over dimension network. routes, where practicable.
vehicles) The routes required are the same as those  Over-dimensional loads will be
outlined for construction vehicles in Section 4.3 managed by limiting the
of the TAP DWP (also refer CRL designation movements of these vehicles
condition 25.3(c)(iii)). outside of the commuter peak
periods, and by applying mobile
traffic management where these
vehicles are required to traverse
multiple lanes of traffic.
Parking and  Closure of 15-27 Beresford Square for use of  The mobility parking space on
loading Beresford Square CSA. This parking was Beresford Square will be
zones previously leased by Wilson. The lease relocated to Day Street.
agreement now lies with CRLL until the end of  Other loading zones in close
the construction of the CRL project. proximity to the works will be
 Upon closure of the Beresford Square exit onto used as alternatives.
Pitt Street in January 2020, on-street parking in  Other on and off-street parking
the upper half of Beresford Square will be facilities are available as
removed for the early works construction zone. alternative parking locations,
 On commencement of the Beresford Square CSA, within a 300m radius of the early
on-street parks at the lower end of Beresford works construction area.
Square (Day Street to Hopetoun Street) will be
gradually removed to accommodate trucks into
and out of the CSA.
 Mercury Lane will experience a closure of the
majority of its car parks (about 21) for the
duration of the early works.
 The mobility parking space on Beresford Square
will be relocated.
 Three loading zones (on Mercury Lane, Pitt Street
and Beresford Square) will be closed during the
early works.
Taxi stands  No impacts to the Taxi Stand on Karangahape N/A
Road anticipated during the early works (subject
to the Traffic Management Plan to be prepared
for Karangahape Road).

5.8 Construction Noise and Vibration

The early works will impact the existing noise environment at Beresford Square and Mercury Lane
due to construction activities using equipment (such as excavation, saw cutting, drilling, piling,
compacting, welding) that generate noise and vibration (in close proximity to sensitive receptors.
A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP (CNV DWP) has been developed to identify and provide for
implementation of the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate potential adverse noise
and vibration effects resulting from the Karangahape Station early works. The CNV DWP identifies
noise and vibration performance standards that must, where practicable, be complied with and
details the management and control methodologies to be implemented during construction. The
CNV DWP has been prepared in accordance with designation conditions 16, 31, 33, 34, and 36 to 39
and is provided in Appendix L of this CEMP. The CNV DWP will be implemented throughout the
entire construction period and will be the primary tool for the management of noise and vibration
effects resulting from the construction activities of the early works.
Construction noise will be measured and assessed in accordance with NZS6803:1999, and will be
managed to comply with the construction noise limits required by conditions 31.1 and 31.2 of the
designation (unless otherwise provided for in an approved Site Specific Construction Noise
Management Plan – SSCNMP). A number of buildings (mainly commercial) have been identified at
Beresford Square/Pitt Street, East Street, Mercury Lane, Karangahape Road and Cross Street, where
construction activities are predicted to exceed the noise limits. In addition, a notable receiver is
located at 9 Mercury Lane (Theatre). A SSCNMP (for specific construction activities) has been
prepared for these properties to mitigate these construction noise effects.
Construction vibration will be measured and assessed in accordance with DIN 4150-3:1999, and will
be managed to comply with the vibration limits for building damage required by conditions 33.1 and
33.2 of the designation (unless otherwise provided for in an approved Site Specific Construction
Vibration Management Plan – SSCVMP). Specific day time/night time vibration limits are provided in
designation condition 34.3, however those are only required to be investigated/applied for after the
receipt of a complaint from any building occupant. A number of buildings have been identified at
East Street, Beresford Square/Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, Karangahape Road and Cross Street, which
may be at risk of exceeding the building damage vibration limits. A SSCVMP has been prepared to
mitigate these construction vibration effects. In some instances, a combined Site Specific
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (SSCNVMP) will be prepared for properties that
have the potential to be affected by noise and vibration generated by the construction activities.
General noise and vibration management and mitigation measures are proposed to be implemented
throughout construction to avoid exceedances of the noise and vibration criteria. These are listed in
section 7 of the CNV DWP and relate to:
 Training;
 Construction traffic and deliveries (for noise mitigation);
 Plant and equipment;
 Pneumatic breakers;
 Piling and compaction;
 Noise barriers and enclosures (for noise mitigation);
 Traffic tyre noise (for noise mitigation); and
 Scheduling of activities.

Engagement with residents and business potentially affected by noise and vibration will be a key
component for the management of disruption from construction activities as outlined in the CNV
DWP and the CCP. Engagement will include (but not be limited to) notifications to affected parties
prior to and during the works, regular engagement with notable noise and vibration receivers, and
wider updates on progress of the works and activities. It is important that information is provided in
a transparent and consistent manner in relation to exposure, duration, mitigation and management
measures.
Monitoring of noise and vibration is detailed in section 9 of the CNV DWP, including monitoring
requirements, timing, frequency, locations and standards. Section 10 of the CNV DWP includes a
range of contingency measures that shall be implemented in case of exceedance of noise and/or
vibration (building damage/amenity) limits. Operational procedures associated with building
condition surveys are described in section 5.14 of this CEMP.
5.9 Lighting Spill and Glare

Temporary lighting will be required in the early works construction areas where work is carried out
during the hours of darkness. Light spill may cause a nuisance to surrounding residents and
businesses, while glare from temporary lighting has the potential to impact motorists in surrounding
areas.
The principal objectives for the management of temporary lighting are to:
 Minimise the nuisance level to adjacent residents/building occupiers of the project;

 Minimise the impact of glare on the surrounding road environment; and
 Increase employee and subcontractor awareness of their obligations with regard to
minimising effects of light spill on adjacent neighbours.
The Link Alliance will minimise light spill by:
 Selecting light fittings that provide a defined directional beam;

 Mounting lights in elevated positions so that they may point down towards the works,
rather than aiming across the work space and increasing the risk of light shining into
adjacent buildings; and
 Adopting work methods that minimises light spill and glare such as not ‘over’ lighting or
using more light than necessary for safety and work activities.
5.10 Historic Character

Section 5.10 of this CEMP describes the environmental management procedures related to historic
character, including built heritage and archaeology.
5.10.1. Built Heritage

The early works area (and area in close proximity to the works) contains a number of built heritage
features, including:
 Heritage buildings (almost all buildings in Pitt Street, Beresford Square and Mercury Lane in
proximity to the early works) with notable buildings being Auckland’s early fire and
ambulance station, Mercury Theatre, Pitt Street Wesleyan Church, former St James Church
in Beresford Square and buildings in 61-65 Pitt Street; and

 Historic streetscape elements, including basalt kerbs and blocks within footpaths of Pitt
Street.
A number of heritage buildings could potentially be affected by vibration, ground movement and
impact damage during the early works. A Historic Character DWP – Built Heritage Section (HC DWP –
Built Heritage Section) has been prepared to identify measures that will be implemented to mitigate
and manage the potential adverse effects on built heritage during the Karangahape Station early
works. The HC DWP (Built Heritage Section) has been prepared in accordance with designation
condition 41 (refer to Appendix M). This HC DWP (Built Heritage Section) considered buildings
located in proximity to the early works which are recognised as having heritage value by being either
scheduled in the AUP (OP), included in the schedule for Karangahape Road Historic Heritage Area or
listed under the HNZPTA 2014.
The HC DWP (Built Heritage Section) outlines the operational procedures that will be implemented
during the early works in order to mitigate and manage effects on built heritage. These include (but
are not limited to) the following measures:
 Building Condition Surveys prior to the commencement of works (with surveys during or
post the works as required, refer to section 5.14 and refer to the CNV DWP (Appendix L of
this CEMP) and the GSMCP (Appendix P of the CEMP);
 Implementation of appropriate built heritage protection during the works where
construction activities are undertaken adjacent to buildings;
 Vibration management and monitoring (as per the CNV DWP and SSCVMP);
 Ground settlement management and monitoring (as per the GSMCP);
 Contingency measures for management and recording during construction; and
 Implementation of a recording and salvage strategy in relation to the demolition of the
Beresford Street Toilets.
5.10.2. Archaeology
A Historic Character DWP (Archaeology Section) DWP (HC DWP – Archaeology Section) has been
developed in accordance with designation condition 42, and is included in Appendix N of this CEMP.
The HC DWP (Archaeology Secetion) has been prepared to identify measures that will be
implemented to mitigate and manage the potential adverse effects on archaeology during
construction of the Karangahape Station early works. This HC DWP (Archeaology Section) is
consistent with the archaeological provisions of the HNZPTA 2014 and the archaeological Authority
issued by the HNZPT authorising modification of archaeological sites within the Karangahape Station
early works area8.
No archaeological sites have been identified within the wider Karangahape Station early works area.
However, the HC DWP (Archaeology Section) notes:
 A house and a Sunday school were located in the Beresford Square CSA in the 19th and 20th
centuries, which may have associated subsurface remains.
8 All modifications and investigation of pre-1900 archaeological remains are subject to the archaeological provisions of the
HNZPTA and must be carried out in accordance with the conditions of an Authority issued by NZNPT under that Act. A
general Authority for the Aotea Station to Mt Eden Station NAL works, including modification of any subsurface remains
exposed by the Karangahape Station early works include the CSA, has been granted by HNZPT (Authority No. 2017/793).
The Authority sets management procedures in place for any archaeological discoveries.
 Other potential areas of archaeological interest include the properties at 9A, 9B, 9C, 11-13
and 17-21 Mercury Lane within the Mercury Lane CSA which may have subsurface
archaeological remains.
 There is a limited chance of impacting on subsurface pre-1900 archaeological or significant
20th century historic heritage remains within the road reserves of Mercury Lane, Pitt Street
and Beresford Square, such as early drainage infrastructure or street surfaces.
Detailed archaeological procedures and mitigation measures are provided in the HC DWP
(Archaeology Section), and these are summarised below (related to the entire project area unless
specified otherwise).
 CSA – An archaeologist will be present to monitor any excavations or surface clearance

within the Beresford Square and Mercury Lane CSAs in case any subsurface archaeological
features are present. If any subsurface archaeological features (pre-1900 or early 20th
century date) are exposed within the CSAs, they will be investigated, sampled and recorded
by the archaeologist.
 Archaeology Discovery Protocols – If any archaeological features and deposits are exposed
during works the Link Alliance will notify the Project Archaeologist, who will then assess the
features, record the exposed remains and recover samples of archaeological material for
further analysis.
 Discovery of archaeological or cultural remains –
 If any archaeological or cultural remains (pre-1900 or early 20th century date) are
encountered, works will stop in the immediate vicinity of the find until the Project
Archaeologist can assess the site. The Project Archaeologist will stop works in the
immediate vicinity by notifying the Karangahape Station Project Manager and will
investigate and record the remains.
 If significant archaeological features or deposits are identified during works the
Auckland Council, HNZPT and Mana Whenua will be notified by the Project
Archaeologist, and the remains will be investigated and recorded in accordance with
accepted archaeological practice and as directed by HNZPT, if these are of a pre-
1900 date.
 Mana Whenua protocols –
 If archaeological remains relating to Māori occupation are exposed, the Project

Archaeologist will inform the appropriate Mana Whenua representatives.
 Specific protocols will be followed for Kōiwi Tangata (Human Remains) and Taonga
(Māori Artefacts).
 Recording of features and deposits – Any in situ pre-1900 or significant 20th century
archaeological features exposed during the early works will be investigated, recorded and
sampled consistent with accepted archaeological practice.
 Artefact Management Plan – The location of artefact features will be marked on the site
plan and retained for analysis.
 Stand down periods – in the event any archaeological features are revealed during works,
stand down periods involving the ceasing of works in the immediate vicinity may be required
to allow archaeological investigation and consultation with the appropriate parties.

 Post excavation analysis and archiving – During the works, information on any
archaeological discoveries will be provided to the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage
Implementation Team and Consent Monitoring Officer, HNZPT and Mana Whenua.
 Reporting – information on any archaeological discoveries will be provided to the Auckland
Council Cultural Heritage Implementation Team and Compliance Monitoring Officer, HNZPT
and Mana Whenua.
5.11 Urban Design

An Urban Design DWP (UD DWP) will be prepared as part of the main works and is not applicable to
the Karangahape Station early works.
5.12 Contaminated Soils

A Contamination DWP (CDWP) has been prepared to identify measures that will be implemented to
mitigate and manage the potential human health and environmental effects associated with
contaminated soil during the early works. The CDWP has been prepared in accordance with
designation conditions 57 and 58 and resource consent conditions 131 to 150. The CDWP is provided
in Appendix O of this CEMP. The objective of the CDWP is to detail the best practicable options to
avoid, remedy, or mitigate the potential adverse effects of contaminated soil discharges generated
by construction activities.
Investigations of soil contaminant concentrations undertaken to date have identified that significant
soil contamination is unlikely to be encountered during land disturbance activities. There is,
however, the potential to encounter gravel type fill materials (surface level to approximately 2m
below ground level (m bgl) for metals and heavy end hydrocarbons) for which soil contaminant
concentrations may be in the order of applicable standards defined by the MfE NES CS and AUP (OP)
Permitted Activity Criteria.
The primary source of potential contamination within the Karangahape Station early works area
relates to the presence of fill of unknown origin. This is largely due to the fact that the works are to
be completed within an urban setting comprising road infrastructure. In addition, asbestos is likely
to be present in the underground wastewater and stormwater pipes due to the age of the pipes.
General site management practices that will be implemented to manage any potential
contamination during the works include (but are not limited to) the following:
 Appropriate storage and removal of spoil material, including any contaminated fill;
 Implementing record keeping measures;
 Material importation procedures;
 Procedures to manage the unexpected discovery of contaminated or hazardous materials;
 Health and safety requirements for the works, including the use of personal protective
equipment and personal decontamination; and
 Specific management measures in relation to surface water, dust and groundwater (as
outlined in the respective DWPs and MPs – refer to paragraph below).
Should asbestos be observed or suspected during the land disturbance works, all work shall cease,
and an appointed asbestos professional will be recommended by the Project Contaminated Land
Professional. Works can recommence once asbestos has been appropriately managed/safely
removed as advised by the asbestos professional.

The management of contamination associated with surface water, sediment, dust and groundwater
is covered by the following relevant sub-plans:
 Erosion and sediment control procedures are described in section 5.4 of this CEMP and
further detailed in the ESCP attached in Appendix H of this CEMP. The ESCP will ensure the
relevant procedures are in place to capture and treat any sediment laden water generated
by the site works to avoid any discharge to sensitive environments, such as the stormwater
system;
 The dust control and monitoring procedures are described in section 5.5 and further
detailed in the AQ DWP, in Appendix I of this CEMP; and
 The groundwater monitoring and contingency procedures are described in section 5.13 of
this CEMP, and detailed in the Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan in
Appendix P of this CEMP.
5.13 Groundwater and Settlement

The Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) has been prepared to
prevent any damage that may affect the serviceability of structures and services. The GSMCP is
attached in Appendix P of this CEMP and has been prepared in accordance with resource consent
conditions 82 to 84, 89 to 117, 119, 120, and 124 to 129. The objective of this GSMCP is to provide
appropriate measures to avoid, remedy or mitigate any potential adverse effects (including
cumulative effects) as a result of the dewatering and excavation activities involved in the
Karangahape Station early works.
A review of the hydrogeological studies completed prior to the CRL project stages and historic
groundwater monitoring data from piezometers installed in the region of Beresford Square and
Mercury Lane indicates the presence of a shallow or perched groundwater level, varying between
approximately 2 to 6 m bgl. The perched water level fluctuates between these maximum and
minimum levels in response to rainfall events, particularly in the Beresford Square area. The regional
groundwater system is located beneath the perched groundwater zone (at depths varying between
approximately 8 to 10 m bgl). The early works will require excavation to a maximum depth of 5 m bgl
and will therefore not intersect the regional groundwater regime.
A groundwater monitoring plan has not been included as part of the early works GSCMP due to the
following:
 The excavations are too shallow to intersect the groundwater table;

 Perched water zones which might occur in the area are likely to be drained/impacted by the
existing stormwater and wastewater service trenches in the area;
 Excavations will be open for only a limited duration of time. Should excavations intersect
groundwater, the effect on groundwater is likely to be very limited and only immediately
surrounding the excavation. Therefore, a regional groundwater monitoring program will not
be effective in monitoring such localised effects; and
 Building settlement operational procedures would act to monitor and manage the effects of
any groundwater drawdown.
A groundwater monitoring plan and associated contingency actions will be provided with a detailed
program for the main works GSMCP where long-term drainage and drawdown of the groundwater
table is expected.

A settlement monitoring plan is included in the early works GSMCP. It includes building condition
survey requirements, monitoring of ground and buildings (details of building survey marks, building
movement monitoring markers, etc.), utilities and infrastructure surveys and settlement trigger
levels. Further detail on building surveys is provided in section 5.14 of this CEMP.
Appendix E of the GSMCP outlines the tolerable amount of lateral deflection the pit or trench
excavation support could undergo during construction without the resulting settlement effects
exceeding trigger levels set out in the Consent.
A response, mitigation and contingency plan is also provided in the GSMCP. It includes:
 Responses required where exceedances of trigger levels have been identified during
groundwater monitoring. No groundwater alerts have been specified in the GSMCP for the
early works. This will be updated for the main works once a groundwater monitoring plan
has been developed to take into account effects from the main construction works.
 Responses to settlement alerts and alarm trigger levels, responses for any damage to
buildings, structures or services and mitigation options should the settlement exceed
identified trigger or alarm levels.
5.14 Building Condition Surveys

Building condition surveys (BCS) will be undertaken prior to works commencing, in accordance with
designation condition 46 and resource consent condition 109. Based on the CNV DWP, GSCMP and
HC DWP (Built Heritage), detailed pre-construction, construction and post-construction BCS will be
undertaken for all the identified buildings and services listed in Appendix Q of this CEMP (refer to
CNV DWP, GSCMP and HC DWP Built Heritage Section attached in Appendix L, P, and N
respectively).
The following general requirements apply to all BCS and visual inspections:
 The BCS shall be undertaken by an independent Senior Qualified Person.

 The survey shall include:
 Identification of Building Class: Commercial / Industrial / School or a Historic or

sensitive structure in terms of designation condition 33;
 Any information about the type of foundations;
 Existing levels of damage (aesthetic, superficial, affecting levels of serviceability);
 Whether observed damage is associated with structural damage;
 Susceptibility of building or structure to further movement; and
 Photographic evidence.
 All contact, correspondence and communication with building owners will be recorded, with
documents available on request.
 The BCS or structure condition survey reports shall be provided by the Link Alliance to the
relevant property owner within 15 working days of any survey being undertaken. A copy of
each report shall also be provided to Auckland Council. Damage to buildings identified
during BCS and visual inspections, that result from the early works activities require action
as outlined in section 7 of the GSMCP.
For built heritage (as per the HC DWP – Built Heritage Section), the pre-condition surveys will
include, as appropriate:
 The exterior and interior of heritage buildings identified in the AUP(OP) and by HNZPT;
 A record of condition of buildings using photographs, drawings, etc.;
 Consideration of the stability of any elements including applied decorative elements or
features and any fragile elements;
 Any recommended remediation to secure or mitigate potential problems prior to the
commencement of construction; and
 The location of cracks greater than 2 mm in aperture width, shall be recorded with a position
accuracy of +/- 200 mm.
The buildings (and services) may require further surveys during construction if complaints are made
or if vibration criteria have been exceeded.
Where a post-construction building condition survey confirms that the building has deteriorated as a
result of construction, the damage will be rectified.
Further detail on the methodology for pre-condition and post-construction condition surveys, and
any additional construction survey is provided in the CNV DWP, GSCMP and HC DWP (Built Heritage
Section).
5.15 Hazardous Substances

The early works will require the use and storage of hazardous substances, which can result in
potential environmental impacts if they are not managed carefully and are discharged to the
environment in an uncontrolled manner. This section provides details of the storage, handling,
transport and disposal of hazardous substances relevant to the early works at Karangahape Station
and addresses some of the requirements of designation condition 21.1 (k) and resource consent
condition 168.
Hazardous substances will be kept on site within specified hazardous substances storage areas.
These areas will be bunded and hazardous substances kept in secure containers. The monitoring and
management of hazardous substances will be the responsibility of the ESM.
A list of all hazardous substances kept on site during the construction phase will be prepared and
maintained in the project Hazardous Substances Register. An indicative list of substances (subject to
change) is provided in Table 5-2 and is applicable for both Beresford Square / Pitt Street and
Mercury Lane works.
Table 5-2: Indicative list of substances to be stored for the Karangahape Station early works
Substances Volume (L) Storage Location

Diesel 40 Drums in bunded pallets Adjacent to the
works and / or
Hydraulic Oil 40 Drums in bunded pallets
at the CSA
Grease 25 Tubs / tubes in bunded pallets
Lubricants 25 Tubs / tubes in bunded pallets
Acetylene 12,000 (4 x G or smaller cylinders
cylinders) (12mᶟ of gas) in bunded pallets
Polymer 25 Bags or tins in bunded pallets
Grout additives 25 Bags or tins in bunded pallets

Substances Volume (L) Storage Location

Cement 5,000 5t stored in bags
Oxygen 24,000 (8 x G or smaller cylinders (24mᶟ of gas bottles) secured
cylinders) in a cage
Paint 40 Sealed tubs / tins of paint stored in small quantity
for graffiti removal
Total volume (L) 41,220
The following general procedures will be implemented:
 A list of all hazardous substances kept on site, including class information and Material
Safety Data Sheets (SDS’s for each hazardous substance) will be stored and maintained on
site at the following locations:
 A full set at the project office.

 A sub-set at each storage location relevant to the specific materials being stored.
 Requirements for proper storage, handling, transport and disposal of hazardous substances
such as (but not limited to):
 Adherence to safe handling practices when refilling and dispensing containers;

 Depending on the review of all hazardous substances and HSNO classes, a secondary
containment and signage may be required; and
 Bunding will be 110% of the largest container (as per condition 168 of the resource
consent).
 Drums should be located in an area where there is no risk of collision with vehicles, such as
fork-lift trucks (e.g. as diesel splashing onto a hot engine may ignite).
 Spill response procedures (refer to section 5.21.2 of this CEMP), such as confinement of
leaks and spills to the vicinity of the drum and mopped up quickly, to lessen the slip risk and
contain / minimise any contamination. Spill kit(s) will be available in case of emergency spill.
5.16 Industrial and Trade Activities

An Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (ITA EMP) is not required for the
early works and will be prepared for the main construction works as required by condition 159 of the
resource consent A2N as part of the site management (CSA).
5.17 Waste Management

A WARRMP has been prepared for the project. The purpose of the WARRMP is to outline the
strategies and initiatives the Link Alliance will take to target zero waste to landfill for the project
during both temporary and main construction works.
The types of waste that are likely to be generated during construction include:
 Demolition wastes from buildings, structures, pavements, and other hardstand areas;
 Earthworks and excavation spoil including cleanfill, managed fill and contaminated spoil;
 General construction wastes including metals, pipes, plasterboard, concrete, timber
framework, packaging materials, hazardous and special wastes; and
 Site office wastes including food waste, recyclables, general landfill waste, and other
miscellaneous waste.
The WARRMP contains predicted waste streams (type and quantity), and the proposed waste
management approach for each taking into account the waste management hierarchy of avoid,
reduce, reuse, recycle, recover, treat and dispose. Specifically, in relation to waste avoidance and
resource recovery during the construction phase, the Link Alliance will:
 Consider how to avoid the creation of waste by designing out waste and/or optimising the
use of the materials available and procured;
 Consider how materials can be reused or recycled;
 Consider potential waste generated by the product or related packaging;
 Consider the environment and social impacts of the waste; and
 Consider how far items must be transported for recovery.
If the disposal of hazardous waste is required, this waste will be disposed of safely, through an
appropriate contractor authorised to handle, transport, process or safely dispose of the waste
concerned.
5.18 Energy Use

The Link Alliance is committed to minimising the use of fossil fuels and the corresponding release in
greenhouse gas emissions (GHG emissions). Where practical, renewable energy sources will be used
and methods to reduce energy use and GHG emissions will be implemented such as:
 Use of power from the national grid rather than on site generators;
 Use of biofuel;
 Use of hybrid and/or energy efficient equipment;
 Use of LED lights;
 Operator and driver training; and
 Optimisation of equipment maintenance.
During construction, data from energy use will feed into carbon footprint calculations in order to
monitor actual energy use and to help measure the effects of innovations and improvements that
have been implemented.
Inductions and tool box meetings throughout the project will highlight the energy use goals and the
measures that individuals can take to help achieve the goals.
Refer to the Sustainability Management Plan for further information regarding the carbon footprint
calculations and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of energy reduction
opportunities under investigation.
5.19 Water use

Water is a resource often used without consideration due to its apparent abundance in New
Zealand. However, as with other material use, it should be used with consideration and care as there
are environmental costs associated with its delivery and treatment.
Water use will be monitored during the project to track performance and promote considerate use.
Where practical, water saving opportunities will be implemented such as:

 Reuse of ground water (provided it is not contaminated) for dust suppression;

 Capture of rain water for use on site for non-potable requirements (where relevant activities
for the early/main works are undertaken e.g. saw cutting, wheel washing, jet grouting,
concrete mixing); and
 Water efficient workers amenities.
Water losses can contribute to significant water use, as such, meter readings will be completed
weekly to identify significant increases in water use that are unexplainable. The project
Environmental and Sustainability Inspections will include checks of hoses and water connections for
leaks.
Refer to the Sustainability Management Plan for further information regarding the metering and
modelling of water use and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of water
use reduction opportunities.
5.20 Material use

Due to the very nature of construction, significant volumes of materials will be used. In order to
reduce the environmental, social and economic impacts associated with material usage a number of
initiatives will be undertaken, including:
 The use of environmentally certified materials;

 The use of renewable resources;
 The use of recycled products (provided they meet specification); and
 The use of locally sourced products.
Material use will be monitored using the ISCA Materials calculator (refer to section 1.7) and further
information is provided in the Sustainability Management Plan.
5.21 Emergency and Incident Response

This section details the emergency and incident response measures to be implemented and includes
the following:
 Emergency Response Plan;

 Incident response;
 Spill response;
 Recording and reporting of incidents; and
 Complaint process.
5.21.1. Emergency Response Plan

An environmental emergency is an event which has a detrimental effect on the surrounding
environment. A detrimental environmental effect is something that causes significant harm to the
environment, which is not legally allowed and requires immediate response. An environmental
emergency can also be a deviation from the Link Alliance environmental management system. This
means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the
contractor achieve best practice.
Examples of environmental emergencies include, but are not restricted to:
 Significant (large volume) chemical / oil spill;

 Excessive discharge of sediment to the stormwater system;

 Hazardous substance release to air.
An Emergency Response Plan (ERP) (or Emergency Management Plan9) has been prepared for the
early works. The ERP takes into account three levels of emergencies, which are divided according to
the severity of the emergency. For example, level 1 – minor oil spill, level 2 -moderate chemical spill
and level 3 – serious chemical spill.
The contents of the ERP includes:
 Description of the potential emergency;

 The person responsible for actioning the ERP (roles and responsibilities as well as training
details are provided in the ERP);
 The equipment required to deal with the emergency including rescue equipment;
 Emergency contact list and numbers;
 Directions to site workers and other affected persons on what they are required to do,
including clear identification of the evacuation point location;
 The methods used to deal with the emergency; and
 Emergency reporting instructions (refer to incident reporting in section 5.21.4 of this CEMP).
The ERP will be displayed in noticeable locations around the site and employees will be trained in its
requirements.
5.21.2. Incident Response

An environmental incident is an occurrence which has (or potentially could have had) a negative or
‘adverse’ effect on the environment. An adverse effect is something that causes (or could have
caused) environmental harm. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process
or procedures that help the project achieve best practice (e.g. failure to report a spill).
Environmental incidents include but are not restricted to:
 Spills;
 Unforeseen impacts on areas of high environmental value such as archaeology or built
heritage; and
 Consent non-compliances (e.g. noise, sediment).
The spill response procedure is summarised in section 5.21.3 of this CEMP. Response to various
environmental incidents is outlined in the relevant sub-plans. For serious incidents, the immediate
response may involve stopping works until a solution to managing the incident is developed and
implemented.
Incident reporting procedures are detailed in section 5.21.4 of this CEMP.
9 Emergency Management Plan – Link Alliance Management Plan, CRL-SYW-HSE-LKA-PLN-800003, Rev. A00, September
2019, referred to as ERP
5.21.3. Spill Response

During the construction phase, the ESM will be responsible for providing training and orientation to
employees or subcontractors that addresses the proper action regarding spills (refer to sections
5.21.1 and 5.21.2 of this CEMP).
The Link Alliance will ensure that spill response materials are available, commensurate with the type,
quantity and storage arrangements for hazardous substances on site.
As deemed necessary, vehicles (e.g. utility vehicles), heavy equipment (e.g. excavators), pumps, and
generators will be covered by adjacent spill kits that, at a minimum, will contain:
 sufficient oil absorbent material to contain (e.g. oil absorbent boom) and cleanup any drips,
leaks, or spills (e.g. ruptured hydraulic line); and
 plastic bags to contain any contaminated absorbents, soils, or wastes. Bags containing used
cleanup material will be transported to the designated hazardous material/waste storage
area for proper drumming, labelling, and classification prior to off-site disposal.
An Emergency Spill Response Plan (ESRP) for the project has been prepared and details the
procedure to follow in the event of a spill (Appendix R of this CEMP).
5.21.4. Recording and Reporting of Incidents

Environmental incidents will be recorded and reported in accordance with the Link Alliance
environmental incident reporting and investigation process. The Link Alliance has developed an HSE
incident report form 10 and this form will be completed in the event of an environmental incident.
The incident report form requires event details (i.e. event type), description of the incident,
corrective action and an initial risk assessment. The cause of all incidents will be subject to an
investigation, organised by the ESM to determine the root causes of the incident and to monitor the
implementation of appropriate corrective /remedial action. The results of investigations and lessons
learnt previously on the project will be shared at the tool box sessions. This will ensure that a repeat
incident is avoided.
In the event of an environmental incident, the ESM will inform the Karangahape Station Project
Manager and Auckland Council with a specific notification timeframe (and associated information)
depending on the incident severity level.
A summary and review of incidents for the duration of the project and for the relevant month will be
included in the project Monthly Report (refer to section 6.5).
5.21.5. Complaint Process

A CCP (refer to section 5.3 and Appendix G of this CEMP) has been developed which details the
strategy, tools and process to manage communication between the Link Alliance, its stakeholders
and the community throughout the construction and monitoring periods for the project. In
accordance with designation condition 5, the CCP sets out how the Link Alliance will inform the
community of project progress and construction dates, foster good relationships with the
community, obtain feedback from stakeholders, and outline how complaints and queries will be
responded to.
10 Link Alliance HSE Incident Report Form, CRL-SYW-HSE-LKA-FRM-800001

In addition to the procedure listed in the CCP, each sub-plan provides detail on the project
complaints process. For example, any complaints related to noise and vibration will be recorded in a
Project Complaints Register. These complaints must be promptly investigated to resolve the cause of
the complaint (refer to the CNV DWP in Appendix L of this CEMP). The Link Alliance will provide
Auckland Council's Noise Complaints Team with contact details for the CRLL Complaints Team to
ensure noise related complaints are communicated and addressed as quickly as possible.

6. Monitoring and Review

Section 6 details the construction environmental monitoring and review requirements of the project
and includes the following:
 Environmental monitoring;
 Environmental inspections;
 Environmental auditing;
 Corrective and preventive action;
 Reporting;
 Document control; and
 CEMP review.
6.1 Environmental Monitoring

Scheduled monitoring of environmental performance will be undertaken during the early works. This
will enable the overall effectiveness of the environmental controls to be determined and allows
areas of non-compliance to be identified so corrective actions can be taken.
The individual sub-plans specify the monitoring for each environmental component, the frequency
of monitoring required and the responsible person, as required within contract documentation or
environmental approvals. Monitoring will take place on a routine basis, with additional monitoring
required as appropriate i.e. in the event of a complaint or incident, or after a specific event, such as
a rain event (water quality monitoring).
The ESM will be responsible for implementation of on-site measurements of environmental aspects.
Monitoring results will be reported to the relevant parties in accordance with the designation and
resource consent conditions.
6.1.1. Collaborative Working

The Link Alliance will adopt a collaborative working process during the works with the Auckland
Council Consent Monitoring Officers, in accordance with the designation conditions. The key
personnel involved in the collaborative working process are listed in Table 6-1, and will meet
regularly during the works to discuss:
 Compliance with the designation conditions, CEMP and sub-plans;

 Significant changes to the CEMP and sub-plans;
 Any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed;
 The results of, need for, and frequency of site inspections;
 Environmental monitoring results; and
 Any other agenda items agreed by the key contacts.
Table 6-1: Collaborative key contacts
Organisation Title Name

Auckland Council Team Leader Central Monitoring Steven Pearce
Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer Tim O’Grady
CRLL Representative Principal Planner Richard Jenkins

Organisation Title Name

Link Alliance Environment and Sustainability Manager Sarah Sutherland
6.1.2. Collaborative Meeting

At least five working days prior to construction commencing the key contacts will mutually agree on
an initial schedule for a collaborative meeting. The meeting will be held at least monthly unless a
different timeframe is agreed with Auckland Council.
The collaborative working process will operate for the duration of the works (and will continue to
operate for the duration of the wider Karangahape Station works in accordance with the conditions).
The ESM will be responsible for co-ordinating any changes to the CEMP or sub-plans required as a
result of the collaborative working process and communicating these updates or information
resulting from the collaborative working process with the Project team.
6.2 Environmental Inspections

Weekly environmental inspections will be conducted by the ESM (or a delegate) during the works.
The findings of these inspections, any required remedial actions, the person responsible for
implementing the actions and the required timeframe will all be recorded. These shall be monitored
to ensure they are closed out in the necessary timeframe. Requirements for specific environmental
inspections are provided in the suite of sub-plans with checklists and for some of them, recording
inspection sheets are provided in Appendices of the sub-plans.
6.3 Environmental Auditing

Internal (by project Staff) environmental auditing will be undertaken to determine whether the
environmental management system conforms to planned arrangements and is being properly
implemented and maintained.
Internal auditing will take place on a quarterly basis by the ESM (or a delegate). Internal
environmental audits focus on environmental and sustainability matters within a single operational
procedure/group of related operational procedures (for example, erosion and sediment control
procedures). Environmental management procedures are provided in section 5 of this CEMP.
External Environmental and Sustainability Audits (by Parent Company Staff not involved in the
project or a suitably qualified consultant) will be completed as per the project Audit Schedule, and at
least annually, to assess the effectiveness of the Environmental Management System.
Audit findings (internal and external) will be provided to the Karangahape Station Construction
Manager/Project Manager within two to four weeks of the audit. Recommendations on
corrective/preventive actions will be provided to address any environmental/sustainability matters
to be improved or as a result of non-compliances (refer to section 6.4 for further detail).
6.4 Corrective and Preventive Action

Corrective or preventive actions identified during environmental audits shall be appropriately based
on the magnitude of the problem and the environmental harm encountered.

The Project Director is responsible for closing out the corrective or preventative actions resulting
from environmental inspections, audits and external regulatory compliance monitoring. Assessment
and follow-up reviews on the effectiveness of corrective and preventive actions will be undertaken
and the outcomes documented, communicated and implemented.
Compliance will be included as a regular agenda item at management and project meetings. Minutes
will be kept for each meeting and will record and assign actions to individuals where appropriate.
6.5 Environmental Reporting

Reporting requirements will evolve as the project progresses. In the early phase the focus is on
establishment of systems, controls and competence of all personnel, while later the emphasis will
shift to monitoring performance. Near to project completion the focus will shift to final reports to
address approval requirements.
The ESM manages environmental reporting and is responsible for submitting the reports required
externally. Reporting requirements include:
 Project internal reporting requirements; and

 Specific reporting to Auckland Council where required (as per specific sub-plans), including
the monthly compliance report (refer section 6.1).
6.6 Document Control

The ESM is responsible for ensuring that all relevant documentation is submitted and maintained
within the project filing and document control system. This documentation will include (but is not
limited to):
 Original CEMP document and subsequent versions (including sub-plans);

 All records of environmental monitoring;
 All environmental incident reports and investigation outcomes;
 Formal and informal audit and environmental inspection reports;
 Minutes of environmental meetings;
 Records of environmental training; and
 Copy of SDS for hazardous substances storage at CSA/work area.
6.7 CEMP Review

This CEMP (including sub-plans) will be updated, with the necessary approval, over the course of the
project to reflect material changes associated with changes to construction techniques, the natural
environment or due to unresolved complaints. Approval from Auckland Council will be required for
any relevant revisions of this CEMP and sub-plans that are of a material nature. In addition, they may
be updated in response to any unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction, unresolved
complaints or environmental incidents (refer to section 6.7.1 for further detail). A review may also
be initiated by Auckland Council as a result of comments or recommendations received from
Auckland Council or during communication and consultation.
6.7.1. Management Review

A management review of the CEMP and other sub-plans will take place at least annually by the
project management team (Link Alliance) (as per condition 42 of the resource consent conditions

and designation condition 22.1). The management review will be organised by the ESM and will take
into consideration:
 Compliance with the designation and/or consent conditions, the CEMP and sub-plans
(including site specific plans) and material changes to these plans;
 Any significant changes to construction activities or methods;
 Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the project team;
 Changes in industry best practice standards;
 Changes in legal or other requirements;
 Results of inspections, monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the
management of adverse effects during construction;
 Comments or recommendations from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and sub-plans;
 Unresolved complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to
address the complaint.
The review process will also look at environmental controls and procedures to ensure they are still
applicable to the activities being undertaken. Reasons for making any changes to the CEMP or sub-
plan(s) will be documented. A copy of the original CEMP or sub-plan(s) and subsequent revisions will
be kept for the project records and marked as obsolete. Each new/updated plan version will be given
a revision number and date to prevent obsolete documentation being used.
6.7.2. Review Approval Process

The CLG and any affected parties will be notified of any material changes to the CEMP or sub-plans
and provided an opportunity to provide feedback. Any material changes to the CEMP and DWPs shall
be subject to an independent peer review.
Changes to the CEMP or MPs required by the resource consent conditions 42 and 43 will be
submitted to the Auckland Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity
reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
Changes to the CEMP and DWPs required by the designation conditions 22.1 and 23.6 will be
submitted to Auckland Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for approval and no activity reliant
upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been approved.
Following that change the Link Alliance will request Auckland Council’s (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10
days of submission of the change. Significant material changes to the sub-plans (required by the
designation conditions and relating to an increase in adverse environmental effects) will be
submitted to the Auckland Council for approval, at least ten working days before the proposed
changes take effect.

List of
Appendices
Appendix A: ISCA Requirements ................................................... 81
Appendix B: CEMP Staging Drawings ............................................ 88
Appendix C: Designation Conditions ............................................. 89
Appendix D: Resource Consent Conditions ................................... 90
Appendix E: Consultation Records ................................................ 91
Appendix F: Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work
Plan ........................................................................................... 102
Appendix G: Communication and Consultation Plan ................... 103
Appendix H: Erosion and Sediment Control Plan ......................... 104
Appendix I: Air Quality Delivery Work Plan ................................. 105
Appendix J: Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan ................ 106
Appendix K: Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan .. 107
Appendix L: Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan
.................................................................................................. 108
Appendix M: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
.................................................................................................. 109
Appendix N: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology)
.................................................................................................. 110
Appendix O: Contamination Delivery Work Plan......................... 111
Appendix P: Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and
Contingency Plan ....................................................................... 112
Appendix Q: Building Condition Surveys ..................................... 113
Appendix R: Emergency Spill Response Plan ............................... 115

Appendix A: ISCA Requirements

Table A identifies the ISCA Credit Requirements relevant to this CEMP and where they are addressed
in the document. Where the CEMP and sub-plans do not address these requirements in full,
references to other plans/documents have been provided (e.g. the Sustainability Management Plan).
Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving the relevant targets
is provided in the relevant sub-plans and other relevant documents.
Table A: ISCA Requirements
Credit Requirement * Relevant section of Other Relevant Information /

the CEMP Comments
Sustainability and leadership commitment
MAN-1 Commitments to mitigating Sections 1.2 and 1.7 Also refer to the Sustainability
Level 1 negative environmental, Management Plan
cultural, social and economic
impacts
MAN-1 Commitments embedded into Sections 1.2 and 1.7 Also refer to the Sustainability
Level 1 sustainability objectives/and or Management Plan
targets
Risk and opportunity management
MAN-2 Environmental, cultural, social Section 3Error! Also refer to the Sustainability
Level 2 and economic risks and Reference source Opportunities Register
opportunities are assessed not found.
MAN-2 The risk assessment is updated Sections 1.2 and

Level 1 at least annually 6.7.1
Organisational structure, roles and responsibilities

MAN-3 Members of the senior Section 4.1 Also refer to the Sustainability
Level 1 management team has central Management Plan
responsibility for managing
sustainability
MAN-3 A principle participant in the Sections 1.7 and Also refer to the IS accreditation
Level 2 project team is an IS Accredited 4.1.2Error! records and meeting minutes
Professional Reference source
not found.
MAN-3 Independent sustainability Section 1.7 Also refer to the Sustainability

Level 3 professional is engaged to Management Plan and Audit
monitor and review Schedule
sustainability performance
Inspection and Auditing
MAN-4 Internal environmental and Sections 4.1.2, 6.2 Also refer to the Sustainability
Level 2 sustainability inspections and 6.3 Management Plan and Audit
undertaken weekly Schedule
MAN-4 Internal environmental and Section 6.3 Also refer to the Sustainability
Level 2 sustainability audits completed Management Plan and Audit
at least quarterly Schedule

the CEMP Comments
MAN-4 External environmental and Section 6.3 Also refer to the Sustainability
Level 2 sustainability audits completed Management Plan and Audit
at least annually Schedule
Reporting and review

MAN-5 Plans demonstrate how Sections 5.3 and Also refer to the Communication
Level 2 improvements and/or changes 6.7.1 and Consultation Plan
have been made to the
management systems as a result
of management review
Knowledge sharing
MAN-6 There is a knowledge sharing Sections 1.5, 5.2, 5.3 Also refer to the Communication
Level 3 process in place that encourages and 6.1 and Consultation Plan, the
sharing of sustainability Sustainability Management Plan
knowledge across the project, to and the Social Impact and Business
parent organisations, key Disruption Delivery Work Plan
stakeholders and to the wider
industry
MAN-6 Sustainability knowledge sharing Sections 5.2, 5.3 and Also refer to the Communication
Level 3 initiatives extend beyond project 6.1 and Consultation Plan and the
boundaries and key stakeholder Social Impact and Business
boundaries to the wider Disruption Delivery Work Plan
industry.
MAN-6 Sustainability knowledge sharing Sections 5.3, 6.2 and Also refer to the Communication
Level 3 includes ‘mistakes’ as well as 6.3 and Consultation Plan
‘good practices’.
Receiving Water Quality
DIS-1 Measures to minimise adverse Sections 5.4, 5.12, Also refer to the Erosion and
Level 1 impacts to receiving wai 5.13, 5.21.3 and 6.1 Sediment Control Plan, Emergency
environmental values during Spill Response Plan, Contamination
construction and operation have Delivery Work Plan and the
been identified and Groundwater and Settlement
implemented. These measures Monitoring and Contingency Plan
demonstrate an awareness of
the values of wai ora and its
Mauri, and opportunity for mana
whenua feedback has been
provided and where practicable
incorporated into these
measures.
AND
Monitoring of wai discharges
and receiving wai is undertaken
at appropriate intervals and at
times of discharge during
construction.
DIS-2 Monitoring and modelling of wai Sections 5.4 and 6.1 Also refer to Erosion and Sediment
Level 2 discharges and receiving wai Control Plan


the CEMP Comments
demonstrates no adverse impact
on receiving wai environmental
values.
The infrastructure does not
increase peak stormwater flows
for rainfall events of up to a 1.5
year ARI event discharge
DIS-3 Opportunities to improve Sections 5.4 and 6.1 Also refer to the Sustainability
Level 3 receiving wai environmental Management Plan
values have been identified and
implemented.
Monitoring and modelling
demonstrates improvement of
receiving wai environmental
values
Noise
DIS-2 Measures to mitigate noise Section 0 Also refer to the Construction
Level 1 during construction and Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
operation have been identified Plan and Site Specific Construction
and implemented Noise Management Plans
DIS-2 Monitoring of noise is Section 0 Also refer to the Construction
Level 1 undertaken at appropriate Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
intervals and in respons to Plan and Site Specific Construction
complaints during construction. Vibration Management Plans
DIS-2 For construction, modelling and Section 0 Also refer to the Construction
Level 2 monitoring demonstrates no Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
recurring or major divergences Plan and Site Specific Construction
from the noise management Vibration Management Plans
process in ISCA approved noise
guidelines.
For operation, modelling

demonstrates no recurring or
major exceedances of
noise goals.
Vibration
DIS-3 Measures to mitigate vibration Section 0 Also refer to the Construction
Level 1 during construction and Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
operation have been identified Plan and Site Specific Construction
and implemented Vibration Management Plans
DIS-3 Monitoring of vibration is Section 0 Also refer to the Construction
Level 1 undertaken at appropriate Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
intervals and in response to Plan and Site Specific Construction
complaints during construction. Vibration Management Plans
DIS-3 For construction, modelling and Sections 0 and Also refer to the Construction
Level 1 monitoring demonstrates no 5.10.1 Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
exceedances of vibration goals Plan and the Historic Character
for structural damage to Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
buildings and structures.


the CEMP Comments
DIS-3 For operation, modelling Sections 0 and Also refer to the Construction
Level 2 demonstrates no recurring or 5.10.1 Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
major exceedances of vibration Plan and Historic Character
goals for human comfort criteria. Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
No physical damage has been
caused to any buildings or
structures by vibration caused by
construction.
Air Quality
DIS-4 Measures to minimise adverse Section 5.5 Also refer to the Air Quality
Level 1 impacts to local air quality Delivery Work Plan
during construction have been
identified and implemented
DIS-4 Monitoring of air emissions Section 5.5 Also refer to the Air Quality
Level 1 and/or air quality is undertaken Delivery Work Plan
at appropriate intervals and in
response to complaints during
construction
DIS-4 Monitoring and modelling Section 5.5 Also refer to the Air Quality
Level 2 demonstrates no recurring or Delivery Work Plan
major exceedances of air
emission or air quality goals
Light Pollution
DIS-5 Measures to prevent light spill Section 5.9
Level 1 during construction and
operation have been identified
and implemented
DIS-5 The lighting design for operation Section 5.9
Level 1 prevents horizontal light spill
through compliance with the
numerical limits for obtrusive
light in Tables 2.1 and 2.2 of
AS4282.
Energy and carbon monitoring and reduction
ENE-1 Monitoring and modelling of Section 5.18 Also refer to Sustainability
Level 1 energy use and GHG emissions Management Plan
and actions taken to reduce
them is undertaken
ENE 1 Monitoring demonstrates at Section 5.18 Also refer to Sustainability
Level 2-3 least 25% reduction in Management Plan
construction GHG emissions.
And a reduction of at least 20%
reduction in “significant” scope 3
emissions.
Use of renewable energy
ENE-2 Opportunities for the use of Section 5.18 Also refer to Sustainability
Level 1 renewable energy fully Management Plan
investigated.


the CEMP Comments
Wai (water) use, monitoring and reduction
WAT-1 Monitoring of water use is Section 5.19 Also refer to Sustainability
Level 1-2 undertaken. There is at least 5% Management Plan
reduction compared to the base
case footprint.
Replace potable wai (water)

WAT-2 Monitoring demonstrates that Sections 5.4, and Also refer to Sustainability
Level 1 some proportion of total wai use 5.19 Management Plan and the Erosion
is from non-potable sources and Sediment Control Plan
(substituting for potable).
Materials lifecycle impact measurement and reduction
MAT-1 Monitoring and modelling of Section 5.20 Also refer to Sustainability
Level 1 material lifecycle impacts are Management Plan
undertaken using the Materials
Calculator and demonstrates a
reduction in materials lifecycle
impacts of at least 15%
compared to a base case
footprint.
Environmentally labelled products and supply chains
MAT-2 A Percentage of Section 5.20 Also refer to Sustainability
Level 1 Materials/products have an ISCA Management Plan
approved environmental label.
Crime Prevention
HEA-2 The likelihood of crime Section 2.6
Level 2 prevention has been reduced
through the implementation of
CPTED guidelines, in design,
construction and operation,
including temporary
construction diversions and
lighting.
All tunnels or underpasses have
end to end visibility.
Heritage assessment and management
HER-1 Measures to minimise the Section 5.10 Also refer to the Historic Heritage
Level 1 adverse impacts to heritage Delivery Work Plan
during construction have been
identified and implemented
HER-1 Community heritage values have Section 5.10, 5.2, 5.3 Also refer to the Historic Heritage
Level 1 been identified through Delivery Work Plan
consultation and integrated into
studies.
Stakeholder engagement strategy


the CEMP Comments
STA-1 A comprehensive stakeholder Sections 5.2, 5.3 and Also refer to the Communication
Level 1 management strategy is 5.21.5 and Consultation Plan and Social
developed Impact and Business Disruption
DWP
STA-1 The community is informed of Sections 5.2, 5.3 and Also refer to the Communication
Level 2 the draft strategy and provided 5.21.5 and Consultation Plan
an opportunity to give feedback.
Community feedback is
documented and used to guide
completion of the final strategy.
STA -1 The strategy is implemented, Sections 5.2, 5.3 and Also refer to the Communication
Level 2 and formal monitoring, 5.21.5 and Consultation Plan
evaluation and corrective action
is undertaken.
STA-3 The community has been Sections 5.2, 5.3, Also refer to the Communication
Level 1 provided with information that: 5.21.5 and 6 and Consultation Plan
- was provided in a timely
manner
- supported community
participation
- was meaningful and relevant
- was accessible
This has been verified by internal
management/reviews/audits or
community feedback with 65%-
80% support
STA-3 The community has been Sections 5.2, 5.3, Also refer to the Communication
Level 2 provided with information that: 5.21.5 and 6 and Consultation Plan
-was provided in a timely
manner
- supported community
participation
- was meaningful and relevant
- was accessible
And this has been verified by
independent reviews/audits or
community feedback with >80%
support
Site planning
URB-1 An urban and landscape design Section 5.11 Also refer to the Urban Design
Level 1 plan is developed and Delivery Work Plan
implemented that includes the
following:
1. Site analysis;
2. Vision and objectives for the
infrastructure;
3. Site planning; and
4. Strategies that respond to:


the CEMP Comments
a. the relevant People and Place
principles outlined in the New
Zealand Urban Design Protocol
(NZUDP) or
b. other ISCA approved
guidelines
* Refer to ISCA Rating Tool for full details of the requirement

Appendix B: CEMP Staging Drawings

ISO A1 594mm x 841mm KEY PLAN
STAGE 1 - Q1 2020
N
PITT ST
CSA/SITE FACILITIES SETUP:

1. OFFICE AND WELFARE UNITS.
2. SITE SERVICES AND CONNECTIONS (POTABLE WATER, TREE REMOVAL
WASTEWATER, POWER, COMMUNICATIONS).
D
3. STORAGE CONTAINERS.
PE R
4. SET UP ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.
5. SET UP WASTE MANAGEMENT AND COVERED SPOIL AREAS.
AH A
TREE REMOVAL
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CSA):
ANG
CAFE & TOILET DEMOLITION
- MEDIUM EXCAVATOR (8-14T)
- CRANE TRUCK
KAR
- CONCRETE SAWS, JACK-HAMMERS, HAMMER-DRILLS
- WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT
- ELEVATED WORK PLATFORM
- TELEHANDLER/FORKLIFT
SQ
- CONTAINERS
D
- PUMP, GENERATORS, COMPRESSOR
OR
- LARGE SKIP BINS
SF
RE
TREE REMOVAL SEQUENCE
BE
1. SET-UP FENCING
2. TRIM BRANCHES
3. MOBILISE EXCAVATOR
4. CUT TREE TRUNK
5. EXCAVATE STUMP
6. CLEAN-UP SURROUNDINGS
OFFICES AND LOCALISED TREE

REMOVAL DEMOLITION SEQUENCE
WELFARE FACILITIES 1. SET-UP FENCING WITH NOISE MATS
2. DISMANTLE ROOF FRAME & GLASS
3. DEMOLISH TOILET WITH EXCAVATOR
4. CART AWAY SPOIL
5. CLEAN-UP SURROUNDINGS
Filename: AECOM_AU_w\60560778\CRL-KRD-CON-LKA-SKE-EW_BERESFORD R0.DWG
PLANT & EQUIPMENT

STORAGE AND WASTE CSA ACCESS 1. CRANE TRUCK
MANAGEMENT 2. ELEVATED WORK PLATFORM
Last saved by: HEINTJE OSHA(2019-09-16) Last Plotted: 2019-09-17
3. CONCRETE SAW & CHAIN SAW

4. MEDIUM EXCAVATOR 8-25T
5. SAMLL EXCAVATOR 3-8T
6. HYDRO EXCAVATION TRUCK
WATER TREATMENT AND 7. 6 WHEEL TRUCK
COVERED SPOIL AREAS 8. PLATE COMPACTOR
9. SMALL ROLLER COMPACTOR 3T
10. CONCRETE BREAKER
CLIENT:
PROJECT MANAGEMENT INITIALS ISSUE/REVISION PROJECT NAME
TREE REMOVAL
SP MD PB C3 - RRFP - STATIONS & TUNNELS
WORK AREA
DESIGNER CHECKED APPROVED SHEET TITLE
PARKING BAYS REMOVED
KARANGAHAPE STATION
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES INDICATIVE EARLY WORKS
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY BERESFORD SQUARE
STAGE 1
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 CREATOR ID :
STATION OUTLINE I/R DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-KRD--CON-LKA-SKE-EW BER
COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH
STAGE 2 - JAN 2020 - FEB 2020
N
PITT ST
RELOCATION CONDUCTED WITHIN THIS FOOTPRINT,

CSA/SITE FACILITIES SETUP: ALLOWING ONE TRAFFIC LANE FLOW IN EACH DIRECTION
2. SITE SERVICES AND CONNECTIONS (POTABLE WATER,
WASTEWATER, POWER, COMMUNICATIONS).
D
PE R
AHA
- CRANE TRUCK
ANG
KAR
SQ
- CONTAINERS
D
OR
- LARGE SKIP BINS
SF
RE
BE
COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH SEQUENCE
2m (W) x 1.5m (D) x 50m (L)
1. MARK OUT TRENCH
2. SAW CUT TRENCH
3. BREAK OFF TOP SURFACE WITH 3-5T EXCAVATOR
OFFICES AND 4. EXCAVATE TRENCH, COMBINATION OF HYDROVAC & EXCAVATOR
WELFARE FACILITIES 5. LAY BEDDING MATERIAL AT BASE OF TRENCH
6. INSTALL DUCTING/PIPEWORK
7. BACKFILL TRENCH
8. REINSTATE SURFACE
PLANT & EQUIPMENT


TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 4. MEDIUM EXCAVATOR 8-25T
1. BERESFORD SQUARE CLOSED TO 5. SAMLL EXCAVATOR 3-8T
THROUGH TRAFFIC 6. HYDRO EXCAVATION TRUCK
WATER TREATMENT AND 2. ON STREET PARKING CLOSED 7. 6 WHEEL TRUCK
COVERED SPOIL AREAS 3. ACCESS TO PRIVATE PROPERTIES 8. PLATE COMPACTOR
MAINTAINED 9. SMALL ROLLER COMPACTOR 3T
CLIENT: COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH PROJECT MANAGEMENT INITIALS ISSUE/REVISION PROJECT NAME
WASTEWATER DIRECTIONAL DRILL C3 - RRFP - STATIONS & TUNNELS
SP MD PB
STORMWATER DIRECTIONAL DRILL DESIGNER CHECKED APPROVED SHEET TITLE
WORK AREA KARANGAHAPE STATION
PARKING BAYS REMOVED INDICATIVE EARLY WORKS
BERESFORD SQUARE
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES STAGE 2
I/R DATE DESCRIPTION
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 CREATOR ID : DESIGNATION BOUNDARY SHEET NUMBER
STATION OUTLINE CRL-KRD--CON-LKA-SKE-EW BER

STAGE 3 - Q1 - Q2 2020
N
MANHOLE LOCATION
WW LAUNCH DRILL PIT

PITT ST 4x4m - APPROX 5.5m DEEP
SW LAUNCH DRILL PIT

4x4m - APPROX 4m DEEP
D
PE R
2. SITE SERVICES AND CONNECTIONS (POTABLE WATER,
WASTEWATER, POWER, COMMUNICATIONS). COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH
AHA
2m (W) x 1.5m (D) x 10m (L)
ANG
MANHOLE LOCATION
KAR
- CRANE TRUCK
- WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT DIRECTIONAL DRILL SEQUENCE - WASTEWATER & STORMWATER 4 PITS
- ELEVATED WORK PLATFORM AS INDICATED, APPROX 100m DRILL LENGTH.
- TELEHANDLER/FORKLIFT 1. PREPARE DRILL LAUNCH AREA ON PITT ST (4x4m PIT)
SQ
- CONTAINERS 2. SET-UP DRILL RIG
3. DRILL FROM PITT ST DOWN BERESFORD SQUARE
D
OR
- LARGE SKIP BINS 4. PULL PIPE BACK UP BERESFORD SQUARE PIT TOWARDS PITT ST PIT
SF
5. EXCAVATE COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH TO MIDDLE OF ROAD TO
RE
CONNECT TO EXISTING STORMWATER & WASTEWATER
STAGED CONNECTIONS 6. INSTALL MANHOLES AT DRILL PITS & INDICATED
BE
ACROSS BERESFORD SQUARE LOCATIONS. CONNECT TO NEW PIPES
7. BACKFILL EXCAVATED AREAS

2m (W) x 1.5m (D) x 80m (L)
1. MARK OUT TRENCH
2. PROTECT BUILDING FRONTAGES WHERE REQUIRED
OFFICES AND 3. SAW CUT TRENCH
WELFARE FACILITIES 4. BREAK OFF TOP SURFACE WITH 3-5T EXCAVATOR
5. EXCAVATE TRENCH, COMBINATION OF HYDROVAC & EXCAVATOR
6. LAY BEDDING MATERIAL AT BASE OF TRENCH
7. INSTALL DUCTING/PIPEWORK
8. BACKFILL TRENCH
WW RECEIVE DRILL PIT

3x3m - APPROX 4m DEEP
PLANT & EQUIPMENT
STORAGE AND WASTE CSA ACCESS SW RECEIVE DRILL PIT 1. CRANE TRUCK
MANAGEMENT 3x3m - APPROX 3m DEEP 2. ELEVATED WORK PLATFORM

CLIENT: COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH PROJECT MANAGEMENT INITIALS ISSUE/REVISION PROJECT NAME
WASTEWATER DIRECTIONAL DRILL C3 - RRFP - STATIONS & TUNNELS
SP MD PB
STORMWATER DIRECTIONAL DRILL DESIGNER CHECKED APPROVED SHEET TITLE
WORK AREA KARANGAHAPE STATION

BERESFORD SQUARE
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY STAGE 3
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 CREATOR ID : STATION OUTLINE SHEET NUMBER
STAGE 4 - Q1 - Q2 2020
N
NEW SW AND WW MANHOLES
PITT ST

2. SITE SERVICES AND CONNECTIONS (POTABLE WATER, PEDESTRIAN ACCESS TO PROPERTIES
WASTEWATER, POWER, COMMUNICATIONS). SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES
D
PE R
- MEDIUM EXCAVATOR (8-14T) TRENCH FOR DRY SERVICES
AHA
- CRANE TRUCK
ANG
KAR
SQ
- CONTAINERS
STAGED CONNECTIONS
D
OR
ACROSS BERESFORD SQUARE
- LARGE SKIP BINS
SF
RE
BE
2m (W) x 1.5m (D) x 100m (L)
1. MARK OUT TRENCH
2. PROTECT BUILDING FRONTAGES WHERE REQUIRED
STAGED COMBINED 3. SAW CUT TRENCH
TRENCH FOR SW & WW 4. BREAK OFF TOP SURFACE WITH 3-5T EXCAVATOR
2m (W) x 4m (D) x 10m (L) 5. EXCAVATE TRENCH, COMBINATION OF HYDROVAC & EXCAVATOR
OFFICES AND 7. INSTALL DUCTING/PIPEWORK
WELFARE FACILITIES NEW SW AND WW MANHOLES
8. INSTALL MANHOLES AT DRILL PITS & INDICATED LOCATIONS.
9. CONNECT PIPEWORK TO MANHOLES
10. BACKFILL TRENCH
PLANT & EQUIPMENT


CLIENT:
WORK AREA DESIGNER CHECKED APPROVED SHEET TITLE
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES KARANGAHAPE STATION
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY INDICATIVE EARLY WORKS
BERESFORD SQUARE
STATION OUTLINE STAGE 4
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870 CREATOR ID : SHEET NUMBER
ST
STAGE 1 - Q4 2019
N
S
ANE
CROS
L
ER CURY
M
CESS
CSA AC
CESS
A ST
CSA AC
CANAD
COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH SEQUENCE - WASTEWATER, STORMWATER & POTABLE WATER OFFICES AND
2M (W) X 3-5M (D) X 20M (L) WELFARE FACILITIES
1. MARK OUT TRENCH DEMOLITION WORKS AREA
2. PROTECT BUILDING FRONTAGES WHERE REQUIRED SUBJECT TO CONFIRMED OUTLINE PLAN -
3. SAW CUT TRENCH 'OPW60339200'
6. INSTALL TRENCH PROTECTION/SHORING WHERE REQUIRED
8. INSTALL DUCTING/PIPEWORK/MANHOLES
9. BACKFILL TRENCH
PLANT & EQUIPMENT

1. CONCRETE SAW
2. MEDIUM/LARGE EXCAVATOR 8-25T CSA/SITE FACILITIES SETUP:
NMENTAL 1. OFFICE AND WELFARE UNITS.
3. SAMLL EXCAVATOR 3-8T STORAGE, ENVIRO AREAS
COVERED SPOIL 2. SITE SERVICES AND CONNECTIONS
4. HYDRO EXCAVATION TRUCK CONTROLS AND
5. 6 WHEEL TRUCK (POTABLE WATER, WASTEWATER,
6. PLATE COMPACTOR POWER, COMMUNICATIONS).
Filename: AECOM_AU_w\60560778\CRL-KRD-CON-LKA-SKE-EW_MERCURY R0.DWG
7. SMALL ROLLER COMPACTOR 3T 3. STORAGE CONTAINERS.

8. CONCRETE BREAKER 4. SET UP ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.
9. SHEET PILES/TRENCH BOX 5. SET UP WASTE MANAGEMENT AND
COVERED SPOIL AREAS.

ST
EAST
CESS - CRANE TRUCK
CSA AC - CONCRETE SAWS, JACK-HAMMERS,
HAMMER-DRILLS
- CONTAINERS
- LARGE SKIP BINS
CLIENT:
WORK AREA
KARANGAHAPE STATION
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY MERCURY LANE
STAGE 1
STATION/TEMPORARY SHAFT OUTLINE I/R DATE DESCRIPTION
CRL-KRD-CON-LKA-SKE-EW MERCURY
ST
STAGE 1A - Q4 2019 RECEIVE DRILL PIT
N
3x3m APPROX 5m DEEP
S
LANE
CROS
URY
DIRECTIONAL DRILL, STORMWATER RELOCATION LAUNCH DRILL PIT MERC
4x4m APPROX 5m DEEP
CESS
CSA AC
CESS
CSA AC
A ST
CANAD
LAUNCH DRILL PIT
4x4m APPROX 5m DEEP
COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH SEQUENCE - WASTEWATER & POTABLE WATER OFFICES AND
2m (W) x 1.5m (D) x 20m (L) WELFARE FACILITIES
1. MARK OUT TRENCH DEMOLITION WORKS AREA
2. PROTECT BUILDING FRONTAGES WHERE REQUIRED SUBJECT TO CONFIRMED OUTLINE PLAN -
3. SAW CUT TRENCH 'OPW60339200'
6. INSTALL TRENCH PROTECTION/SHORING WHERE REQUIRED
9. BACKFILL TRENCH
DIRECTIONAL DRILL SEQUENCE - STORMWATER

3 PITS AS INDICATED, APPROX 50m DRILL LENGTH
1. PREPARE DRILL LAUNCH AREAS ON MERCURY LANE CSA/SITE FACILITIES SETUP:
2. SET-UP DRILL RIG NMENTAL 1. OFFICE AND WELFARE UNITS.
STORAGE, ENVIRO EAS
3. DRILL FROM MERCURY LANE TOWARDS CROSS ST FROM BOTH LOCATIONS
LS AND CO VERED SPOIL AR 2. SITE SERVICES AND CONNECTIONS
4. PULL PIPE THROUGH FROM CROSS ST TO MERCURY LANE CONTRO
(POTABLE WATER, WASTEWATER,
5. INSTALL MANHOLES OVER NEW PIPE AT PIT LOCATIONS POWER, COMMUNICATIONS).
6. BACKFILL EXCAVATED AREAS 3. STORAGE CONTAINERS.

7. REINSTATE SURFACE 4. SET UP ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.
5. SET UP WASTE MANAGEMENT AND
PLANT & EQUIPMENT

1. CONCRETE SAW
2. MEDIUM/LARGE EXCAVATOR 8-25T PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CSA):
3. SAMLL EXCAVATOR 3-8T S T
EAST
CESS - CRANE TRUCK
5. 6 WHEEL TRUCK CSA AC - CONCRETE SAWS, JACK-HAMMERS,
6. PLATE COMPACTOR HAMMER-DRILLS
7. SMALL ROLLER COMPACTOR 3T - WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT
8. CONCRETE BREAKER - ELEVATED WORK PLATFORM
9. SHEET PILES/TRENCH BOX - TELEHANDLER/FORKLIFT
10. DRILL RIG - CONTAINERS
- LARGE SKIP BINS
CLIENT:
STORMWATER DIRECTIONAL DRILL
KARANGAHAPE STATION
WORK AREA INDICATIVE EARLY WORKS
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES MERCURY LANE
STAGE 1A
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY I/R DATE DESCRIPTION
STATION/TEMPORARY SHAFT OUTLINE
ST
STAGE 2 - Q4 2019 - Q1 2020
N
S
STAGED WORKS TO ALLOW
NE
CROS
SINGLE LANE AT ALL TIMES Y LA
ME RCUR
CESS
CSA AC
CESS
A ST
CSA AC
CANAD
OFFICES AND
COMBINED SERVICE TRENCH SEQUENCE - WASTEWATER, STORMWATER & POTABLE WATER WELFARE FACILITIES
2M (W) X 3-5M (D) X 80M (L) DEMOLITION WORKS AREA
1. MARK OUT TRENCH SUBJECT TO CONFIRMED OUTLINE PLAN -
2. PROTECT BUILDING FRONTAGES WHERE REQUIRED 'OPW60339200'
3. SAW CUT TRENCH
6. INSTALL TRENCH PROTECTION/SHORING
9. BACKFILL TRENCH
PLANT & EQUIPMENT

1. CONCRETE SAW
NMENTAL 1. OFFICE AND WELFARE UNITS.
2. MEDIUM/LARGE EXCAVATOR 8-25T STORAGE, ENVIRO AREAS
COVERED SPOIL 2. SITE SERVICES AND CONNECTIONS
3. SAMLL EXCAVATOR 3-8T CONTROLS AND
(POTABLE WATER, WASTEWATER,
POWER, COMMUNICATIONS).
5. 6 WHEEL TRUCK
6. PLATE COMPACTOR
7. SMALL ROLLER COMPACTOR 3T
5. SET UP WASTE MANAGEMENT AND
8. CONCRETE BREAKER
9. SHEET PILES/TRENCH BOX

S T
EAST
CESS - CRANE TRUCK
CSA AC - CONCRETE SAWS, JACK-HAMMERS,
HAMMER-DRILLS
- CONTAINERS
- LARGE SKIP BINS
CLIENT:
WORK AREA
KARANGAHAPE STATION
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY MERCURY LANE
STAGE 2
STATION/TEMPORARY SHAFT OUTLINE I/R DATE DESCRIPTION
Appendix C: Designation Conditions

CRL Designation Conditions
10 September 2018
Aotea Alteration:
BROWN (confirmed 24 January 2017)
Condition 27.1(b) (Swanson St

diversion):
ORANGE (confirmed 23 June 2017)
Strata/Sub-Strata Alteration:
GREEN (confirmed 22 September
2017)
Mt Eden CRL and NAL Alteration:

BLUE (Environment Court Decision
15/12/17)
Condition 27.1(b) (second Swanson

St diversion):
PINK (confirmed 27 March 2018)
Operational Vibration Conditions 63

& 66:
PURPLE (confirmed 24 July 2018)
Karangahape Station Alteration:

Amendments not included in this set
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 1
Explanatory Note:
The following explanatory note does not form part of the conditions.
It is a non-statutory way finding explanation of how the conditions are structured, what they cover in
broad terms and where referenced documents can be found.
This note does not alter legal obligations and rights created by the conditions.
The conditions attach to six different designations. The designations are:
2500-1 A surface designation extending from Britomart Transport Centre to Albert

Street/Mayoral Drive (in the vicinity of the Aotea car park entrance on Mayoral Drive)
for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail
tunnels and Aotea Station.
2500-2 A sub-strata designation of land below the ground surface (within road resource and
private property) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL –
including two rail tunnels and ancillary activities. This designation sits underneath the
strata (protection) designation 2500-3 and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North
Road.
2500-3 A strata (protection) designation that acts as a buffer between activities on the
ground surface and the sub-strata designation (2500-2) that provides for the two rail
tunnels. This designation sits above designation 2500-2, starting from 5 metres
below the ground surface, and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.
2500-4 A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and
maintenance of Karangahape Station, and encompassing land within road reserve
and private property in the vicinity of Pitt Street, Beresford Square, Karangahape
Road, and Mercury Lane.
2500-5 A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and
maintenance of Newton Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and
private property in the vicinity of Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and New North
Road.
2500-6 A surface designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL –
including the rail tunnels and connections required to join the CRL to the North
Auckland Railway Line (NAL). This designation is located generally between New
North Road, Mt Eden Road and Boston Road in the north and the NAL in the south.
It also includes land located on the southern side and adjacent to the NAL between
Normanby Road and Mt Eden Road, and to the immediate east and west of Porters
Avenue.
Hereafter for the purpose of this condition set the designations are referred to as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
The table of contents for the conditions provides a broad overview of the subject matter. It commences
with definitions and abbreviations and progresses to general conditions applicable to all designations
followed by the conditions for pre-construction, construction, and operation. Under each of these

Page 2
headings may be found sub-headings dealing with specific aspects of the work. There follow advice
notes and appendices for:
- buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys; and
- heritage buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys
The conditions for designation 3 conclude the suite of conditions.
Set out below are a series of figures illustrating and explaining the location, extent and nature of
designations 1 – 6. For precise details, please refer to the relevant designation overlays within the
planning maps.
Figure 1: Designations Overview Map
The map below is not to scale and is intended as a visual tool only to show the location of each designation. The
Land Requirement Plans and associated Schedule of Directly Affected Parties (attached to each designation)
should be referred to for the actual area of land required.

Page 3
Figure 2: Visual explanation of the designation types
Surface Designations
Sub-strata Designations
Strata Designation with Sub-strata Designation below

Page 4
Figure 3: Indicative long-section of the designations across the length of the CRL
The relationship between the various plans required by designation conditions is illustrated in the
diagram below:
The documents referred to in the designation conditions can be found at [insert]

Page 5
Contents
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6
DEFINITIONS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Condition 1
Condition 2
Condition 3
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
Condition 4 – Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager
Condition 5 – Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan
Condition 6 – Network Utility Operators
Condition 7 – Community Liaison Groups
Condition 8 – Mana Whenua Consultation
Condition 9 – Network Utility Operator Liaison
CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
Condition 10 – Outline Plan Requirements
Condition 11 – Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs
Condition 12 – Availability of Outline Plan(s)
Condition 13 – Monitoring of Construction Conditions
Condition 14 – Contact Person
Condition 15 – Communication and Consultation Plan
Condition 16 – Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
Condition 17 – Concerns and Complaints Management
Condition 18 – “One Network” Consultation
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs)
Condition 19 – Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring
Condition 20 – CEMP Requirements
Condition 21 – CEMP Construction Works Requirements
Condition 22 – Review Process for CEMP and DWPs

Page 6
Condition 23 – Update of CEMP and DWPs following review
Condition 24 – Network Utilities
Transport, Access and Parking
Condition 25 – General Transport, Access and Parking
Condition 26 – Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion
Condition 27 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral

Drive)
Condition 28 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station

Area)
Condition 29 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area)
Condition 30 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (NAL Area)
Noise and Vibration
Condition 31 – Project Standards – Construction Noise
Condition 32 – Project Standards – Blasting Noise
Condition 33 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration
Condition 34 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration (Amenity)
Condition 35 – Project Standards – MediaWorks
Condition 36 – Construction Noise and Vibration DWP
Condition 37 – Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP)
Condition 38 – Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP)
Condition 39 – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
Condition 40 – Construct ion Noise and Vibration Management Plan – MediaWorks
Built Heritage/Archaeology
Condition 41 – Historic Character – Built Heritage
Condition 42– Historic Character – Archaeology
Condition 43 – Heritage Advisory Group and Composition
Condition 44 – Heritage Advisory Group Function
Condition 45 – Bluestone Wall Management Plan
Building Condition Surveys
Condition 46 – Process for Building Condition Surveys
Urban Design
Condition 47 – Urban Design Principles

Page 7
Condition 48 – Mitigation Planting Requirements
Condition 49 – Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles
Condition 50 – Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station
Condition 51 – Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area
Condition 52 – Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area
Condition 53 – Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area
Condition 54 – Station Plan Requirements
Trees and Vegetation
Condition 55 – Trees and Vegetation DWP
Public Art
Condition 56 – Public Art DWP
Contamination
Condition 57 – Contamination DWP
Condition 58 – Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction
Air Quality
Condition 59 – Air Quality DWP
Social Impact and Business Disruption
Condition 60 – Property Management Strategy
Condition 61 – Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP
Specific Design Requirements
Condition 62 – Specific Design Requirements relating to 152 Vincent Street
OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS
Condition 63 – Operational Rail Vibration
Condition 64 – Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant
Condition 65 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP)
Condition 66 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management – Mediaworks
ADVICE NOTES
APPENDIX ONE – Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys
APPENDIX TWO – Heritage Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys

Page 8
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – Designation 3
Condition 1
Condition 2
Condition 3
Condition 4
Condition 5
ADVICE NOTES

Page 9
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6
NoR
Condition Designati Condition
Number on
Applies to
DEFINITIONS
1
2 Consult The process of providing information about the construction works, and
receiving for consideration, information from stakeholders, directly
4 Consulting
affected and affected in proximity parties, regarding those effects and
5 Consultation proposals for the management and mitigation of them.
6
1
4 May include a traffic lane that is subject to a reduced speed limit, or one
Fully operational
which may have a temporary reduction in the lane width, due to
5 traffic lane
construction activity.
6
1
4 Access into and out from a site or a road. This access may include
Two way access restrictions (eg. left in, left out) where these are specified within the
5 relevant conditions.
6
Receivers that undertake activities within spaces that rely on a
particularly low noise and vibration environment. For these designations
these spaces are defined as:
1
• Public Performance Theatres;
2 Notable Noise
• Recording Studios, both sound and television (including Mediaworks,
4 and Vibration
except the specific spaces addressed by Condition 35);
5 Receivers
• In relation to sensitive equipment - Medical Facilities and Scientific
6 Laboratories;
• In relation to the requirement to record witness statements - The
Auckland District Court in Albert Street
Receivers that may be disturbed during rest, concentration,
communication or prayer. For these designations these include (but are
not limited to):
• Dwellings
1 • Offices
2 Sensitive Noise • Schools, including Child Care Centres and tertiary facilities
4 and Vibration • Libraries
5 Receivers
• Hospitals
6
• Rest Homes
• Marae and other Cultural Centres
• Churches
• Hotels or other accommodation facilities
1 Site Specific These include site specific construction noise management plans
Construction (SSCNMP), site specific construction vibration plans (SSCVMP), or a

Page 10
NoR
Number on
Applies to
2 Noise and combination of both noise and vibration in one plan (SSCNVMP) to
4 Vibration address the effects from the construction activity on notable or sensitive
Management receivers.
5
Plans
6
1
2 Has the meaning under the Resource Management Act 1991 and, for the
Best practicable purpose of these conditions, comprises the best practicable option for
4
option minimising the effects of any construction activity (including effects on
5 the transport network or heritage values) on the receiver.
6
1
2 This includes heritage buildings, sites and places identified in the New
Zealand Historic Places Trust register or in the Auckland Council District
4 Historic Character
Plan (Isthmus or Central Area Sections) or as specifically identified in
5 conditions.
6
Mana whenua for the purpose of this designation are considered to be
the following (in no particular order), who at the time of Notice of
Requirement expressed a desire to be involved in the City Rail Link
Project:
• Ngati Maru
1
• Ngati Paoa
2
• Ngai Tai ki Tamaki
4 Mana Whenua
5 • Ngati Te Ata
6 • Ngati Whatua o Orakei
• Te Akitai
• Te Kawerau o maki
• Ngati Tamaoho
1
Material change will include amendment to any base information
2 informing the CEMP or other Plan or any process, procedure or method
4 Material change of the CEMP or other Plan which has the potential to materially increase
5 adverse effects on a particular receiver. For clarity, changes to personnel
and contact schedules do not constitute a material change.
6
Delivery Work Plans will contain specific objectives and methods for
avoiding, remedying or mitigating effects and address the following
1 topics:
2 (a) Transport, Access and Parking;
Delivery Work
4 (b) Construction noise and vibration;
Plans
5 (c) Historic Character (including Archaeology);
6 (d) Urban Design (including landscape and station plans);
(e) Trees and vegetation;

Page 11
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(f) Social Impact and Business Disruption;
(g) Air quality;
(h) Public Art; and
(i) Contamination.
1
2
Peak Particle The maximum component peak vibration level (in mm/s) measured in
4
Velocity any of three orthogonal axes (vertical, transverse, longitudinal).
5
6
MediaWorks means any television, radio and/or interactive media
6 MediaWorks facilities which broadcast from the MediaWorks site (including any
successor which conducts the same activities).
MediaWorks site means the properties at 2-3 Flower Street and 44-52
New North Road included within the following:
Lot 1 DP 84213 NA40B/1323
Lot 2 DP 49561 NA2063/54
6 MediaWorks site Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan NA557/190

45(blue)
Part Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan NA557/144

45 Blue
Lot 1 DP 60771 NA15C/727
MediaWorks buildings means the buildings located at 2 Flower Street

(Lot 2 DP 49561, NA2063/54), 3 Flower Street (Lot 1 DP 84213,
MediaWorks NA40B/1323), 40 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 80372, NA37A/545), 44
6
buildings New North Road (Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/190), 46-
48 New North Road (Pt Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue),
NA557/144), and 52 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 60771, NA15C/727).
Studio 1 means the main broadcasting studio at the MediaWorks building
6 Studio 1 at 3 Flower Street as shown on Diagram 1.
ABBREVIATIONS
CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan
DWP Delivery Work Plan
NoR Notice of Requirement
ONVMP Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan
PPV Peak Particle Velocity
SSCNVMP Site Specific Noise and Vibration Management Plan

Page 12
NoR
Number on
Applies to
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) shall be undertaken in
general accordance with the following, subject to final detailed design:
(a) the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement
dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents (as updated by information
provided by the Requiring Authority up until the close of the Hearing and during the
course of Environment Court proceedings) being:
(i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the
Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B);
(ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the
Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012);
(iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement
suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3);
(iv) Plan sets:
• Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of
Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 and GIS-
4214293-100-10 Rev 5 as amended for 32 Normanby Road, dated 14
September 2015);
• Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in
Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13
1 August 2012 Rev 3);
2 • Plan CIV-000-DRG-0001 attached at Appendix 1 to these Conditions.

1 4 (v) Information provided in response to the Section 92 requests and/or in advance
of the Council’s section 42A report, including the following:
5
• “City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Social Impact Assessment”
6
prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd (Beca), dated 19 April
2011 (approved for release 19 April 2013);
• “City Rail Link – Supplementary Report: Traffic Modelling of Alternative
Construction Scenarios” prepared by Flow Transportation Specialists
Ltd, dated 22 May 2013.
(vi) Evidence (including supplementary evidence) provided prior to and at the
Council hearing, including but not limited to:
• Statement of Evidence by Ian Clark (Transport) dated 2 July 2013;
• “Drawing 0220, Revision B” dated 20 August 2013, being part of the City
Rail Link Project: Mt Eden Worksite set by Aurecon, submitted as part of
the Second Supplementary Statement of Evidence of William (Bill)
Russell Newns for Auckland Transport;
• “City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Outline Plan Process and
Environmental Management Plan System (Indicative)” prepared by Beca
Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd, dated 27 September 2013;
• “City Rail Link: Indicative Communication and Consultation Plan”
prepared by Auckland Transport, dated September 2013;
• “Outline Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan”
submitted as Attachment A to the Statement of Evidence of Amelia
Joan Linzey (Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd), dated 26 September

Page 13
NoR
Number on
Applies to
2013.
(vii) All material and evidence (including rebuttal evidence) provided by the Requiring
Authority in the Environment Court proceedings (ENV-2014-AKL-000057).
(b) Except as modified by the following alterations:
(i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0057),
Design and Construction Report (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0059 and
Drawings CRL¬ SYW-RME-000- DWG-0025-0030 (‘Aotea Alteration’ - CRL
Designation 1); and
(ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYWRME-000-RPT-0065,
Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW- RME-000-MEM-
0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW- RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132
‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2); and
(iii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT-0060,
Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference
CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001, dated 9/11/16) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME-
000-DWGDRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0102 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16,
0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and 0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and CRL-EFC-
ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16
and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG- 0060 Revision 1
dated 20/6/16, 0061 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0062 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16,
0063 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16 and 0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16)(‘Mt Eden
Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 6), Section 92 responses dated 20/12/16,
17/2/17 and 27/4/17;
(iv) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-PAT-ENV-CON-PLN-003285,
Revision 2 dated 19/12/17, Section 92 Responses dated 19/2/18.
1.2 Where there is inconsistency between:
(a) The documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail;
(b) The information and plans set out in conditions 1.1(a) and 1.1(b) lodged with the
requirements and presented at the Council Hearing and during the course of
Environment Court proceedings, the most recent information and plans shall prevail;
(c) The indicative management plans and evidence presented at the Council Hearing and
the management plans (DWPs, CEMP, etc) required by the conditions of these
designations and submitted through an Outline Plan, the requirements of the
management plans shall prevail.
1 2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA),
2 these designations shall lapse if not given effect to within 15 10 years from the date on
which they are confirmed.
2 4
5
6
3.1 As soon as reasonably practicable, and no later than the point at which any part or parts
1 of the City Rail Link become operational, the Requiring Authority shall:
2 (a) Review the area and volume of land designated for the City Rail Link;
3 4 (b) Identify any areas of designated land that are either no longer necessary for
5 construction of the City Rail Link (if the City Rail Link has been constructed in part), or
6 no longer necessary for the on-going operation and/or maintenance of the City Rail
Link or for on-going mitigation measures; and

Page 14
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(c) Give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts
of the designation identified in (b) above.
(d) Give notice in accordance with s182 of the RMA for the drawback of the CRL
designation post construction where the CRL overlaps the North Auckland Line
designation (Auckland Unitary Plan reference 6300) as follows:
(i) Between 4 Haultain Street and 5 Fenton Street north and south (Identification
reference 7 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16);
(ii) Between 49-51 Boston Road and Severn Street (Identification references 1, 2
and 3 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16;
(iii) At 14-22 Boston Road (Identification references 5 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-
000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16);
(iv) At 11 Water Street (Identification reference 6 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-
DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16);
(v) At 26 and 28 Mt Eden Road (Identification references 5 and 6 on drawing CRL-
SYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16);
(vi) Over road reserve at Normanby Road between Lauder Road and Boston Road to
reflect the Normanby Road overbridge (Identification reference 2 on drawing
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); and
(vii) At Porters Ave to reflect the location of signalling infrastructure (Identification
reference 8 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16).
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager

4.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designation the Requiring Authority shall
appoint a Communication and Consultation Manager to implement the Pre-construction
Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 5). The Communication and
1
Consultation Manager shall be the main and readily accessible point of contact for
2
persons affected by or interested in the City Rail Link Project until the commencement of
4 4
the construction phase of the Project, or the contact person under Condition 14 is
5
appointed.
6
4.2 The Communication and Consultation Manager’s contact details (or, if appointed under
Condition 14, that contact persons details) shall be listed in the Pre-construction
Communication and Consultation Plan and listed on the Requiring Authority website, the
City Rail Link Website, and the Auckland Council website.
Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan
5.1 The objective of the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out
a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with
1 the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties prior to
2 the commencement of construction of the City Rail Link.
5 4 5.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Pre-Construction Communication and
5 Consultation Plan. This Plan shall be submitted to Auckland Councils Major Infrastructure
6 Projects Team Manager, within 2 months of the Designation being confirmed, for
confirmation that the Plan has been prepared in accordance with this condition.
5.3 The Plan shall be implemented and complied with within 3 months from the confirmation
of the designations until the commencement of the construction of the City Rail Link.

Page 15
NoR
Number on
Applies to
5.4 This Plan shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that should be
adopted by and/or inform the development of the CEMP and DWPs.
5.5 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the
Requiring Authority will:
(a) Inform the community of Project progress and likely commencement of construction
works and programme;
(b) Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide
opportunities for learning about the Project;
(c) Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from
Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the
development of the CEMP and DWPs;
(d) Respond to queries and complaints. Information shall include but not be limited to:
(i) Who is responsible for responding;
(ii) How responses will be provided;
(iii) The timeframes that the responses will be provided within.
(e) Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the Pre-construction
Communication and Consultation Plan shall articulate how that feedback has
informed the development of the CEMP and DWPs and where it has not, reasons
why it hasn’t;
(f) Provide updates on the property acquisition process as well as the management
strategy for properties acquired by the Requiring Authority for the construction of
the City Rail Link.
5.6 The Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall be prepared in
consultation with Stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties
including, but not limited to:
(a) All property owners and occupiers (including, subject to Condition 61.5, sub lessees)
identified within the designation footprint;
(b) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and
Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station
(Designation 5), and the main construction site including grade separation works at
Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6));
(c) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT);
(d) Department of Corrections;
(e) Ministry of Justice;
(f) MediaWorks;
(g) Network Utility Operators;
(h) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre;
(i) Body Corporate 164980 & Tenham Investments Limited
(j) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7);
5.7 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall, as a minimum, include:
(a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication
strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the
range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern
and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and
any other relevant communication matters;

Page 16
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(b) Details of the Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre-construction
period (Condition 4 of this designation) including their contact details (phone, email
and postal address);
(c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders,
directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties and other interested
parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to:
(i) Newsletters;
(ii) Newspaper advertising;
(iii) Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and
affected in proximity parties; and
(iv) The use of the project website for public information.
(d) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with the owners of 1
Queen Street (HSBC House) and 21 Queen Street (Zurich House) regarding the
development of the City Rail Link design and construction methodology between
Britomart Transport Centre and Customs Street (through the Downtown Shopping
Centre site).
(e) The methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the
implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to condition 8 and
48);
(f) The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community Liaison
Group(s);
(g) How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and
(h) Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works
so that these can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the City
Rail Link design.
5.8 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan will be publicly available
once finalised and for the duration of construction.
Network Utility Operators
6.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do
anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link,
without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority.
6.2 In the period before construction begins on the City Rail Link (or a section thereof), the
following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder
the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s
1
written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA:
2
(a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities;
6 4
(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going
5 provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations;
6 (c) Minor works such as new property service connections;
(d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the
same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation.
6.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes
infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:
(a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on
Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or

Page 17
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process.
Community Liaison Groups
7.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority
shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish at least one Community Liaison
Group in each of the following key construction areas:
(a) Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1)
(b) Karangahape Road (Designation 4)
(c) Newton Station (Designation 5)
(d) Main Construction site (Designation 6)
7.2 The number of Groups shall be confirmed with the Auckland Council.
7.3 The membership of the Community Liaison Group(s) shall include representative(s) of the
Requiring Authority and be open to all directly affected and affected in proximity parties
to the Project including, but not limited to the following:
(a) Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in proximity property
owners and occupiers;
(b) CBD Residents Advisory Group;
(c) The Karangahape Road Business Association;
(d) Eden Terrace Business Association;
(e) Heart of the City;
(f) Roman Catholic Diocese of Auckland;
1 (g) St Patrick’s Cathedral; and
2 (h) St Benedict’s Parish.
7 4
5 7.4 In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to:
6 (a) Provide a means for receiving regular updates on Project progress;
(b) Monitor the effects of constructing the Project on the community by providing a
regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the
community.
(c) Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the
Requiring Authority.
(d) Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS.
(e) Proposed potential joint initiatives to the Requiring Authority for the Property
Management Strategy regarding the interim use of properties including vacant land
acquired for the construction of the City Rail Link.
7.5 The Requiring Authority will consult with the Groups in respect of the development of the
CEMP and DWPs.
7.6 The Requiring Authority will appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in
community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to:
(a) Provide administrative assistance to the Groups;
(b) Ensure the Groups are working effectively (including the development of a Code of
Conduct) and appropriate procedures for each Group; and
(c) Act as a community consultation advisor to the Group.
7.7 The Requiring Authority will use its best endeavours to ensure that the Groups meet at
least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every
three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.

Page 18
NoR
Number on
Applies to
7.8 Once construction has commenced the Requiring Authority will provide an update at
least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Groups on compliance with the
designation conditions and the CEMP and DWP and any material changes to these plans.
7.9 The Requiring Authority shall provide reasonable administrative support for the Groups
including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the Groups, as well
as the taking and dissemination of meeting minutes.
7.10 The Groups shall continue for the duration of the construction phase of the Project and
for six months following completion of the Project.
Mana Whenua Consultation
8.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall
establish a kaitiaki or mana whenua forum to provide for an on-going role in the design
and construction of the CRL Project.
8.2 The frequency at which the forum meets shall be agreed between the Requiring
Authority and mana whenua.
8.3 The role of the mana whenua forum may include the following:
(a) Developing practical measures to give effect to the principles in the Urban Design
DWP (refer to Condition 49);
1 (b) Input into, where practicable, the design of the stations (refer to Condition 54);
2 (c) Input into the preparation of the CEMP and DWPs;
8 4 (d) Working collaboratively with the Requiring Authority around built heritage and
5 archaeological matters;
6 (e) Undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the City Rail Link Project,
including monitoring, assisting with discovery procedures, and providing mātauranga
Māori input in the relevant stages of the Project; and
(f) Providing a forum for consultation with mana whenua regarding the names for the
City Rail Link stations, noting that there may be formal statutory processes outside
the project (such as the New Zealand Geographic Board) which may be involved in
any decision making on station names.
8.4 The mana whenua forum may provide written advice to the Requiring Authority in
relation to any of the above matters. The Requiring Authority must consider this advice
and the means by which any suggestions may be incorporated in the City Rail Link project.
Network Utility Operator Liaison

9.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall:
(a) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the development of the
further design for the City Rail Link to provide for the ongoing operation and access
1
to network Utility operations;
2
(b) Undertake communication and consultation with Network Utility Operators as soon
9 4 as reasonably practicable, and at least once prior to construction timing being
5 confirmed and construction methodology, and duration being known; and
6 (c) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the preparation and
implementation of the CEMP (Condition 24) and DWPs in relation to management of
adverse effects on Network Utility Operations.
9.2 A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring
Authority and Network Utility Operators prior to construction commencing shall be

Page 19
NoR
Number on
Applies to
provided as part of the Outline Plan.
9.3 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with
Network Utility operators throughout the duration of construction, including in relation
to changes envisaged by Conditions 22 and 23 affecting Network Utility Operations to
ascertain whether or not any changes or updates to the CEMP Network Utilities section
are required to address unforeseen effects.
CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
Outline Plan Requirements

10.1 The Requiring Authority shall submit an Outline Plan to the Auckland Council for the
construction of the City Rail Link in accordance with section 176A of the RMA. The Outline
Plan shall include:
(a) The Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 15);
(b) The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP);
(c) Delivery Work Plans (DWPs);
(d) Site Specific Construction Noise/Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMPs) and
Notable Receiver Management Plans; and
(e) Any other information required by the conditions of this designation associated with
the construction of the City Rail Link.
10.2 The plans listed in Condition 10.1 above must clearly document the comments and inputs
received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected
parties and affected in proximity parties, and any recommendations received as part of
1 the Independent Peer Review Panel process (where applicable), along with a clear
2 explanation of where any affected party comments or peer review recommendations
10 4 have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not.
5 10.3 The Requiring Authority may choose to give effect to the designation conditions
associated with the construction of the City Rail Link:
6
(a) Either at the same time or in parts;
(b) By submitting one or more:
(i) Communication and Consultation Plans;
(ii) CEMP;
(iii) DWPs; and
(iv) SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs
10.4 These plans should clearly show how the part integrates with adjacent City Rail Link
construction works and interrelated activities. This particularly applies where the Urban
Design DWP is submitted as a number of plans.
10.5 Early engagement will be undertaken with Auckland Council in relation to preparation
and submission of the Outline Plan to establish a programme for the Outline Plan process
to ensure achievable timeframes for both parties.
10.6 All works shall be carried out in accordance with the Outline Plan(s) required by this
condition.
1 Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs

11 2 11.1 Prior to submitting the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared
in accordance with Condition 39) to Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail
4
Link, the Requiring Authority shall engage suitably qualified independent specialists

Page 20
NoR
Number on
Applies to
5 agreed to by Auckland Council to form an Independent Peer Review Panel. The purpose
6 of the Independent Peer Review Panel is to undertake a peer review of the CEMP, DWPs,
SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39),
and provide recommendations on whether changes are required to those plans in order
to meet the objective and other requirements of these conditions.
11.2 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with
Condition 39) must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring
Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in
proximity parties, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been
incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the CEMP,
DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition
39) provided to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of this
condition.
11.3 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with
Condition 39) submitted to Auckland Council shall demonstrate how the
recommendations from the independent peer reviewers have been incorporated, and,
where they have not, the reasons why not.
11.4 In reviewing an Outline Plan submitted in accordance with these designation conditions,
Auckland Council shall take into consideration the independent specialist peer review
undertaken in accordance with this condition and any additional information provided to
Auckland Council by affected parties.
Availability of Outline Plan(s)
1 12.1 For the duration of construction the following plans and any material changes to these
plans shall be made available for public viewing on the Project web site:
2
(a) CEMP;
12 4
(b) DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and
5
(c) Communication and Consultation Plan.
6
12.2 A copy of these Plans will also be held and made available for viewing at each
construction site.
Monitoring of Construction Conditions
13.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent
Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for
dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the
designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and
SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the
1 City Rail Link.
2 13.2 This collaborative working process shall:
13 4 (a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following
completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still
5
required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring
6 Authority and the Auckland Council;
(b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key
contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council
Consent Monitoring officer(s);
(c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly
unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring
officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the

Page 21
NoR
Number on
Applies to
designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these
plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed;
(d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor
shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this
designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these
groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months.
13.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to:
(a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm
that:
(i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in
compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including
SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;
(ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and
the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the
CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any
material changes to these plans;
(b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any
changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring
approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can
be required, reviewed and confirmed;
(c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan
require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs);
(d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the
construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with
the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures
adopted to respond to these.
1 Contact Person
2 14.1 The Requiring Authority shall make a contact person available 24 hours seven days a
14 4 week for the duration of construction for public enquiries on the construction works.
5
6
Communication and Consultation Plan
15.1 The objective of the Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to
ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community,
stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during the construction of
the City Rail Link.
1 15.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Communication and Consultation Plan which shall
2 be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail
15 4 Link.
5
6 15.3 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will:
(a) Inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and
constraints that could affect them;
(b) Provide early information on key Project milestones;
(c) Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for
feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in proximity parties

Page 22
NoR
Number on
Applies to
regarding the development (as part of the review process provided by Condition 22)
and implementation of the CEMP or DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSNMPs and
SSCVMPs); and
(d) Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to:
(i) Who is responsible for responding;
(ii) How responses will be provided;
(iii) The timeframes that responses will be provided within.
15.4 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall as a minimum include:
(a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication
strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the
range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern
and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc), and
any other relevant communication matters;
(b) The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including their contact
details (phone, email and postal address);
(c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by
the project including but not limited to:
(i) All property owners and occupiers within the designation footprint
(ii) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and
Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station
(Designation 5), Main Construction site and the works at Normanby Road and
Porters Ave (Designation 6))
(iii) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT)
(iv) Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of
Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder
Road)
(v) Ministry of Justice (including but not limited to) confirming the details of the
contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and to provide
appropriate details (including but not restricted to timing, duration, scale, noise
effects, vibration effects, access restrictions, and disruption to utilities) in
respect to any works impacting the operation of the Auckland District Court at
65-71 Albert Street, Auckland. Communication and consultation of such details
should be provided to the Ministry of Justice Auckland Property Programme
Manager at least 9 months prior to the commencement of such works.
(vi) Media Works
(vii) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7);
(viii) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre;
(ix) Body Corporate 164980 and Tenham Investments Ltd;
(x) Network Utility Operators, including the process:
• To be implemented to capture and trigger where communication and
consultation is required in relation to any material changes affecting the
Network Utilities;
• For the Requiring Authority to give approval (where appropriate) to
Network Utility Operators as required by section 176(1)(b) of the RMA
during the construction period;
• For obtaining any supplementary authorisations (including but not limited to

Page 23
NoR
Number on
Applies to
resource consents (including those required under a National Environmental
Standard) and easements);
• For inspection and final approval of works by Network Utility Operators; and
• For implementing conditions 9, 22, 23, and 24 of this designation in so far as
they affect Network Utility Operations.
(xi) The owner of 4 Kingston Street
(xii) The owner of 6-12 Kingston Street
(xiii) The owner of 83 Albert Street
(xiv) The owner(s) of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND)
(d) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the
commencement of construction activities and works, the expected duration of the
activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;
(e) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be consulted in the
development and review of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and
SSCVMPs), including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback;
(f) Methods for communicating in advance temporary traffic management measures
and permanent changes to road networks and layouts to directly affected and in
proximity parties, bus (public and private) operators, taxi operators, bus users, and
the general public;
(g) Methods for communicating in advance to surrounding communities (including
sensitive noise and vibration receivers) which must be notified at least 24 hours in
advance where construction activities are predicted to:
(i) Exceed the noise limits (refer Condition 31); or
(ii) Exceed a vibration limit (refer Conditions 33 and 34); or
(iii) Be within 200m of a blast site (refer Condition 32).
Further provisions for Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers are contained in
Condition 16.
(h) Methods for communicating in advance proposed hours of construction activities
outside of normal working hours and on weekends and public holidays, to
surrounding communities, and methods to record and deal with concerns raised
about such hours;
(i) Methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the duration of
construction and implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to
Conditions 8 and 49);
(j) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Auckland Council Parks
Department regarding works to be undertaken to any trees on public land (streets,
squares, etc.) located within the City Rail Link surface designation footprint, including
how trees not being removed, or in close proximity to the surface designation
footprint where works are occurring, will be protected;
(k) Methods for communicating and consulting in advance of construction works with
emergency services (Police, Fire, Ambulance) on the location, timing and duration of
construction works, and particularly in relation to temporary road lane reductions
and/or closures and the alternative routes or detours to be used, with specific detail
around the management of the Fire and Ambulance from their central stations on
Pitt Street;
(l) A list of Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the

Page 24
NoR
Number on
Applies to
construction works who will be communicated with;
(m) How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and
monitoring requirements will be recorded; and
(n) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Department of Corrections
(including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run
the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road), to confirm the details of the
contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and in respect of any
works impacting on access or works in proximity to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility
and the Boston Road Community Corrections site; including temporary traffic
management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts which
may impact on access to and from the Facility and the motorway network.
15.5 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall also include (as relevant) linkages and
cross-references to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).
15.6 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall include a summary of the communication
and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and parties as required by
the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan. The summary shall include
any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. The Communication and
Consultation Plan shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and
updated if required. Any updated Communication and Consultation Plan shall be
provided to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent
Monitoring officer for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.
Any further action recommended as a result of this review shall be undertaken by the
Communication and Consultation Manager for the City Rail Link and confirmation of
completion provided back to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer.
15.7 If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process, a material
change to the Communication and Consultation Plan is made, those parties affected by
the change shall be notified within 1 month of the material change occurring.
Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
16.1 A SSCNVMP shall be prepared for all Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers (refer
Condition 39). As part of the SSCNVMP (and further to Condition 15 of this designation),
the Requiring Authority shall undertake communication and consultation, as soon as
reasonably practicable (and at least once following confirmation of construction timing
and methodology), with any Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers located within 200
1 metres of blasting, or within 100 metres (either horizontally or vertically) of the
4 designation footprint for other construction activities. Communication and consultation
16 with these parties should focus on a collaborative approach to manage the adverse
5 effects from construction noise and vibration while works are undertaken in the vicinity.
6 16.2 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with
notable noise and vibration receivers throughout the duration of construction occurring
in the vicinity. This communication shall be reported back to the “key contacts” (see
Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for their review and
confirmation of any further action to be undertaken. The Auckland Council Consent
Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10
working days of receiving this information from the Requiring Authority.
1 Concerns and Complaints Management

17 2 17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall
instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This
4 shall:

Page 25
NoR
Number on
Applies to
5 (a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of
6 the alleged event(s);
(b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;
(c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management
plan , which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert,
implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration,
preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in
accordance with Conditions 37 and 38);
17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring
Authority. This record shall include:
(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless
they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint;
(b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint,
including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air
quality;
(c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the
concern or complaint;
(d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may
have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction,
fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;
(e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring
of the activity.
17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and
shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council
Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13).
17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Auckland Council
Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how
it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that
any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the
complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether
a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this
complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the
Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the
records of complaint.
“One Network” Consultation
18.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall work collaboratively with the New
1 Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) during the preparation of the Traffic, Access and
4 Parking DWP (Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29, and 30) in relation to confirming the
18 management of adverse transport effects on the road network. A record of this
5
consultation and outcomes shall be included in the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP. The
6 Requiring Authority shall consult with the NZTA throughout the duration of construction
on any changes or updates to the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP which relate to the
management of the road network.
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs)
1 Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring
19 2 19.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid,
4

Page 26
NoR
Number on
Applies to
5 remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the
6 City Rail Link construction.
19.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these
conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23.
19.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring
Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.
19.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these
19.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and
objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs.
19.6 Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority
in relation to the construction of City Rail Link, it shall meet reasonable and direct costs of
implementing such mitigation measures.
CEMP Requirements
20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the
following:
(a) In relation to Designation 2, the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine (unless the effects
of using more than one Tunnel Boring Machine are not materially different from
those associated with the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine);
(b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name,
together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project
Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;
(c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction
procedures, environment management and monitoring;
(d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking
management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport
other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and
1 (e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as
2 provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17.
20 4 20.2 The CEMP shall include details of:
5
6 (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who
will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including
their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review
and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements;
(c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures;
(d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17);
(e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours
of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of
adverse effects during construction;
(f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;
(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and
(h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.
20.3 Subject to any alternative agreement with the landowner(s) of HSBC House and Zurich
House, the Requiring Authority shall prepare specific construction methodologies for the

Page 27
NoR
Number on
Applies to
works adjacent to 1 Queen Street and 21 Queen Street detailing how they will be
undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the existing structures on
the site including their foundation systems. The specific construction methodologies shall
be prepared in consultation with the owner(s) of these properties. A record of this liaison
and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part of the Outline Plan. This summary
must provide a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated
into the CEMP, and the reasons why not. This summary must be provided to both the
Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process.
CEMP Construction Works Requirements
21.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the
following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation
footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and
construction machinery are to be used or stored:
(a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction
vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas;
(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;
(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and
temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement)
for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures;
(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of
disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials
(including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the
construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;
(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the
construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti
1 removed as soon as possible;
4 (f) For the duration of construction affecting Lower Queen Street or Queen Elizabeth II
21 Square, construction fences and / or hoardings shall be placed no closer than 3
5
6 metres from the north frontage (building frontage onto Queen Elizabeth II Square) of
21 Queen Street in the vicinity of the entrance to the ground level retail space and
the main pedestrian entrance to the building.
(g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers,
and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and
community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be
incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are
erected;
(h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and,
where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for
public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information
about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other
decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection
to the project;
(i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and
vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on
adjacent streets);
(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction
lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;

Page 28
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with
the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances;
(l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street
construction yards be minimised where practicable;
(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the
construction yards where practicable; and
(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in
accordance with the Urban Design DWP.
21.2 Unless expressly agreed in writing with the landowner of the Downtown Shopping Centre
(at 7 Queen Street):
(a) the Downtown construction yard (including QEII Square, Downtown Shopping Centre
and Lower Albert Street), shall be progressively released from occupation for
construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required
for construction of the section of CRL between Britomart and Wyndham Street; and
(b) following completion of the section of the CRL between the Downtown Shopping
Centre and Wyndham Street and reinstatement of Albert Street, Lower Albert Street
shall not be occupied for construction purposes for any section of CRL south of
Wyndham Street.
Review Process for CEMP and DWPs
22.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material
change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from
construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either
Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration:
(a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs,
SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans;
1 (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project;
2
22 4
5 (e) Changes in legal or other requirements;
6 (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of
adverse effects during construction;
(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the
CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and
(h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action
taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.
22.2 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided
annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon
request.
Update of CEMP and DWPs following Review
1 23.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may
2 require updating.
23 4 23.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and
5 objective of the relevant condition.
6 23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the
CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).

Page 29
NoR
Number on
Applies to
23.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the
Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear
explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why
not.
23.5 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent
peer review as required by Condition 11.
23.6 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to
an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and
Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect.
If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of
outline plans shall apply.
Network Utilities
24.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of
the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP.
24.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and
construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to
address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing
network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the
construction of the City Rail Link.
24.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network
Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:
(b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section
176(1)(b) RMA process.
24.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have
existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and
1
shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The
4 CEMP shall include as a minimum:
24
5 (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that
6 will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network
utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation;
(b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities,
and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of
existing Network Utilities;
(c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors,
are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and
their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the
designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network
Utilities. This shall include:
(i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the
safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities;
(ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their
designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific
surveyed locations;
(d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility
Operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at

Page 30
NoR
Number on
Applies to
all times;
(e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network
Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during
construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent
repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link;
(f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect
of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of
the City Rail Link;
(g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the
construction of the City Rail Link;
(h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary
and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing
Network Utilities;
(i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing
Network Utilities;
(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing
Network Utilities;
(k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated
Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for
providing these drawings;
(l) Measures to ensure that network utility services are not interrupted to the Mt Eden
Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall
advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of
Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road,
of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility
which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at
least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections
(and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to
arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the
Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the
facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this
designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that
construction works do not interrupt network utility services to the Mt Eden
Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and
the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt
Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road.
(m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and
the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring
Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP.
24.5 If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods
proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator’s network
utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and
independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties
and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring
Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.
Transport, Access and Parking
25 1 General Transport, Access and Parking

Page 31
NoR
Number on
Applies to
4 25.1 A Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects of
5 construction of the City Rail Link, or any part of it, on the transport network.
6 25.2 The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is to so far as is reasonably
practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport,
parking and property access. This is to be achieved by:
(a) Managing the road transport network for the duration of construction by adopting
the best practicable option to manage congestion;
(b) Maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and
(c) Providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.
25.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Transport, Access
and Parking DWP:
(a) The road routes which are to be used by construction related vehicles, particularly
trucks to transport construction related materials, equipment, spoil, including how
the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion,
and to the greatest extent possible, avoid adverse effects on residential zoned land
and education facilities;
(b) Transport route options for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil,
bulk construction materials or machinery shall be identified and details provided as
to why these routes are considered appropriate routes. In determining appropriate
routes, construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery
shall as far as practicably possible only use roads that:
(i) Form part of the regional arterial network;
(ii) Are overweight / over dimensioned routes;
(iii) Or other routes (specified below) where no other practical option is available.
(c) For the purposes of this condition the following routes (that at the time this
designation was confirmed were not part of the regional arterial network and / or
overweight / over dimensioned) shall be used where practicable for the movement
of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery:
(i) Ngahura Road, for trucks heading to/from Eden Terrace construction site;
(ii) Dundonald Street and Basque Road, for trucks heading to/from the Newton
Station construction sites;
(iii) Pitt Street (between Hobson Street and Hopetoun Street), Beresford Square,
Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street (between Canada Street
and Karangahape Road), for trucks heading to/from Karangahape Station
construction sites;
(iv) Wellesley Street (between Nelson Street and east of Albert Street), Cook Street
(between Mayoral Drive and Hobson Street) and Mayoral Drive (between
Wellesley Street and Cook Street) for trucks heading to/from Aotea Station
construction sites;
(v) Nelson Street (north of Wellesley Street), Hobson Street (north of Cook Street)
and Lower Albert Street, for trucks heading to/from the Albert Street and
Downtown construction sites.
(d) Where other routes are necessary (other than those routes identified above), the
Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall identify any residential zoned land and
education facilities and shall provide details on how adverse effects from these
vehicle movements are to be mitigated through such measures as:
(i) Communication and consultation (in accordance with Condition 15 of this

Page 32
NoR
Number on
Applies to
designation) with these properties in advance of the vehicle movements
occurring;
(ii) Restricting vehicle movements on Monday to Friday to between 9.30am and
4pm, and on Saturday to between 9am and 2pm.
(e) Proposed temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, alternative routes and
temporary detours, including how these have been selected and will be managed to
mitigate congestion as far as practicably possible and how advance notice will be
provided;
(f) How disruption to the use of private property will be mitigated through:
(i) Ensuring pedestrian and cycle access to private property is retained at all times;
(ii) Providing vehicle access to private property as far as practicably possible at all
times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have
been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure;
and
(iii) How the loss of any private car parking will be mitigated through alternative car
parking arrangements.
(g) Where an affected party unexpectedly finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of a
temporary closure, the Requiring Authority shall (within reasonable limits) offer
alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative.
Note: For the purposes of designation Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30 “temporary
closure” is defined as the following:
(i) In place for less than six hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and
consult on the closure at least 24 hours in advance, but is not required to offer or
provide alternative parking arrangements, though it may choose to offer this on
a case by case basis in consultation with the affected party; and
(ii) In place for between six and 72 hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate
and consult on the closure at least 72 hours in advance, and will offer and
provide where agreed with the affected party alternative parking arrangements.
The alternative parking arrangement should be as close to the site affected as is
reasonably practicable.
(h) How disruption to use of the road network will be mitigated for emergency services,
public transport, bus users, taxi operators, freight and other related vehicles,
pedestrians and cyclists through:
(i) Prioritising, as far as practicably possible, pedestrian and public transport at
intersections where construction works are occurring;
(ii) Relocating bus stops and taxi stands to locations which, as far as practicably
possible, minimise disruption; and
(iii) Identifying alternate heavy haul routes where these are affected by construction
works.
(i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan
that detail how emergency services, landowners, occupiers, public transport users,
bus and taxi operators, and the general public are to be consulted with in relation to
the management of the adverse effects on the transport network.
(j) The alternative (to road) transport options that are available (including the option of
rail use at the main construction site adjacent the North Auckland Rail Line) and that
have been considered and assessed for the transportation of spoil. This will include
as applicable:

Page 33
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(i) Benefits that could be provided by alternative options;
(ii) Potential adverse effects associated with alternative options;
(iii) Where an alternative option is proposed, methods for managing potential
adverse effects; and
(iv) Reasons for either adopting or not adopting alternative transport options.
Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion
26.1 To achieve the objective of Condition 25.2(a), the Requiring Authority will undertake
monitoring of the transport network and implement additional mitigation measures as
required to manage congestion to achieve the best practicable option.
26.2 The purpose of the monitoring is to monitor congestion on the transport network by
measuring average delays for traffic travelling along specified routes. The evaluation
times will be:
(a) The average travel times over the weekday two hour morning peak period; and
(b) The average travel times over the weekday two hour evening peak period; and
(c) The average weekday inter-peak travel times between 9am to noon, noon to 2pm
and 2 to 4pm.
26.3 The Requiring Authority shall carry out continuous monitoring for the duration that
construction of the City Rail Link is occurring. The intention is that this monitoring is to be
continuous, although it is acknowledged that there may be occasional malfunctions.
26.4 If a congestion incident occurs (such as an accident), the monitoring during the affected
period will be considered unrepresentative.
26.5 Monitoring shall commence six months prior to construction of the City Rail Link to
establish a baseline of existing transport congestion.
26 1 26.6 The monitoring will establish whether the City Rail Link construction works have
increased traffic delays as follows:
(a) Either by more than 10 minutes (from the monitoring previously undertaken in
accordance with this condition)
(b) Or if the travel times are more than three minutes or 30% greater than the forecast
modelled increases along that route (according to the most recent traffic model test
of that scenario, undertaken prior to the start of construction. The modelled time is
to be based on the Auckland City Centre SATURN traffic model or a different traffic
model approved by the Requiring Authority).
(c) The 30% above shall only apply for an increase predicted to be over four minutes.
26.7 If the travel times exceed the above criteria on any one of the specified routes, then
additional mitigation shall be implemented by the Requiring Authority in its role as the
Road Controlling Authority (under its statutory obligation). The additional mitigation
could include but is not limited to advertising alternative routes, removing on street car
parking or implementing operational measures, such as lane reconfigurations or signal
phasing, to increase capacity on the surrounding network where reasonably possible at
that time.
26.8 The purpose of additional mitigation measures is to mitigate the increases in traffic
delays, reducing these to below the levels identified in Condition 26.6 as far as is
reasonably achievable.
26.9 For the purposes of this condition, the following are the specified routes:

Page 34
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(a) Wellesley Street (between Victoria Street and Princes Street)
(b) Victoria Street (between Wellesley Street and Princes Street)
(c) Customs Street/Fanshawe Street (between Nelson Street and Tangihua Street)
(d) Quay Street/Lower Hobson Street (between Fanshawe Street/Hobson Street and
Tangihua Street)
(e) Nelson Street/Hobson Street (between Pitt Street and Fanshawe Street)
(f) Queen Street (between Mayoral Drive and Customs Street)
(g) New North Road/Symonds Street (between Dominion Road and Newton Road)
(h) Mount Eden Road (between Normanby Road and Symonds Street)
(i) Khyber Pass Road between the southern motorway ramps and Symonds Street if this
route is to be used by construction related trucks
(j) Newton Road between the northwestern motorway ramps and Symonds Street
26.10 The specified routes shall exclude whichever east-west route has its intersection with
Albert Street closed at the time of the surveys.
Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive)
27.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented:
(a) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the eastern side of
Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to
properties (except that while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed,
this access lane is only to be provided between Customs Street and Durham Street);
(b) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the western side of
Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to
properties, except that:
(i) While the Albert Street/Customs Street intersection is closed, this access lane is
only to be provided between Victoria Street and Wolfe Street; and
(ii) While the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is
only to be provided between Kingston Street and Customs Street. If Kingston
Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this
access lane shall be provided between Wyndham Street and Customs Street; and
27 1 (iii) For a single period of up to 3 months while the cut and cover trench structure
establishment works are carried out along Albert Street between Swanson Street
and Customs Street, this access land is only required to be provided between
Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via
Swanson Street West and Federal Street; and
(iv) For a single period of up to 10 months while the public realm reinstatement
works are carried out along Albert Street between Wyndham Street and Wolfe
Street, this access lane is only required to be provided between Victoria Street
and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via Swanson
Street West and Federal Street.
(c) The east-west / west-east connection (two fully operational traffic lanes in each
direction) is to be maintained in each direction at two of the Customs Street, Victoria
Street and Wellesley Street intersections with Albert Street during the period when
the third of those intersections is otherwise fully closed;
(d) The left turn movement from Customs Street (from the east) into Albert Street, and
the left turn from Customs Street (from the west) into Albert Street, shall be retained
while the Albert Street / Customs Street intersection is fully closed;

Page 35
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(e) The left turn from Durham Street into Queen Street shall be reopened while the
Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed;
(f) Two way access shall be provided on the single service lane along the western side of
Albert Street between 87 Albert Street and Kingston Street while the Albert
Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed. If Kingston Street is also to be
closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access shall be provided to
Wyndham Street;
(g) Vehicular access into and egress from:
(i) Mills Lane to and from either Albert Street or Swanson Street; and
(ii) The Stamford Plaza Auckland main entrance and forecourt area is to be provided
at all times and for the avoidance of doubt cannot be temporarily closed during
construction.
(h) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times;
(i) Providing footpaths of at least 1.5m in width along either side of Albert Street;
(j) At a minimum two safe crossing passageways (which are “fully accessible” with a
minimum width of 1.5m wide and well lit ), need to be provided in the vicinity of
Swanson Street and Wyndham Street, in addition to pedestrian crossings at the
intersections of Victoria Street and Customs Street;
(k) Ensuring that construction traffic does not use Swanson Street, Wolf Street or
Federal Street north of Swanson Street;
(l) During the Kingston Street closure, pedestrian access to and from the Auckland
District Court’s fire escape on the north side of Kingston Street shall be maintained at
all times; and
(m) 18 metres of on street parking within Kingston Street shall be reversed for police at
the nearest practicable location.
27.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be
implemented and shall also include the following:
(a) How construction works will be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Albert Street,
Wellesley Street, Victoria Street, Customs Street, and Quay Street including retaining
east-west traffic movements across Albert Street on Customs Street, Victoria Street
and Wellesley Street;
(b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, and
the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including:
(i) How these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable,
mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network;
(ii) How the Albert Street/Wyndham Street intersection will be reopened as soon as
practically possible;
(c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the
designation with access onto Galway Street, Tyler Street, Queen Elizabeth Square,
Customs Street, Albert Street, Kingston Street, will be mitigated through:
(i) Providing vehicle access to private property as practicably possible at all times;
(ii) Retaining local vehicle access to properties located along Albert Street (which
may include only left in, left out access);
(iii) Retaining access for loading and unloading of goods located along the service
lane on the eastern side of Albert Street, between Victoria Street and Wellesley
Street; and;

Page 36
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(iv) Providing an on street loading bay on Customs Street, Lower Albert Street or
Lower Queen Street to provide servicing to 21 Queen Street if access during
construction cannot be provided to the existing loading bay area for 21 Queen
Street, accessed from Lower Albert Street; and;
(v) Providing access for loading and unloading of goods between Wyndham Street
and Victoria Street West.
(d) How disruption to the use of the local road network will be mitigated for private bus
users, pedestrians and cyclists through:
(i) Providing, where practicable, for the continued operation of private bus
operators from hotels and other pick up / drop off locations in the city centre
area (cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for
consulting with private bus operators shall be included in the CEMP and Traffic,
Access and Parking DWP); and
(ii) Retaining pedestrian and cycle access through Lower Queen Street and / or
Queen Elizabeth Square to provide access to and from the Ferry terminal and
Customs Street; and
(e) How disruption to pedestrians and cyclists requiring the ability to cross from east to
west (and vice versa) across Albert Street between Victoria Street and Customs
Street can be mitigated through providing, where practicable, safe pedestrian and
cyclist passageways across the construction works on Albert Street.
Transport Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area)
28.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measure shall be implemented:
(a) Retaining one lane of traffic in each direction on Pitt Street (unless otherwise agreed
with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer); and
(b) Spoil trucks shall not use East Street where practicable and on-street parking at the
Southern end of East Street will be retained.
(a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Station can be undertaken to
mitigate congestion on Pitt Street, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane;
(b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on
Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and the western end of Beresford Street, and the
alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been
28 4 selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the
surrounding road network;
surface designation with access onto Beresford Street, Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and
East Street will be mitigated through:
(i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times,
particularly those businesses located at the eastern end of Beresford Street and
the northern end of Mercury Lane;
(ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in
and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except
for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been
communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure;
(iii) Providing local vehicle access to properties located along Beresford Street and
Samoa House Lane (which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same

Page 37
NoR
Number on
Applies to
direction);
(iv) Alternative parking arrangements or other offers for resolving the temporary
loss of car parking during construction for the Hopetoun Alpha Building.
Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area)
29.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall
include the following:
(a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Newton Station, although
constructed wholly on private land, can be undertaken to mitigate construction
related congestion on Symonds St, the Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road / New North
Road intersection, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road;
(b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on
Symonds St in the vicinity of the intersection of Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road and
New North Road , Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road, and the
alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been
selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the
surrounding road network;
surface designation with access onto Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and the
29 5 western end of Basque Road will be mitigated through:
(i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times,
particularly for those businesses and residences located along Symonds Street
and Dundonald Street;
(ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in
and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except
for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been
communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure. How
the loss of public pay and display parking located at the Auckland Transport
Symonds Street Public Car Park will be mitigated through alternative parking
arrangements. The Requiring Authority may be able to arrange such alternative
car parking at the Burleigh Street car park.
(d) The effects of the temporary use of the Symonds Street car park as a construction
site are to be mitigated by the Requiring Authority by active parking management
and enforcement, within 400m of the car park, to maximise short term parking
within this area
Transport and Property Access: Additional Requirements (NAL Area)
30.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented:
(a) The retention of at least two traffic lanes (one in either direction) on Mt Eden Road
during the construction of the replacement Mt Eden Road Bridge;
(b) During the closure of the Normanby Road level crossing to construct the grade
separated crossing, the Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road intersection shall be
30 6 signalised and a second traffic lane shall be provided on the Boston Road approach
to its intersection with Mt Eden Road intersection. Additionally, the no parking
restrictions on Boston Road shall be extended along the length of Boston Road and
considered for any adjacent local roads to facilitate through traffic;
(c) A temporary pedestrian crossing (over the rail line) at Normanby Road is to be
provided for the period of the temporary closure of the Normanby Road connection;
(d) Access will be maintained to Nikau Street at all times by at least one lane (minimum

Page 38
NoR
Number on
Applies to
3m), and two lanes on Nikau St between Flower and Korari Streets. Access to sites
within Flower Street and Korari Street is to be retained, from Nikau Street or New
North Road, at all times;
(e) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all
times for vehicles to all accessways to the MediaWorks site including staff and
visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles;
(f) Providing for traffic to turn right out of Ruru Street to reduce any congestion
(particularly at peak times) resulting from not being able to travel via Nikau Street to
the traffic lights at Flower Street and New North Road;
(g) Providing accessibility along Mt Eden and Normanby Roads as a priority for, where
practicable: public transport (buses), emergency services, access to properties for
pedestrians, and cyclists;
(h) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all
times for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road
(including staff and visitors’ cars, service vehicles, prison vans, emergency vehicles
and buses), communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections,
and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the
Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, on this matter shall be recorded in
accordance with Condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be
responsible for ensuring that the construction works do not restrict 24-hour two-way
access for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road;
(i) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all
times for vehicles accessing the premises at 51-63 Normanby Road, including staff
and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall:
(i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards;
(ii) Not result in the loss of any on site parking;
(iii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles
required to access the site, relative to the existing situation;
(iv) It is noted that the site is used occasionally by large trucks of up to 18m. These
vehicles are to be provided for in the design of the access (i.e. the vehicle
crossing and the access onto the site);
(v) Following completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and
reasonable access will be provided to and from the property at 51-63 Normanby
Road to meet the relevant Austroads and NZS2890.1 standards or the applicable
standard required by the road controlling authority.
(j) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure pedestrian and two-way vehicle
access is maintained at all times to access the premises at 32 Normanby Road,
including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall:
(i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards;
(ii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles
required to access the site, relative to the existing situation;
(iii) Should the Requiring Authority require part of the site at 32 Normanby Road
that is currently used for 40 car parking spaces for the construction of the City
Rail Link 34 alternative car parking spaces will be provided at 14-22 Boston Road
(in accordance with Plans DRG 0052 Rev 2.0 CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG-0064
Revision 1 dated 8/7/16 and DRW 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027
Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2

Page 39
NoR
Number on
Applies to
dated 30/6/16). The Requiring Authority shall provide safe pedestrian access
across the North Auckland Line and into the site for customers and staff, visiting
or employed at the site in accordance with Condition 30.1(c) until the grade
separation works are completed and permanent access is reinstated to the site.
(k) At completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable
pedestrian and vehicle access to and from the site and 34 on site car parking spaces
will be provided for the property at 32 Normanby Road. In the case of pedestrian and
vehicle access and parking arrangements, this will be in accordance with Plans DRG
0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4
dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16, and meet the following
requirements:
(i) The ramp access will meet relevant Austroads, NZS2890.2 and the Auckland
Council District Plan: Isthmus Section design standards;
(ii) The 34 car parking spaces will be provided across the site and the adjoining
KiwiRail property. The spaces will be compliant with the appropriate Auckland
Council District Plan: Isthmus Section parking standards for dimension and
manoeuvring;
(iii) The design, structures and barriers associated with the ramp and pedestrian
access to the site will be subject to the urban design process of Condition 47;
and
(iv) Provision for landscape planting both on the site and on the KiwiRail land in the
area shown on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1127 Revision 2 dated
30/6/16 and if appropriate beyond the site (in accordance with Condition 47.2).
Indicative widths of landscaping on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 are 1m for the section
shown alongside the railway and 0.5m for the section on the southern side of
the ramp.
(l) The KiwiRail land required by condition (k) above for car parking spaces, landscaping
and the ramp access will be provided by the Requiring Authority until such time as
the vehicle access ramp is no longer required by the landowner. If the vehicle access
ramp is no longer required to provide access to the property it shall be removed by
the Requiring Authority at its cost within 3 months unless otherwise agreed with the
landowner.
(m) Construction of the grade separation works at Normanby Road on the parcels of land
identified on the CRL NOR6 Sheet 2 as parcels 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 393, 394, 399,
400 and 401 shall not commence until the KiwiRail land is available and written
confirmation of this has been provided by the Requiring Authority to Auckland
Council.
(n) Access to Water Street to and from Mt Eden Road for CRL construction related heavy
commercial vehicles shall be limited to left-in and left-out movements only.
(o) Access to 14-22 Boston Road from Normanby Road shall be restricted to left-in and
left-out movements only; the exception to this will be when Normanby Road is
closed; and
(p) During the temporary works along Boston Road, a 1.8m wide footpath on the north
side of the street, in addition to two 3.0m wide traffic lances shall be provided on
Boston Road between Normanby Road and Khyber Pass. A safe temporary
pedestrian crossing facility shall be provided at the western extent of Active
Construction Zone M1.

Page 40
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(a) How construction works can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on New North
Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters
Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and the road
network in general in this area including:
(b) Which routes are to be used by construction trucks to remove spoil from the
construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be
managed to mitigate congestion;
(c) Which routes are to be used by construction related traffic (especially trucks) to
deliver construction materials and other related goods and services to the
construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be
managed to mitigate congestion;
The grade separation of Porters Ave so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles,
pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt
Eden Road and Normanby Road to an extent which mitigates where practicable,
delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link
construction works;
(d) The grade separation of Normanby Road so that it is undertaken at a time when
vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion
Road, Mt Eden Road and Porters Avenue, to an extent which mitigates where
practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from
City Rail Link construction works;
(e) Any reduction in the number of fully operational traffic lanes associated with the
closure of Porters Avenue and Normanby Road, and the reduction in the number of
vehicle lanes on the Mount Eden Road bridge, is to be undertaken on only one of
these three two routes at a time;
(f) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures at
the Symonds Street / New North Road / Mt Eden Road intersection , Ruru Street,
Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden
Road in the vicinity of the bridge over the rail line, Normanby Road, Boston Road,
Nugent Street in the vicinity of the rail crossing, and the alternative routes and
temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be
managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road
network;
(g) How disruption to the use of property located immediately adjacent to the surface
designation with access onto New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower
Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby
Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street will be mitigated through:
(i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times;
(ii) Providing local vehicle access and pedestrian access at all times to properties
located along Flower Street (between Nikau Street and Shaddock Street) and
Shaddock Street (between Flower Street and its dead end to the east), which
are not located within the designation footprint, except for temporary closures
where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with
in reasonable advance of the closure;
(iii) Retaining local vehicle and pedestrian access to properties located outside the
designation footprint along Haultain Street, Fenton Street, Porters Avenue,
Ngahura Street, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Mt Eden

Page 41
NoR
Number on
Applies to
Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and Normanby Road at all times except for
temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated
and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and
(iv) Full accessibility to those parts of Porters Avenue not affected by, but in the
vicinity of, the construction works; and
(h) How disruption to the use of Mt Eden Rail Station will be mitigated through
providing, where practicable, access during construction works associated with the
replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge.
Noise and Vibration
Project Standards - Construction Noise
31.1 Construction noise shall comply with the following Project Standards (unless otherwise
provided for in a SSCNMP which is approved under Condition 37, 39 or 40):
Monday to Sundays and

At all other times
Receiver Type Saturday Public Holidays
2200 – 0700
0700 – 2200 0700 – 2200
Occupied commercial and

industrial buildings 75 dB LAeq 75 dB LAeq 75 dB LAeq
(including offices)
Sensitive Noise and

75 dB LAeq 65 dB LAeq 1 60 dB LAeq
Vibration Receivers
90 dB LAFmax 80 dB LAFmax2 75 dB LAFmax
1 (excluding offices)
4
31 Early Childhood Education
5
Centres (whilst occupied
6 during normal opening 35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas
hours)
Bear Park Early Childhood

Education Centre at 32
Akiraho Street (whilst 35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas
occupied during normal 65 dB LAeq in outdoor playing areas
opening hours)
Notes:
1. 60dB LAeq for Designation 5 and Designation 6; and
2. 75dB LAFmax for Designation 5 and Designation 6.
31.2 Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of
NZS 6803:1999
Project Standards - Blasting Overpressure and Vibration
32 6 For the avoidance of doubt this condition only applies to NoR 6 where blasting is required.
32.1 Prior to commencement of production blasts (ie. blasting that is undertaken as part of the

Page 42
NoR
Number on
Applies to
construction process), trial blasts (ie. preliminary blasts that occur prior to production
blasts for the purpose of data acquisition), shall be undertaken to demonstrate how
adverse effects will be managed and how compliance with Conditions 32.2, 32.3 and 32.4
will be achieved in production blasting. Trial blasts will determine site-specific
attenuation characteristics, air overpressure levels and maximum instantaneous charge
weight (MIC) thresholds. Outcomes shall be documented in a Trial Blasting Report. This
Trial Blasting Report shall be used for subsequent design of production blasting.
32.2Air overpressure from the blast events shall not exceed 120 dB LZpeak at the facade of any
occupied building measures and assessed in accordance with the provisions of the
Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives.
32.3Air overpressure from blast events shall not exceed 133dB LZpeak at the facade of any
unoccupied building measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of
Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives.
32.4 Unless a SSCNVMP is approved under Conditions 38, 39 or 40 which includes an
alternative blasting vibration standard:
(a) Vibration from blast events shall not exceed 10mm/s PPV for 95% of blast events and
15mm/s for 100% blast events when measured at the foundation of any building that
will be occupied during the blast event when measured and assessed in accordance
with the provisions of DIN 4150-3:1999.
(b) Vibration from blast events shall not in any case exceed the limits specified in
Condition 33 when measured at the foundation of any building when measured and
assessed in accordance with the provisions of Condition 33.
32.5 For the purposes of 32.2 and 32.3, a building is deemed to be occupied if there are
persons inside only during the blast event (ie. if the occupants of a dwelling are out (eg. at
work) during the blast event then the dwelling is deemed to be unoccupied).
32.6 Blasts must be performed at set times during the daytime only, between 9am and 5pm,
Monday to Saturday only.
32.7 Comprehensive vibration and air overpressure level predictions must be performed prior
to every blast event.
32.8 Blasting shall not be carried out where overpressure levels are predicted to be above the
Project Standards in 32.1 and 32.2 at any building. Blasting shall not be carried out where
vibration levels are predicted to be above the project standards in Condition 32.4 at any
building.
32.9 These criteria may be varied only by a Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan
(SSCNMP) that has been approved under Condition 37.
Project Standards - Construction Vibration
33.1 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall comply with the following Project
Standards for building damage (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCVMP which is
approved under Condition 38, 39 or 40)
Type of Short-term (transient) vibration1 Long-term

Structure (continuous)
1 vibration
2 PPV at the foundation at a PPV at PPV at
4 frequency of horizontal horizontal plane
33 5 1-10Hz 10-50 Hz 50-100 Hz plane of of highest floor
(mm/s) (mm/s) (mm/s) highest floor (mm/s)
6 (mm/s)

Page 43
NoR
Number on
Applies to
Commercial/ 20 20 – 40 40 – 50 40 10
Industrial
Residential/ 5 5 – 15 15 – 20 15 5
School
Historic or 3 3–8 8 – 10 8 2.5
sensitive
structures
Note:
1. Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 defines short-term (transient) vibration as “vibration
which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue and which does
not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Long-term
(continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the
short-term vibration definition.
33.2 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall be measured in accordance with
German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999.
Project Standards - Construction Vibration (Amenity)
34.1 Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities
(excluding blasting) shall not exceed:
(a) a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor
of any bedroom;
(b) a noise level of 35 dB LAeq(15min) when measured in any bedroom.
1 34.2 Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities
2 (excluding blasting) shall not exceed:
34 4 (a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving
room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary
5
accommodation and medical facilities; and
6
(b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving
room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms);
34.3 The limits in 34.1 and 34.2 shall only be investigated and applied upon the receipt of
a complaint from any building occupant. They shall not be applied where there is no
concern from the occupant of the building.
34.4 Where the limits in 34.1 and 34.2 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded
then a SSCVMP shall be prepared for that receiver (Condition 38).
Project Standards – MediaWorks
35.1 The noise and vibration limits set out in Conditions 35.2 and 35.3 shall apply only
during Sensitive Times. For the purposes of MediaWorks, Sensitive Times are
defined as follows:
(a) During scheduled live broadcasting
(b) During emergency/breaking news live broadcasting
6 (c) During scheduled recording sessions
If the limits are complied with in Studio 1, the noise and vibration levels in all other
Studios will be acceptable.
For the avoidance of doubt, (a)-(c) above include sound checks as well as actual
broadcast/recording time.
35.2 Noise Limits – Studios
35
The noise level (whether air borne or reradiated from ground vibration) from all

Page 44
NoR
Number on
Applies to
construction sources as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 30dB LAeq (5 min) and
33 dB LAeq (1 sec). These limits apply to the construction component of the total noise.
However for up to two periods of tunnelling, each no more than 15 consecutive
days, the noise limits may be up to 5 decibels higher (ie. 35dB LAeq (5 min) and 38 dB
LAeq (1 sec)) during Sensitive Times, other than during the Live Broadcasting Periods as
follows:
(a) Weekdays:
0600-0900 hours
1200-1230 hours
1730-1930 hours
2230-2330 hours
(b) Christmas holiday season (Saturday prior to Christmas Day to Sunday following
New Years Day inclusive) and weekends:
1730-1900 hours
The Requiring Authority must give MediaWorks at least 12 days notice of the
commencement of each such period.
35.2A Rockbreaking shall not be used for tunnel excavation within 100m of the
MediaWorks site during Sensitive Times unless compliance with the noise limits in
Condition 35.2 can be demonstrated in accordance with the methodology set out in
the SSCNVMP.
35.3 Vibration Limits – Studios
For the protection of studio camera image quality, the construction vibration level
(including blasting) as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 0.1mm/s PPV. This
limit may be elevated by agreement of both the Requiring Authority and
MediaWorks where image quality is found to be unaffected.
35.4 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken at a position that is
representative to the level received within 2m from, and at a similar height to, the
microphone of the main presenter(s).
35.5 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken with all doors to the
studio closed.
35.6 For the protection of amenity, the construction vibration level as received in inside
office areas, meeting rooms and technical suits shall not exceed 1mm/s PPV (as
received on the floor of the receiving room) when those spaces are in use.
35.7 For the prevention of building damage, the construction vibration level shall not
exceed the limits in Condition 33 at all times.
35.8 For the protection of sensitive equipment, the construction vibration (including
blasting) level shall not exceed 200mg (2m/s2) between 5-500Hz. Levels are to be
measured on the floor supporting the Sensitive Equipment.
35.9 All attended noise and vibration measurements shall be undertaken by a suitably
qualified and experienced expert.
35.10 For the avoidance of doubt, the MediaWorks conditions (Conditions 35, 40 and
66) only apply for so long as television, radio and/or interactive media facilities
broadcast from the MediaWorks site.
35.11 Blasting shall not occur during MediaWorks Sensitive Times (as defined in
Condition 35.1). Blasting shall occur at times to be agreed with MediaWorks and as
documented in the SSCNVMP.
36 1 Construction Noise and Vibration DWP

Page 45
NoR
Number on
Applies to
2 For the avoidance of doubt, this condition is applicable to the management of construction
4 noise and vibration on all receivers, including sensitive and notable receivers.
5 36.1 A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall be prepared and implemented. The
objective of the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP is to provide for the
6
development and implementation of identified best practicable option to avoid, remedy
or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from
construction.
36.2 The Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall:
(a) Adopt the noise and vibration standards for construction set out in Conditions 31, 32,
33 and 34 of these designations;
(b) Be generally consistent with the draft Construction Noise and Vibration management
plan submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documentation (dated 23
August 2013); and
(c) Identify methods to achieve best practicable option for mitigating adverse effects.
36.3 To achieve this objective, the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall include:
(a) The roles and responsibilities of the noise and vibration personnel in the contractor
team with regard to managing and monitoring adverse noise and vibration effects;
(b) That piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm,
Monday to Saturday;
(c) Construction machinery and equipment to be used and their operating noise and
vibration levels;
(d) Identification of construction activities that are likely to create adverse noise and
vibration effects, the location of these in the construction site areas, and the distance
to comply with the Project Criteria in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34;
(e) The timing of construction activities that are likely to create an adverse noise and
vibration effect;
(f) The location of sensitive noise and vibration receivers;
(g) A record of communication and consultation with sensitive noise and vibration
receivers. The record must include a clear explanation of where any comments from
sensitive receivers have not been incorporated in the Construction Noise and
Vibration DWP, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the
Construction Noise and Vibration DWP provided to both the Independent Peer
Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in
Condition 11;
(h) Specific measures to address the concerns raised by those sensitive receivers;
(i) Specific training procedures for construction personnel including:
(i) The project noise and vibration performance standards for construction
(conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34);
(ii) Information about noise and vibration sources within the construction area and
the locations of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; and
(iii) Construction machinery operation instructions relating to mitigating noise and
vibration;
(j) Methods and measures to mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects including, but
not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, the scheduling
of high noise and vibration construction, use of low noise and vibration machinery,
temporary relocation of affected receivers or any other measures or offer agreed to

Page 46
NoR
Number on
Applies to
by the Requiring Authority and the affected receiver;
(k) The proposed methods for monitoring construction noise and vibration to be
undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works
including:
(i) Updating the predicted noise and vibration contours based on the final design
and construction activities;
(ii) Confirm which buildings are to be subject to a pre and post building condition
survey in accordance with Condition 46. This includes consideration of those
buildings in Appendix One and Two to these conditions;
(iii) The timing and location for monitoring of buildings during construction is
required (Note that the flow charts contained in Appendices B and C of Appendix
J of the technical noise and vibration report provided as part of the Notice of
Requirement should be used as a guide);
(iv) Identifying appropriate monitoring locations for receivers of construction noise
and vibration;
(v) Procedures for working with the Communication and Consultation Manager to
respond to complaints received on construction noise and vibration, including
methods to monitor and identify noise and vibration sources;
(vi) Procedures for monitoring construction noise and vibration and reporting to the
Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer; and
(vii) Procedures for how works will be undertaken should they be required as a result
of the building condition surveys;
(l) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan
which detail how landowners and occupiers are to be communicated with around
noise and vibration effects.
Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP)
For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks.
37.1 The objective of a SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or
mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise that does not
comply with the Project Noise Standards.
37.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCNMP shall be
prepared for any receiver or activity for which air overpressure is either predicted or
measured to exceed the limits in Condition 32, or where construction noise is either
1 predicted or measured to exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31, except
2 where the exceedance of the standards in Condition 31 is less than 5 decibels and does
37 4 not exceed :
5 (a) 0700-2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months
6 (b) 2200-0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days
37.3 For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels (refer 37.2) monitoring shall be
undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels. If exceedance is shown to be more than 5
decibels, or the period exceeds those detailed, then a SSCNMP will be prepared.
37.4 In addition to the SSCNMPs prepared in accordance with Condition 37.2, and
notwithstanding Condition 37.1, the Requiring Authority shall prepare SSCNMPs
specifying the best practicable option for management, methods and measures to
mitigate all noise effects for the properties located at:
(a) 1 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 165403);

Page 47
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(b) 21 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 67723);
(c) 29 Customs Street West (Lot 7 DP 77037)
(d) 188 Quay Street (Lot 5 DP 63972 and Lot 1 DP 78340); and
(e) 23-29 Albert Street (Lot 1 DP 116724).
37.5 SSCNMPs will identify:
(a) The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31 or
the overpressure limits in Condition 32;
(b) The timing and duration of any exceedance;
(c) Details of the type of activity causing any exceedance;
(d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver.
The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not
been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in
the SSCNMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland
Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11;
(e) The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects, including but not limited to,
potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, alternative ventilation,
façade sound insulation improvements, building condition surveys in the case of
overpressure generated by blast events, or other offers made by the Requiring
Authority and whether these have been agreed to by the affected receiver;
(f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best
practicable option.
37.6 The SSCNMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline
Plan. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNMP confirmed
by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan.
Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP)
For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks.
38.1 The objective of a SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or
mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from vibration that does not comply with
the Project Vibration Standards.
38.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCVMP shall be
prepared:
(a) For any unoccupied building, structure or infrastructure for which construction
1 vibration is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Vibration Standards
2 in Condition 33;
38 4 (b) Where a complaint or concern is raised and the vibration level exceeds the amenity
5 levels of Condition 34.2(a) and 34.2(b);
6 (c) In response to other concerns or complaints where required (refer Condition 17).;
(d) For the properties listed in Condition 37.4.
38.3 Where the amenity limits in Conditions 34.2(a) and 34.2(b) are exceeded:
(a) Best practicable management of vibration must be applied; and
(b) The vibration activity shall be scheduled to avoid disturbance. If this is not
practicable then reasonable respite periods shall be provided to reduce vibration
exposure.
38.4 The limits in condition 33 may be relaxed by a SSCVMP but only for a building, structure
or infrastructure that has been assessed by a suitably qualified and experienced structural

Page 48
NoR
Number on
Applies to
engineer and where it has been deemed to be capable of withstanding higher vibration
levels without sustaining building or structural damage, and where appropriate vibration
and building condition monitoring regimes are in place.
38.5 SSCVMPs will identify:
(a) The timing and duration of any exceedance;
(b) Details of the type of activity giving rise to any exceedance;
(c) Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building
damage, amenity and sensitive equipment). Site Specific criteria shall be determined
by a suitably qualified independent vibration expert;
(d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver.
The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not
been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in
the SSCVMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland
Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11;
(e) The methods and measures to mitigate vibration effects, including but not limited to,
investigating alternative low-vibration construction methods, undertaking high-
vibration works outside sensitive times, vibration barriers, building condition surveys,
potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, or other offers made by
the Requiring Authority and agreed to by the affected receiver;
(f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best
practicable option.
38.6 The SSCVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council. The works shall then
be undertaken in accordance with the SSCVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as
part of the Outline Plan.
Notable Receivers
Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
For the avoidance of doubt, Conditions 39.5 and 39.6 do not apply to MediaWorks.
39.1 Further to Condition 36, the Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a
suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with each notable receiver during the
preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on
each Notable Receiver.
39.2 In addition to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared
for each identified Notable Receiver. The objective of the SSCNVMP is to detail the best
1 practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects on
2 each Notable Receiver.
39 4 39.3 The Requiring Authority shall consult with the notable receiver throughout the duration
5 of construction and update the SSCNVMP as required to achieve the objective in 39.2.
6 39.4 The SSCNVMP shall include:
(a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver will
unreasonably interfere with its operation. This will enable development of the site
specific criteria. In the case of MediaWorks this is set out in Condition 40;
(b) Construction activities and equipment which are likely to create adverse noise and
vibration effects and the location and timing of these in relation to the notable
receiver;
(c) The methods and measures associated with the worksite including, but not limited
to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and

Page 49
NoR
Number on
Applies to
vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction;
(d) The methods and measures associated with the notable receiver building or
operation including, but not limited to, potential for isolation of sensitive areas and
equipment, dampening of reradiating surfaces and temporary relocation of affected
receivers that are proposed to minimise adverse noise and vibration effects on the
notable receiver;
(e) Details about the methods to be adopted by the Requiring Authority to minimise
construction noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver and the anticipated
effectiveness of those methods;
(f) A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the notable
receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments
have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not;
(g) Offers made by the Requiring Authority to the notable receiver to mitigate effects
and the response by the operators, such as relocation, and whether those offers
were accepted or not by the notable receiver;
39.5 If the parties cannot agree on any of the matters above they shall each appoint a suitably
qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably
qualified third expert who shall certify the following matters to be included in the
SSCNVMP:
(a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver unreasonably
interfere with its operation (the certified noise and vibration limit);
(b) The mitigation methods and measures within the worksite (at source) including, but
not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise
and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction;
(c) The mitigation methods and measures at the notable receiver including but not
limited to: isolation of sensitive areas and equipment; dampening of reradiating
surfaces; any response to such offers; and temporary relocation of affected
receivers;
(d) Whether or not the mitigation methods and measures reflect best practicable
management; and
(e) Whether or not the residual effects are likely to cause significant disruption to the
activities of the notable receiver.
39.6 Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland
Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority
shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan
process following any agreement reached with the notable receiver and/or through the
above certification process without the consent of the notable receiver. The works shall
then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring
Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan – Mediaworks
Further to Condition 36, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for MediaWorks implementing the
project standards in Condition 35.
40 6 40.1 The MediaWorks SSCNVMP shall identify high noise or vibration plant and machinery,
and list the relevant items that require testing in accordance with Condition 40.4 and
40.8.
40.2 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall
undertake a noise survey to determine the Transmission Loss (TL) performance of the

Page 50
NoR
Number on
Applies to
MediaWorks building envelope. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of
Sensitive Times.
40.3 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall
undertake a vibration survey to determine the transfer function of the MediaWorks
building structure from ground vibration outside the building to reradiated noise in
Studio 1. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times.
40.4 All high noise plant and machinery to be used at a location where it is predicted to
generate noise levels in excess of 3 dB below the limits specified in Condition 35.2 shall
be tested prior to use, to determine its Sound Power Level (Lw) at a sufficient distance
from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance. These measured Lws shall be used
to predict the noise level at the MediaWorks building façade(s) from proposed
construction scenarios. The façade TL (refer Condition 40.2) shall then be applied to
predict the noise levels in the relevant rooms.
40.5 All high noise plant and machinery may not be used until Condition 40.4 is satisfied,
taking into account the cumulative noise levels from active sources on the site.
40.6 The Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified
expert, shall work collaboratively with MediaWorks during the preparation of a
SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on MediaWorks.
40.7 The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the number of monitors,
the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and
any other procedures or requirements that are necessary. The data shall be available in
real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks.
40.8 Prior to the use of any high vibration equipment to be used at a location where it is
predicted to generate vibration levels greater than 75% of the PPV vibration limits in
Condition 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8, or reradiated noise within 3 decibels of the limits in
Condition 35.2, the Requiring Authority shall undertake vibration measurements at a
sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance, applying the
transfer function required by Condition 40.3 to assess reradiated noise. These
measurements shall be used to determine minimum set-back distances from the building
to avoid potential exceedances of the vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7
and 35.8. The results of the testing and the outcomes affecting construction operations
shall be set out in the SSCNVMP.
40.9 The noise and vibration levels from construction shall be monitored to determine
compliance with conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8 continuously by automated
noise and vibration monitors located at positions that will represent the noise and
vibration level in the relevant spaces and for the relevant noise and vibration limits. The
SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the instrument location, any
adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or
requirements that are necessary including methods to exclude extraneous sources. The
data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and
MediaWorks.
40.10 Monitoring to determine compliance or otherwise with Condition 35.67 relating to
office amenity shall only be undertaken in response to complaints from MediaWorks.
The measurements must be attended by a suitably qualified person.
40.11 The SSCNVMP shall set out corrective action measures that must be adopted in
situations where any of the noise and vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7,
and 35.8 are exceeded and where the noise and/or vibration levels are unacceptable to
MediaWorks. The corrective action measures must include the following:
(a) Immediate cessation of the work(s) that is giving rise to the exceedance;

Page 51
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(b) A procedure to require the implementation of whatever measures are necessary to
reduce the noise or vibration levels;
(c) A monitoring procedure to determine compliance (once the remediation works are
complete);
(d) A requirement to ensure that the work(s) responsible for the exceedance are not
recommenced during Sensitive Times;
(e) A complaints procedure that is capable of effecting the immediate cessation of works
including making a point of contact directly available 24 hours, seven days a week.
40.12 If there is a disagreement between the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks as to
the content of the SSCNVMP, they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and
independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified
third expert who shall certify the matters set out in Condition 40.11 and any other
matters in dispute in the SSCNVMP.
40.13 Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of
Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the
Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP
through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with MediaWorks
and/or through the above certification process without the consent of MediaWorks.
The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by
the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.
Built Heritage/Archaeology
Historic Character – Built Heritage
41.1 The Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built
heritage and archaeology that may result from associated works prior to, during, and
after the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.
41.2 The objective of the Built Heritage section is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects
on built heritage as far as reasonably practicable. To achieve the above objective, the
following shall, as a minimum, be included in the built heritage section of the Historic
Character DWP:
(a) Preparation of a Building Record and Salvage Strategy that outlines a suitable set of
procedures for the removal, storage and for later refitting and reuse of elements of
1 heritage buildings and/or structures identified for demolition including the Griffiths
2 Building, Beresford Toilets, Bluestone Toilets, and the rear annex to the building at
223-227 Symonds Street.
41 4
(b) The proposed methods for monitoring building damage that is to be undertaken by a
5 suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works. This includes
6 confirming which Built Heritage buildings and structures are to be subject to a pre
and post building condition survey through:
(i) Using the updated predicted vibration contours undertaken in Condition 36;
(ii) Reviewing those buildings in Appendix 2 to these conditions in accordance with
Condition 46.1;
(iii) Reviewing buildings within the designation footprint (including above sub-strata
designation) or located in close proximity to identify buildings which have been
recognised as having heritage value as a result of scheduling under the Historic
Places Act 1993 or in the Auckland Unitary Plan.
(c) Identification and methodology for recording of Built Heritage directly affected by
the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction works (i.e. within the

Page 52
NoR
Number on
Applies to
surface designation footprint), which cannot be retained and / or adaptively re-used
/ partially retained. For the avoidance of doubt, the following buildings and
structures may be demolished:
(i) Bluestone Toilets (SCDP Category B);
(ii) Beresford Toilets;
(iii) Rear annex to building at 229-231 Symonds Street; and
(iv) Griffiths Building.
(d) Identification and methodology for recording Built Heritage directly affected by the
construction, or associated pre- and post-construction, which are to be:
(i) Adaptively reused;
(ii) Partially retained in design and construction; or
(iii) Built heritage elements have been integrated into other elements of the City
Rail.
(iv) In particular, the Requiring Authority shall explore the adaptive re-use of the
buildings at 51-53 Victoria Street West (known as Martha’s Corner building) with
complete demolition only considered as a last resort. As guidance, an
appropriate level of adaptive re-use could include retention of the façade on all
street frontages or the utilisation and incorporation of elements of the building
into the design:
(e) How Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction
through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse
construction effects;
(f) How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures
will be addressed; and
(g) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan
which detail how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand
Historic Places Trust, and mana whenua (see condition 15) are consulted, and the
communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects
relating to Built Heritage.
Historic Character - Archaeology
42.1 A Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built
heritage and archaeology that may result during construction of the City Rail Link or any
part of it.
42.2 The objective of the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP is to avoid,
remedy or mitigate adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far
1 as reasonably practicable.
4 42.3 To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be included in the Archaeology
42 section of the Historic Character DWP:
5
(a) Constructor roles and responsibilities, stand-down periods and reporting
6 requirements are to be clearly identified;
(b) How procedures for archaeological investigations and monitoring of preliminary
earthworks are to be implemented in areas where there is potential for
archaeological remains to be discovered;
(c) Procedures for the discovery of, including accidental discovery of archaeological
remains including:
(i) The ceasing of all physical construction works in the immediate vicinity of the

Page 53
NoR
Number on
Applies to
discovery;
(ii) Practices for dealing with the uncovering of cultural or archaeological remains
and the parties to be notified (including, but not limited to, appropriate iwi
authorities, the Auckland Council Consents Monitoring officer, the New Zealand
Historic Places Trust, and the New Zealand Police (if koiwi (human skeletal
remains) are discovered);
(iii) Procedures to be undertaken before physical works in the area of discovery can
start again, including any iwi protocols, recording of sites and material, recovery
of any artefacts, and consultation to be undertaken with iwi, Auckland Council
Consent Monitoring officer and Heritage Unit, and with the New Zealand Historic
Places Trust; and
(iv) Procedures for recording any archaeological remains or evidence before it is
modified or destroyed, including opportunities for the conservation and
preservation of artefacts and ecofacts (biological material) that are discovered.
Consideration shall be given to the incorporation of in-situ material or artefacts
into the design of stations and / or public places associated with the City Rail Link
project. Consideration shall also be given to the provision for ‘post-excavation’
assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion
of construction.
(v) Provision for ‘post-excavation’ archiving, assessment and analysis of the
archaeological records and materials; publication of results of that work within
24 months of completion of construction assessment analysis and publication of
material within 24 months of completion of construction.
(d) Training procedures for all contractors are to be undertaken in advance of
construction, regarding the possible presence of cultural or archaeological sites or
material, what these sites or material may look like, and the relevant provisions of
the Historic Places Act 1993 if any sites or material are discovered;
(e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan
which details how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand
Historic Places Trust, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and the
communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects
relating to archaeology.
Heritage Advisory Group and Composition
43.1 The Requiring Authority must engage, at its expense, a panel of suitably qualified and
experienced heritage experts to discharge the functions required by conditions 44 and
45. The Heritage Advisory Group will consist of three independent experts, whose
members will not be directors or employees of the Requiring Authority, the New Zealand
Historic Places Trust or the consent authority. The Heritage Advisory Group will
comprise one nominee from the Requiring Authority, one nominee from the consent
authority, and a third nominee appointed jointly by the Requiring Authority's and
43 1
consent authority's nominees.
43.2 Before establishing the Heritage Advisory Group the Requiring Authority shall seek the
opinion of NZHPT on the appointment of the Heritage Advisory Group.
43.3 The Heritage Advisory Group may determine its own processes and procedures for
conducting its meetings and performing its functions as it sees fit, including methods for
ensuring any disagreements between panel members are resolved, and must meet as
necessary to fulfil its functions. All costs associated with the role and function of the
Heritage Advisory Group and appropriate administrative support must be paid by the

Page 54
NoR
Number on
Applies to
Requiring Authority. If any member of the Heritage Advisory Group is unable to continue
in the role for whatever reason, then a replacement member must be appointed using
the process set out in this condition.
Heritage Advisory Group Function
44.1 The functions of the Heritage Advisory Group are to review the assessment of the
alternatives and option selected by the Requiring Authority to manage the adverse
effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall and the Martha’s Corner building.
44.2 In relation to Bluestone Wall, the Heritage Advisory Group will:
(a) Certify that the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will
have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall compared to other
reasonably practicable methods; or
(b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority under
Condition 45 will not have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone
44 1
wall and set out details as to an alternative recommended reasonably practicable
method.
44.3 In relation to Martha’s Corner, the Heritage Advisory Group will:
(a) Certify that the heritage outcomes for Martha’s Corner adhere to the intent of
Condition 41; or
(b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority will not
adhere to the intent of Condition 41 and set out details as to the recommended
reasonably practicable method.
44.4 The Requiring Authority must provide Auckland Council with the Heritage Advisory
Group’s certification or report, and if applicable the reasons the Requiring Authority has
not selected the method recommended by the Heritage Advisory Group.
Bluestone Wall Management Plan

45.1 A Bluestone Wall Management Plan shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on
the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link.
45.2 The objective of this Plan is to minimise adverse effects on the heritage values of the
Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link by adopting the best
practicable option.
45.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Bluestone Wall
45 1 Management Plan:
(a) Identification of the key heritage values of the wall;
(b) Assessment of the alternative construction methods to ensure that construction of
the City Rail Link has the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall,
within the practical constraints of constructing the project; and
(c) The option selected by the Requiring Authority.
45.4 The Bluestone Management Plan shall be prepared in consultation with the NZHPT and
the Heritage Advisory Group (set out in Condition 43).
Building Condition Surveys
1 Process for Building Condition Surveys

46 2 46.1 Prior to construction, as a minimum those buildings listed in Appendix One and Appendix
4 Two or identified pursuant to Condition 41.2(b) will be considered for a building condition

Page 55
NoR
Number on
Applies to
5 survey. A building condition survey will be undertaken where it is assessed that there is
6 potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from construction as determined
by an independent suitably qualified person appointed by the Requiring Authority based
on the criteria below unless the relevant industry criteria applied at the time or
heightened building sensitivity or other inherent building vulnerability requires it.
Building damage criteria will initially be assessed in accordance with Burland, J.B. (1997)
“Assessment of Risk of Damage to Buildings due to Tunnelling and Excavation”.
Additional factors which may be considered in determining whether a building condition
survey will be undertaken include:
(a) Age of the building;
(b) Construction types;
(c) Foundation types;
(d) General building condition;
(e) Proximity to any excavation;
(f) Whether the building is earthquake prone; and
(g) Whether any basements are present in the building.
46.2 Where prior to construction it is determined that a Building Condition Survey is required
in accordance with Condition 46.1, or if measurements exceed the criteria in Condition
33:
(a) The Requiring Authority shall employ a suitably qualified person to undertake the
building condition surveys and that person shall be identified in the CEMP;
(b) The Requiring Authority shall provide the building condition survey report to the
relevant property owner within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken, and
additionally it shall notify and provide the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring
officer a copy of the completed survey report;
(c) The Requiring Authority shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where
a Building Condition Survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and
methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition assessment;
(d) The Requiring Authority shall record all contact, correspondence and communication
with owners and this shall be available on request for the Auckland Council Consent
Monitoring Officer;
(e) Should agreement from owners to enter property and undertake a condition
assessment not be obtained within 3 months from first contact, then the Requiring
Authority shall not be required under these designation conditions to undertake
these assessments;
(f) The Requiring Authority shall undertake a visual inspection during "active
construction" if requested by the building owner where a pre-construction condition
assessment has been undertaken.
(g) The Requiring Authority shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of
existing buildings which is commensurate with the type of the existing building and
the proximity of the CRL works. The purpose of monitoring is to assess whether or
not active construction is compromising the structural integrity of the building.
(h) The Requiring Authority shall, during the Building Condition Survey, determine
whether the building is classified as Commercial / Industrial / School or a Historic or
sensitive structure in terms of Condition 33.
46.3 During construction:
(a) The Requiring Authority shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond

Page 56
NoR
Number on
Applies to
to the information received from the monitoring system. Where necessary this may
include the temporary cessation of works in close proximity to the relevant building
until such time as measures are implemented to avoid further damage or
compromise of the structural integrity of the building.
(b) Any damage to buildings or structures shall be recorded and repaired by the
Requiring Authority and costs associated with the repair will met by the Requiring
Authority.
46.4 Following construction:
(a) The Requiring Authority shall, within 12 months of the commencement of operation
of the City Rail Link, contact owners of those buildings and structures where a
Building Condition Survey was undertaken to confirm the need for undertaking a
post-construction condition assessment;
(b) Where a post-construction building condition survey confirms that the building has
deteriorated as the result of construction or operation works relating to the City Rail
Link, the Requiring Authority shall, at its own cost, rectify the damage; and
46.5 Where the Requiring Authority is required to undertake building repairs in accordance
with Conditions 46.3(b) or 46.4(b), such repairs shall be undertaken as soon as
reasonably practicable and in consultation with the owner of the building.
Urban Design
Urban Design Principles

47.1 The objective of the Urban Design DWP is to enable the integration of the CRL’s
permanent works into the surrounding landscape and urban design context.
47.2 An Urban Design DWP shall be developed to ensure that the areas within the designation
footprint used during the construction of the City Rail Link are to be restored and the
permanent works associated with the CRL are developed in accordance with urban design
principles. The following Principles from the Urban Design Framework submitted as part
of the Notice of Requirement documents will be used to inform the Urban Design and
Landscape Plan:
(a) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49;
(b) Movement and Connections –
1
(i) Existing Networks - Structures of the CRL should not interrupt or adversely
4 change the function of existing public open space, street networks and
47
5 infrastructure.
6 (ii) Entrance Location - Station entrances should be clearly identifiable and
conveniently located in relation to existing and anticipated main pedestrian
routes and destinations.
(iii) Intuitive Orientation - The location and nature of structures resulting from the
CRL (station entrances in particular) should facilitate intuitive orientation and
support a legible street network.
(iv) Way Finding - Coherent signage should be utilised to aid intuitive orientation and
way finding.
(v) Mode Integration - Spatial integration with bus stops as well as kiss and ride
should be facilitated where possible without imposing on the quality of public
realm.
(vi) Bicycle Parking – Appropriate numbers of safe bicycle storage or parking should

Page 57
NoR
Number on
Applies to
be provided in each station environment.
(vii) Street Crossings - Safe pedestrian street crossings shall be provided in the
immediate vicinity of station entrances to the extent practicable. The provision
of level street crossings is preferable over any grade separated solutions.
(viii) Footpaths – Footpaths surrounding stations need to be adequate to provide for
pedestrians entering and exiting the stations.
(ix) Grade separated rail crossings – Structures associated with grade separated rail
crossings need to be carefully and sensitively designed and in accordance with
crime prevention through environmental design principles to ensure appropriate
amenity and safety are retained or achieved. Measures to achieve this may
include:
a. Utilising permeable balustrades on overbridges;
b. Maximising the width of the footpath at grade in street reserves;
c. Orientating any steps parallel to overbridges;
d. Providing appropriate levels of lighting (in accordance with the
Auckland Transport Street Lighting Policy (Appendix 1) for
“Pathways in high risk, high brightness areas”); and
e. Treatment of the sides of ramps and footpaths to enhance visual
amenity.
(x) Grade separated rail crossings – Permeable balustrades on overbridges should
be required not only for crime prevention purposes but to enable views into the
neighbouring sites. For clarity all balustrades comprised within Normanby Road
grade separation works (as defined in condition 30.1(l) shall be permeable
including without limitation the ramp to be constructed into the site at 32
Normanby Road.
(xi) The Porters Avenue Bridge (lift and bridge structure above finished ground level)
shall be located no closer than 3.5m from the property boundary of 5 Porters
Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND). Foundation support (i.e. below
finished ground level) for the bridge may extend closer but shall not cross the
property boundary.
(xii) The design of the Porters Avenue and Fenton Street pedestrian/cycle bridges
shall:
a. Minimise loss of privacy on adjacent residential sites, including by
locating the pedestrian/cycle bridge in the western half of the
Avenue;
b. Ensure the lifts are through lifts to carry bicycles; and
c. Incorporate bicycle push ramps into the side of the pedestrian
stairways.
(xiii) The extensions to Ruru Street and Nikau Street shall generally be undertaken in
accordance with the indicative road layout shown on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-
000-DRG-0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16.
(c) Public Realm and Landscape –
(i) Existing Streetscape – Structures of the CRL should be designed to respect and
contribute positively to the form and function of existing public open space.
(ii) Universal Access – Station environments should promote universal access (e.g.
footpath ramps and smooth ground surfaces).

Page 58
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(iii) Safe Environments – Structures resulting from the CRL should promote safe
environments. The station entrances should release patrons into safe public
spaces that are well lit at night, overlooked by other users (e.g. residents or
workers) and have sufficiently wide and unobstructed footpaths.
(iv) Reinstated Surfaces - The design and construction of reinstated streetscapes
should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in
the area.
(v) Station Plazas - The design and construction of station plazas should be coherent
with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area.
(vi) Public Art - Integration of art and design should foster local identity and
character and reflect and/or interpret local characteristics including natural
heritage and Mana Whenua cultural narratives, history, art and particular traits
of the local community.
(vii) Landscape Planting – Plant species used in station environments and/or as part
of landscape plantings should consider the opportunity to acknowledge the
area’s pre-human ecology as and where appropriate. This may include species
which connect strongly with Mana Whenua cultural narratives.
(viii) Entrances within the Road Reserve - Designs for station entrances within the
road reserve should be designed to consider the impacts upon other modes of
traffic, including the expected pedestrian patronage.
(ix) Utility Structures - Above ground utility structures (e.g. vents, access services)
should be designed to minimise any negative effect on public realm. Where
possible these structures should be integrated with other buildings.
(x) Where landscape planting is affected by construction works on private
properties, replanting and/or mitigation of any such landscaping shall be
undertaken in consultation with those landowners, and in recognition of wider
mitigation works required for those properties (e.g. vehicle parking and access
requirements).
47.3 The Urban Design DWP shall show how these principles have been used to guide and
influence the design of permanent works associated with the CRL, and how the design
has responded or otherwise to these principles and initiatives.
47.4 The work to restore those areas within the designation footprint used during construction
of the City Rail Link will occur as part of construction or within six months of the City Rail
Link being operational.
Auckland Council Urban Design Panel

47.5 The Requiring Authority shall request the Auckland Council to refer the Urban Design
DWP to the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or other equivalent entity (if any) at that time)
and invite the Auckland Urban Design Panel to comment on:
(a) The degree to which the Urban Design DWP has appropriately responded to the
principles listed in 47.2 and 49.1;
(b) The degree to which station plans have appropriately responded to the principles
listed in Condition 54.1.
47.6 As part of the Urban Design DWP submitted, the Requiring Authority shall:
(a) Provide a record of feedback received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or
equivalent entity at that time);
(b) Provide detail of how the Urban Design DWP has responded to any feedback

Page 59
NoR
Number on
Applies to
received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time)
and, where they have not, the reasons why;
(c) Provide detail regarding the degree to which the community stakeholder, affected
party and affected in proximity party feedback has been considered and where
applicable incorporated into design. Where feedback has not been incorporated, the
Requiring Authority shall provide comment as to reasons why the feedback has not
been incorporated;
(d) The information set out in (a), (b) and (c) above must be included in the Urban Design
DWP submitted to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part
of the Outline Plan.
Mitigation Planting Requirements
48.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include any replacement planting proposed to mitigate the
adverse effects of tree and vegetation removal from within the designation footprint. It
is acknowledged that the mitigation of effects of tree and vegetation removal will be
considered in response to the urban design principles of Condition 47.
1
48.2 Any landscaping included under the Urban Design DWP shall be implemented in
4 accordance with this plan within the first planting season following the City Rail Link being
48
5 operational. If the weather in that planting season is unsuitable for planting, as
6 determined by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (in consultation with the
Auckland Council Parks Department), the landscaping shall instead be implemented at
the first practicable opportunity thereafter. The next practicable opportunity shall be
agreed by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer.
48.3 The landscaping will be maintained by the Requiring Authority for a period of 5 years for
specimen trees and 3 years for all other landscape planting.
Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles
49.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include:
(a) How mana whenua (see Condition 8) have been engaged with during its
development in relation to the implementation and interpretation of the Principles
set out under Condition 47, and particularly in relation to the mana whenua
principles set out below:
(i) Mana / Rangatiratanga – As the original local authorities of Tamaki Makaurau,
Iwi require high level Treaty based relationships with all key stakeholders
including the Requiring Authority and Auckland Council which recognise their
1 Tangata Whenua status in order to fulfil their roles as kaitiaki. Such partnership
4 relationships can then inform engagement with AT / Council at all levels
49 including direct involvement with design consortia. Relationships are required at
5
governance and senior management levels. Such relationships are a precursor to
6 actualising the other 6 principles.
(ii) Whakapapa – Names and genealogical connections– reviving names revives
mana through Iwi connections to specific ancestors and events / narratives
associated with them. An Iwi inventory of names associated with a given site can
be developed so that the most appropriate names are identified to develop
design, interpretation and artistic responses.
(iii) Tohu – Acknowledging the wider significant Iwi cultural land marks associated
with the CRL route and their ability to inform the design of the station precincts,
entrances and exits. In particular exploring opportunities to maximise view
shafts to such tohu / landmarks as a way of both enhancing cultural landscape

Page 60
NoR
Number on
Applies to
connections and as way finding / location devices.
(iv) Taiao – Exploring opportunities to bring natural landscape elements back into
urban /modified areas e.g. specific native trees, water / puna wai (springs) –
promoting bird, insect and aquatic life to create meaningful urban eco systems
which connect with former habitats, mahinga kai (food gathering areas) and
living sites.
(v) Mauri tu – Ensuring emphasis on maintaining or enhancing environmental health
/ life essence of the wider site – in particular focusing on the quality of wai /
water (puna / springs), whenua / soil and air. In particular any puna or
underground waterways encountered should be carefully treated with Mana
Whenua assistance to ensure their mauri is respected and enhanced where
possible. It is also important to minimise the disturbance to Papatuanuku
through carefully planned ground works.
(vi) Mahi toi – Harnessing the Creative dimension through drawing on names and
local tohu to develop strategies to creatively re-inscribe iwi narratives into
architecture, interior design, landscape, urban design and public art.
(vii) Ahi kaa – need to explore opportunities to facilitate living presences for iwi /
hapu to resume ahi-kaa and kaitiaki roles in and around the CRL route and new
station precincts; and
(b) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and
identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and
other mana whenua aspirations. The summary must include a clear explanation of
where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The
summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the
Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan.
Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station
50.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include how the following are to be
restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works:
(a) Queen Elizabeth Square and lower Queen Street between Quay Street and Customs
Street;
(b) Albert Street between Quay Street and Victoria Street; and
(c) Albert Street between Victoria Street and Mayoral Drive including those part of
50 1 Victoria and Wellesley Streets, the Council owned land on the southeast corner of
Albert and Wellesley Streets which is to be used as a construction area, affected by
surface construction works; and
(d) Kingston Street.
50.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and
public realm improvements have been considered when Albert Street and Mayoral Drive
are reinstated. This should include as a minimum how the design and construction utilises
material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the
surrounding streetscape character.
Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area
51.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how
51 4 the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction
works):
(a) Beresford Square and Street including where surface works have occurred within Pitt

Page 61
NoR
Number on
Applies to
Street; and
(b) Mercury Lane.
51.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and
public realm improvements have been considered when Beresford Street, Pitt Street and
Mercury Lane are reinstated. This should include as a minimum:
(a) How the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and
street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character.
(b) Methods for street upgrades and public realm improvements.
Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area
52.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how
52 5 the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction
works) for those areas used for surface construction works within the designation
footprint, including the construction yard located on the northeast corner of Mt Eden
Road and Symonds Street.
Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area
53.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include the following:
(a) Restoration Plans showing how the worksite area will be maintained during the
construction period.
(b) Restoration Plans showing how the following are to be restored after construction
completion:
(i) The replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge;
53 6 (ii) The area used for the grade separation of Porters Avenue;
(iii) The area used for the grade separation of Normanby Road; and
(iv) The replacement of the pedestrian connection, to be provided over the railway,
between Ngahura Street and Fenton Street, including a connection to the Mount
Eden Station.
(c) How the bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link at Mt
Eden Station are integrated with the components of the Mt Eden Station located in
the adjacent North Auckland Line designation.
Station Plan Requirements
54.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include a Station Plan/s (report and design plan/s as
required) and include the following:
(a) The design details showing both the above ground and below ground elements of the
station/s;
(b) How the above ground and below ground design of the stations has taken into
1
account the following principles:
4
54 (i) Overarching - stations should achieve a successful and memorable transport
5 experience.
(ii) Function - stations will provide safe, functional and clear transport solutions.
(iii) Performance - stations will provide a credible, sustainable design outcome that
responds to climate, site and social economics.
(iv) Personality - stations will provide an expression that contributes to their context
and local identity and will respond to an appropriate network wide identity.
(v) Existing and New Building Structures.

Page 62
NoR
Number on
Applies to
(vi) Built Heritage:
• Where built heritage is required for City Rail Link station requirements,
adaptive reuse strategies should be considered to preserve the building’s
role in establishing the streetscape and urban character.
• The development of new buildings and structures should minimise impact
on, and disturbance of, Built heritage listed by the New Zealand Historic
Places Trust or the Auckland Council District Plan that play a significant role
in establishing the streetscape and urban character of the local area.
(vii) Bulk, Scale and Massing:
• Bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link
(station buildings in particular) should be sympathetic with the surrounding
built urban form.
• Aotea Station building frontages should correspond with the road reserve
boundary unless a specific station plaza area is intended.
• Karangahape Road station building(s) should be sensitively designed so as to
contribute positively and to complement the good public realm and urban
form qualities that currently exist in this area of Karangahape Road, Pitt
Street and the upper end of Beresford Street.
• The redevelopment of land acquired for the Newton Mt Eden Station
provides the opportunity for a continuous active building frontage to
correspond with the road reserve boundary, providing:
 This does not conflict with the operation requirements of the
station; or
 Unless a specific station plaza area is intended.
(viii) Active Frontage – Structures resulting from the City Rail Link should present an
active frontage towards public spaces like streets, squares, pedestrian walkways
or station plaza areas provided that this doesn’t conflict with the operation
requirements of the station.
Where no active frontage is proposed, an explanation of the reasons shall be
outlined in the Urban Design DWP.
(ix) Weather Protection – Where practicable, station entrances should provide some
weather protection along their frontage (e.g. verandahs, awnings, canopies etc.)
and these should be considered as part of the design.
(x) Adaptability – The design of structures resulting from the City Rail Link should be
able to adapt to change over time (e.g. change of uses, innovations in technology
etc.) where reasonably practicable and anticipate opportunities (e.g. additional
entrances) that may become possible in the future. The station design should
not inhibit wider development opportunities (e.g. above or around station
entrances).
(xi) Identity – The design of the station entrances should provide an expression that
reflects their respective context and local cultural identity. They could reflect,
respond and/or interpret local characteristics like natural or Mana Whenua
heritage, history, art, particular traits of the local community and unique
architectural and urban forms of the area.
(xii) Construction Quality – The design and construction of structures resulting from
the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be of a quality that lasts
over time. Materials should be selected that are highly durable, elegant and

Page 63
NoR
Number on
Applies to
vandal resistant where they come into contact with patrons.
(xiii) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49.
(c) How these principles have been used to guide and influence the design, and how the
design has responded, or otherwise, to these principles and initiatives; and
(d) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and
identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and
other mana whenua aspirations into station design. The summary must include a
clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the
reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP
submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part
of the Outline Plan.
Trees and Vegetation
Trees and Vegetation DWP
55.1 A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the
removal of trees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of
it.
55.2 The objective of the Trees and Vegetation DWP is to avoid the removal of scheduled trees
as far as practicable. Where trees are identified for removal in surface works the
Requiring Authority will remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on trees
and vegetation.
55.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and
Vegetation DWP and implemented as required:
(a) Confirmation of the trees to be removed due to surface construction works and
whether it is appropriate and feasible to relocate or store these trees for replanting.
The removal of schedule trees which form a significant group should only be
undertaken as a last resort;
1
(b) A list of trees, which due to being located in proximity to construction works, have
4 root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the surface designation
55
5 footprint, and the methods to be used, where practicable, to protect these trees
6 from construction works;
(c) Cross references to the Urban Design DWP and the proposed mitigation of any tree /
vegetation removal through replanting trees at a 1:1 ratio, re-instatement of the
area, and other methods. In preparing the Trees and Vegetation DWP, the Requiring
Authority shall seek input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard
to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction where deemed necessary,
and the positioning of replacement trees and from directly affected land owners with
regards to preferences for any replacement planting for vegetation / trees removed
from private property or for any replacement planting on private property;
(d) Other methods to be used to monitor and report on the management of the adverse
effects from tree / vegetation removal; and
(e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan
which detail how the Auckland Council Parks Department, mana whenua (see
condition 8) are consulted, and communication with the general public on the
management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of trees and vegetation.
Public Art
56 1 Public Art DWP

Page 64
NoR
Number on
Applies to
56.1 A Public Art DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on public art located
within or in close proximity to the designation footprint.
56.2 The objective of the Public Art DWP is to enable:
(a) The appropriate removal and / or relocation of one piece of public art directly
affected by the construction of the City Rail Link;
(b) The protection of two pieces of public art that are located on public land in close
proximity to the City Rail Link construction works.
56.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Public Art DWP and
implemented as required:
(a) The process that will be undertaken to remove the public art work known as
"Enduring Fires" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located within
Queen Elizabeth Square), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland
Council and Ngati Whatua ki Tamaki or Ngati Whatua o Orakei as to its removal,
storage, re-establishment or relocation and / or replacement (as part of the
restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction);
(b) The process that will be undertaken to protect or remove the public art work known
as "Maori Warrior" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located on the
pavement of Quay Street adjacent to 1 Queen Street), including the consultation
undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection during construction or
whether it should be removed, stored, relocated and / or replaced (as part of the
restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction);
(c) The process to protect the public art known as "Matahorua Anchor and Tainui
Anchor" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located at the northern
end of the Bledisloe Building on Wellesley Street) from construction works to the
west, including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its
protection.
56.4 If one does not already exist, an asset management plan shall be prepared by the
Requiring Authority in collaboration with Auckland Council for any of the above listed
public art works as part of any protection or removal process.
56.5 Should the above public art works be removed from these sites prior and separate to the
City Rail Link project, this condition will not need to be complied with.
Contaminated Land
Contamination DWP
57.1 A Contamination DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects relating to
contaminated land during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.
57.2 The objective of the Contamination DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse
effects of construction on human health which may result from the disturbance of
1 contaminated materials during construction.
4 57.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Contamination DWP
57
5 and implemented as required:
6 (a) A health and safety plan that addresses:
(i) Worker safety in relation to hazardous substances; and
(ii) Worker training with regard to handling hazardous substances, identifying
potentially contaminated soil / material, and notification procedures for
discovery of contamination;
(b) Procedures for how erosion and sediment control, storm water, dust, and odour

Page 65
NoR
Number on
Applies to
control measures will manage the removal of contaminated soil / material;
(c) Procedures for contaminated soil classification, management and disposal of
contaminated soil / material;
(d) Where any trenches/excavations during civil works are to be sealed as a result of
contamination and how this is to be recorded;
(e) How and which work areas are to be restricted to authorised personnel only and
procedures to limit the presence of ignition sources in these areas (e.g. no smoking
within or adjacent to construction area, no welding or open flames near areas with
high concentrations of hydrocarbon contamination);
(f) Procedures for the monitoring and management of the removal of contaminated soil
/ material by a suitably qualified environmental specialist;
(g) How the placement of re-used contaminated soil / material will be recorded and
tracked;
(h) Where areas for stockpiling and storing contaminated soil / material will be
established on the construction site and the procedures for managing the
containment of the contaminated soil / material in these areas;
(i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan
which detail how the general public are to be communicated with on the
management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of contaminated soil /
material.
Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction
58.1 At the completion of construction works a validation report will be prepared in
1
accordance with any Ministry for the Environment guidelines and submitted to the
4 Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer documenting the management of soil and
58
5 evidence of appropriate disposal. The validation report shall include a record of all
6 analytical results, volumes, tip dockets, and any incidents or complaints and how these
were addressed. The validation report shall also identify any areas which need on-going
monitoring and management by the Requiring Authority.
Air Quality
Air Quality DWP
59.1 An Air Quality DWP shall be prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on
air quality during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.
59.2 The objective of the Air Quality DWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust
and odour nuisance being caused by construction works and to remedy any such effects
should they occur.
1 59.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Air Quality DWP and
4 implemented as required:
59 (a) The procedures to be implemented for the continuous monitoring of Total
5
Suspended Particulate (TSP) concentrations and meteorology including, but not
6
limited to, the establishment of two monitoring sites (to the north and south of the
site);
(b) Identification of the sensitive locations, and the specific methods for monitoring,
including trigger limits to determine whether further action (such as implementation
of the mitigation measures discussed below or other mitigation measures) is
required;
(c) Procedures for responding to malfunctions with construction machinery or works

Page 66
NoR
Number on
Applies to
causing accidental dust discharges including, but not limited to, the requirement to
remedy any malfunction within 24 hours;
(d) Procedures for monitoring weather conditions and the requirement that water spray
is used on soil stockpiles, any non-paved construction areas, and the wheels of trucks
where dust may disperse beyond the site;
(e) Procedures for establishing when the covering of trucks will be required;
(f) Procedures for determining when hard surfaced areas in construction yards and
active construction areas should be cleaned including, but not limited to, the
requirement that such areas be cleaned whenever dust generation occurs due to
traffic on these surfaces;
(g) Procedures for responding to discharges of odour (including in the event of
excavation of contaminated sites) including, but not limited to, the requirement to
address discharge of objectionable odour by immediately ceasing the activity causing
the discharge;
(h) Procedures for equipment inspection (including timeframes for regular inspections),
maintenance, monitoring and recording, including baghouses, pressure relief valves
and high level alarms to mitigate dust emissions;
(i) Procedures for, where practicable, limiting dust and odour nuisance and the methods
for monitoring these procedures including Identification of contingency measures to
address identified and verified adverse effects on sensitive receptors. Contingency
measures may include options such as:
(i) Cleaning of air filtration intakes; or
(ii) Cleaning of other buildings and infrastructure; and
(j) Procedures for responding to any complaints received and the timeframes for
response to complaints and reporting;
(k) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan
which detail how the communities in the vicinity of construction works are to be
communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to air quality.
Social Impact and Business Disruptions
Property Management Strategy
60.1 The Requiring Authority will prepare a Property Management Strategy and shall submit
the Strategy to Auckland Council within 3 months of the Designation being confirmed for
confirmation that the Strategy has been prepared in accordance with this condition.
60.2 The purpose of the Strategy is to set out how the Requiring Authority will ensure the
properties acquired for the City Rail Link are appropriately managed so they do not
1 deteriorate and adversely affect adjoining properties and the surrounding area. The
4 Strategy shall identify measures and methods to ensure the properties are managed in a
60 manner that:
5
6 (a) Does not significantly change the character, intensity and scale of the effects of the
existing use of the land;
(b) Maintains the condition of the property at that which existed at the time of purchase
by the Requiring Authority;
(c) Contributes to the functioning of the area within which the property is located;
(d) Maintains occupancy as far as reasonably practicable; and
(e) Provides confidence to occupants, adjoining property owners, and the community

Page 67
NoR
Number on
Applies to
that the properties are managed responsibly pending construction.
Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP

61.1 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP. The
objective of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP is to avoid, remedy or
mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and
community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable.
61.2 To achieve this objective the Requiring Authority shall engage a suitably qualified
specialist(s) to prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP to address the
following specific issues:
(a) How disruption to access (including pedestrian, cycle, passenger transport and
service/private vehicles) for residents, community services and businesses as a result
of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided,
remedied or mitigated;
(b) How the disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers
to businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably
practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated;
(c) How the loss and/or relocation of community facilities and the loss or change to
catchments associated with these facilities as a result of the property acquisition
process particularly to the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church and
the temporary loss of car parking at Hopetoun Alpha will be mitigated; and
(d) How loss of amenity for residents, community services and businesses as a result of
construction activities will be or has been mitigated through the CEMP and other
1
DWPs.
4
61 61.3 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be prepared in consultation with the
5 community, community facility operators, business owners, affected parties and affected
6 in proximity parties to:
(a) Understand client and visitor behaviour and requirements and operational
requirements of community facilities and businesses;
(b) Identify the scale of disruption and adverse effects likely to result to businesses,
residents and community services/facilities as a result of construction of the City Rail
Link;
(c) Assess access and servicing requirements and in particular any special needs of
residents, community facilities and businesses; and
(d) To develop methods to address matters outlined in (b) and (c) above, including:
(i) The measures to maximise opportunities for pedestrian and service access to
businesses, residents and social services/facilities that will be maintained during
construction, within the practical requirements of the Transport, Access and
Parking conditions (Conditions 25 to 30) and the Transport, Access and Parking
DWP;
(ii) The measures to mitigate potential severance and loss of business visibility
issues by way-finding and supporting signage for pedestrian detours required
during construction;
(iii) The measures to promote a safe environment, taking a crime prevention
through environmental design approach;
(iv) Other measures to assist businesses and social services/facilities to maintain
client/customer accessibility, including but not limited to client/customer

Page 68
NoR
Number on
Applies to
information on temporary parking or parking options for access;
(v) Other measures to assist residents, businesses and social services/facilities to
provide for service delivery requirements;
(vi) The process (if any) for re-establishment and promotion of normal business
operation following construction;
(vii) If appropriate and reasonable, requirements for temporary relocation during
construction and/or assistance for relocation (including information to
communities using these services and facilities to advise of relocations); and
(viii) The measures to remedy and mitigate the disruption impacts to the community
as a result of any closure and/or relocation of community services and facilities
required by the Project.
61.4 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall include:
(a) A summary of the findings and recommendations of the Social Impact Assessment
report (2013);
(b) A record of the consultation undertaken with the community including specific
access and operational requirements of individual businesses and residents including,
if relevant, consultation on the necessity for, and the feasibility of, options and
requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for
relocation);
(c) An implementation plan of the methods to mitigate the disruption effects (as
developed in 61.3 above);
(d) Reference to any site/business specific mitigation plans that exist (though these may
not be included in the DWP);
(e) Cross reference to detail on how the CEMP and DWPs have responded to the issues
of resident, business and social service/facility accessibility and amenity;
(f) Details of on-going consultation with the local community through the Community
Liaison Groups to provide updates and information relating to the timing for project
works and acquisition;
(g) Details of best endeavours steps undertaken with regard to acquisition and/or
relocation of the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church under the Public
Works Act 1981; and
(h) The process for resolution of any disputes or complaints in relation to the
management / mitigation of social impacts (including business disruption impacts).
61.5 In relation to the site at 32 Normanby Road, the Requiring Authority shall consult with
sub-lessees in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing
site/business specific mitigation plans, unless the sub-lessee(s) request otherwise.
61.6 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be implemented and complied with
for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link and for up to 12 months
following the completion of the Project if required.
61.7 Suitably qualified independent specialists for the social impact and business disruption
mitigation (whose appointment shall be agreed by the Council) shall peer review the
Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP pursuant to Condition 11.
61.8 The Requiring Authority shall prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring,
evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the Social Impact and Business
Disruption DWP together with a summary of matters raised by the community, and how
these have been responded to. The report shall be presented to the Community Liaison
Groups.

Page 69
NoR
Number on
Applies to
Specific Design Requirements

62.1 The operational tunnel will avoid running under the building footprint of the property at
62 2
152 Vincent Street.
OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS
Operational Rail Vibration
63.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise
levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive
receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR:
Building Type Vibration Reradiated Noise Criteria
Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 µPa)
PPV (mm/s)
Commercial uses with 0.2 40

primarily daytime use1
Residences and buildings 0.15 35
where people normally
sleep
1
63 Auditoria/Theatres1 0.1 30
TV/Recording Studios 0.06 25
Note:
1. Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries.
2. This includes Albert Street District Court.
63.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table
above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed 0.3 mm/s PPV
and 50 dB LASmax respectively.
63.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart
Designations.
63.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with
Conditions 63.1 and 63.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train
pass-by ‘events’.
Operational Rail Vibration
63A.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated
noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive
receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR:
Building Type Vibration Reradiated Noise Criteria
Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 µPa)
2
63A Velocityᵌ
4
(mm/s)
5
Commercial uses with 0.14 40
6
primarily daytime use1
Residences and buildings 0.1 35
where people normally
sleep

Page 70
NoR
Number on
Applies to
Auditoria/Theatres1 0.1 30
TV/Recording Studios 0.045 25
Note:
1. Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries.
2. This includes Albert Street District Court.
3. Maximum one-second root-mean-square (RMS) value with an upper
frequency limit of 80 Hz.
63A.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table
above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed a RMS level
(1s, maximum) of 0.21 mm/s and 50 dB LASmax respectively.
63A.3 For the avoidance of doubt the Project Criteria in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 do not
apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.
63A.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with
Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train
pass-by ‘events’. The events shall be representative of the rolling stock fleet operating on
the line and shall include maintenance activities, unless such maintenance activities are
undertaken after 11.30pm or before 6.00am.
63A.5 Subject to Condition 66.4 in the case of MediaWorks, when assessing operational rail
vibration measurement shall be made in accordance with Section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008
Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings.
Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant

64.1 Operational noise from mechanical ventilation plant servicing the underground rail
sections of the City Rail Link shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the
following Project Criteria:
Location Period dB LAeq dB LAFmax

Auckland Central Area 7.00am to 11:00pm 65
1 11:00pm to 7:00am 60 75
2
64 4
5 Auckland Isthmus Area 7.00am to 10:00pm 60
6 10:00pm to 7:00am 55 75
64.2 Measurements shall be undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS
6801:2008 “Acoustics – Measurement of environmental sound” and assessed in
accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6802:2008 “Acoustics - Environmental
Noise”.
Designations.
1 Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP)

65 2 65.1 To manage the adverse effects from the maintenance and operation of the City Rail Link,
the Requiring Authority shall, prior to the operation of the CRL, prepare an Operational
4
Noise and Vibration Management Plan, (ONVMP) to the satisfaction of Auckland Council’s

Page 71
NoR
Number on
Applies to
5 Compliance Monitoring Manager. The objective of the ONVMP shall be to ensure that
6 the tracks, rolling stock and associated infrastructure (including ventilation and other
mechanical plant) are maintained and operated in accordance with maintenance
standards as outlined in the Requiring Authority’s maintenance programme for the City
Rail Link, so that operational noise and vibration levels received at noise sensitive receiver
locations, and vibration levels comply with Conditions 63 and 64. .
65.2 The ONVMP shall set out procedures for:
(a) The maintenance of rolling stock to minimise noise and vibration emissions including,
but not limited to, the management of wheel roughness and flats, braking systems,
cooling systems, suspension systems and any other significant source associated with
the operation of locomotives;
(b) The maintenance of tracks to minimise noise and vibration emissions, including, but
not limited to, the management of curve squeal, rail roughness, joint constructions
and any other significant source associated with the use of the tracks;
(c) The implementation of mitigation measures associated with the operation and
maintenance of the City Rail Link, for the operational life of the City Rail Link;
(d) The management of noise from the operation of the line, including, but not limited
to, the use of audible warning devices and acceleration / deceleration controls
(where relevant); and
(e) The management of noise and maintenance of noise-generating equipment from
stations and associated ventilation and mechanical plant infrastructure including, but
not limited to, PA systems, fans and ventilation noise and audible warning devices.
65.3 The ONVMP shall be adhered to at all times. It may be updated or amended at any time
with the approval of Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager.
Designations.
Operational Noise and Vibration Management – MediaWorks
66.1 At least six months prior to the opening of the CRL, the Requiring Authority shall provide
a report from a suitably qualified noise and vibration expert to Auckland Council’s
Compliance Monitoring Manager and to MediaWorks. The report shall confirm the
trackform mitigation applied to the project has been designed to ensure that operational
noise and vibration will not exceed the levels as set out in Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and
66.5.
66.2 The Requiring Authority shall implement continuous vibration monitoring on the tunnel
structure on the East Link Down Main line within 20m of the closest point of the CRL
tunnel to Studio 1 to determine compliance with Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during the
66 6 operation of the CRL (but only for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the
MediaWorks site). The monitoring regime shall:
(a) Be based on measurements with an upper frequency limit of 500 Hz; Note: The
upper monitored frequency band of 500Hz reflects the supplier’s permissible
criteria specified for equipment operated by MediaWorks.
(b) Ensure that measurement equipment and signal chain complies with the
manufacturers guidelines for accuracy and calibration;
(c) Capture every train pass-by on the line which may be triggered by vibration level
radio frequency tag, interrupted beam or any other practicable triggering method;
(d) Ensure the retention of the RMS data for every train pass-by on the line;
(e) Ensure the transmission of RMS data for every train pass-by to the Requiring

Page 72
NoR
Number on
Applies to
Authority at an interval not exceeding 48 hours between data uploads to enable
records to be viewed and interrogated as required without requiring access to the
monitoring location;
(f) Ensure that the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring
Manager and MediaWorks are alerted to RMS values exceeding a value at the tunnel
monitoring location that corresponds to 90% of the limits specified in Condition
63A.1 for TV/Recording Studios to enable the Requiring Authority to instigate
preventative maintenance of tracks and rolling stock with the aim of avoiding
exceedences of the noise and vibration limits at the MediaWorks building.
The ONVMP required by Condition 65 shall set out the method for determining the
transfer function between the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1, and
what the vibration trigger level is (based on measurements on the tunnel structure) for
investigation and corrective action measures relative to Condition 66.2(f) above. The
transfer function shall be accurately determined prior to the railway becoming
operational using the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1.
66.3 Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5 shall be complied with at the MediaWorks building for
so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site.
66.4 Noise shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of NZS6801:2008
Acoustics - Measurement of Environmental Sound. Vibration shall be measured in
accordance with the requirements of section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to
evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings, except that all references to
people, persons and body in that clause shall apply to equipment as well.
66.5In addition to compliance with the criteria set out in Condition 63A.1 relating to
TV/Recording Studios, and for the purpose of monitoring the effects of vibration on
camera shake, the vibration arising from train pass-bys shall at all times comply with a
vibration limit of 1m/s2 between 5Hz and 500Hz when measured on the floor of the
MediaWorks filming studios.
66.6 In the event of any exceedance of any noise or vibration in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2
during a Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1) measures to reduce the noise or
vibration below the relevant limit in Condition 63A shall be implemented as soon as
reasonably practicable.
ADVICE NOTES
The Requiring Authority will require an Authority under the Historic Places Act 1993 to
destroy, damage or modify any archaeological site. This Authority is required in advance of
1 earthworks commencing in the area where the archaeological site is located. It is expected
4 that there will be staged Section 12 Authority applied for to cover the earthworks
AN1
5 programme.
6 In the event of unanticipated archaeological sites or koiwi being uncovered the Requiring
Authority shall cease activity in the vicinity until it has the relevant approvals, and consulted
with the Historic Places Trust and relevant iwi interests.
1 The Requiring Authority will need to acquire the relevant property interests in land subject to
2 the designation before it undertakes any works on that land pursuant to the designation. That
may include a formal Public Works Act 1981 land acquisition process. It is acknowledged that
AN2 4
property rights issues are separate from resource management effects issues and that the
5 resolution of property issues may be subject to confidentiality agreements between the
6 Requiring Authority and the relevant landowners.
AN3 1 Prior to construction if Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require
prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this

Page 73
NoR
Number on
Applies to
2 designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request
4 (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operators’
Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried
5
out.
6
1 Under section 176 of the RMA no person may do anything in relation to the land subject to
2 the designation that would prevent or hinder the Rail Link without the written approval of the
Requiring Authority.
AN4 4
5
6
1 Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions
2 negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the
AN5 RMA.
4
5
Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions
negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the
RMA.
AN6 6
For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall obtain the written consent of the
Minister of Corrections in accordance with section 177 of the RMA for any work authorised by
the City Rail Link designation on the Mt Eden Corrections Facility site at 1 Lauder Road.
Modifications to Britomart Transport Centre to connect the City Rail Link tracks into the rail
AN7 1 network are separate to this designation and are covered under the Britomart Transport
designation.
Works required to connect the City Rail Link to the North Auckland Rail Line occurring within
AN8 6 the North Auckland Rail Line designation are separate to this designation and are covered
under the North Auckland Line Rail designation.

Page 74
Appendix One to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6)
Condition 36 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when
building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to vibration and settlement. Note that those buildings
classed in the “heritage” category are covered under the Appendix Two below. In accordance with condition 46,
at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings:.
No Address Property Known As

1 8-12 Albert Street Quay West Hotel
2 17 Albert Street Cohesive Technology House
3 22-26 Albert Street The Stamford
4 74 Albert Street Chifley Suites
5 76-84 Albert Street City Gardens Apartments
6 103,105,107 Albert Street Manhattan Apartments
7 109-125 Albert Street Sky City - Grand Hotel & Convention Centre
8 106-108 Albert Street Elliot Tower (Proposed)
9 128 Albert Street Crown Plaza
10 103 Vincent Street YWCA Accommodation
11 109 Vincent Street The Rodney Apartments
12 113 Vincent Street Winsun Heights Apartments
13 135 Vincent Street Dynasty Gardens Hotel
14 150 Vincent Street The City Lodge
15 156 Vincent Street Eclipse Apartments
16 71-87 Mayoral Drive Rendezvous Grand Hotel
17 29,39,41 Pitt Street Hopetoun Delta Apartments
18 22-28 Beresford Square The Beresford
19 259-281 Karangahape Road Retail and Residential building
20 14 East Street Residential Building
21 9 A-C Mercury Lane Residential Building
22 18 East Street Residential Building
23 153 Newton Road Beatnik
24 10 Flower Street Eden Terrace Apartments
25 1 Akiraho Street Eden Oaks
26 21 Queen Street Zurich House (Anzo Tower)
27 7 Albert Street Retail and Office building
28 9-11 Albert Street Food Alley
29 23-29 Albert Street ANZ Centre
30 12-26 Swanson Street Affco House Carpark

Page 75
31 58 Albert Street APN NZ Complex
32 63 Albert Street AMI House
33 65-69 Albert Street Auckland District Court
34 38 Wyndham Street Wyndham Towers
35 92-96 Albert Street Former Telecom Tower
36 85 Albert Street Retail and Office building
37 87-89 Albert Street Albert Plaza
38 99 Albert Street AA Building
39 135 Albert Street ASB Building
40 120 Albert Street BDO Tower
41 44-52 Wellesley Street West Wellesley Centre
42 67-101 Vincent Street Auckland Police Station
43 22 Dundonald Street Soundcraft Ltd
44 3 Flower Street TV3 Building
45 32 Normanby Road Commercial Building
46 3 Enfield Street Horse and Trap
47 101 Mount Eden Road Hometune
48 1 Ngahura Street Auckland Boxing Association
49 1 Queen Street HSBC House
50 125 Queen Street New World Supermarket tenancy
51 148 Quay Street Tenham Investments and Body Corporate 184960
52 29 Customs Street West AMP Centre
53 15-19 East Street
54 32 Akiraho Street Bear Park Early Childhood Centre
55 83 Albert Street
56 4 Kingston Street
57 6-12 Kingston Street

Page 76
Appendix Two to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6)
Condition 41 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when
building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to Built Heritage (including those affected as a result of
excavation). In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for
the following buildings:

1 12 – 32 Customs Street Customs House
2 2 Queen Street Endeans Building
Former CPO - Britomart Transport
3 12 Queen Street
Centre
4 3 Albert Street West Plaza
5 13 Albert Street Auckland Central Yates Building
6 15 Albert Street Link House
7 35 Albert Street Auckland Central Price Buchanan Building
37 – 39 Albert Street Auckland
8
Central
9 41 Albert Street
10 46 Albert Street New Zealand Herald
11 49 Albert Street Auckland Central
12 53 Albert Street Auckland Central
13 55 Albert Street
14 57 Albert Street
15 61 Albert Street Auckland Central Shakespeare Hotel and Brewery
76 to 78 Albert Street Auckland
16 Bluestone Wall + toilets under wall
Central
83 to 85 Albert Street Auckland
17
Central
18 102 Albert Street
19 26, 34 – 36 Wyndham Street Former Gas Co Building
20 9 – 11 Durham Street Bluestone Store
21 37-43 Victoria Street West
22 51-53 Victoria Street West Martha’s Corner
23 61-65 Victoria Street West
24 66 Victoria Street West London Dairy
25 68 Victoria Street West J H Hannan
26 24 Wellesley Street West Bledisloe House
Archibald and Sons Warehouse/ T & G
27 15-31 Wellesley Street West
Building

Page 77
28 42 Wellesley Street Griffiths Holdings Building
29 33 Wyndham Street
Aotea Square Aotea Centre (rear
30
section)
31 11 Mayoral Drive Former Public Trust
32 105 Vincent Street Auckland Chinese Presbyterian Church
33 133 Vincent Street Juliette’s
34 53 Pitt Street Former Central Ambulance Station
35 59 Pitt
36 65 Pitt Street
37 70 – 74 Pitt Street The Chatham
38 78 Pitt Street Pitt Street Wesleyan Church
39 78 Pitt Street Wesleyan Bicentennial Hall
1 Beresford Square Auckland
40 Former Pitt Street Fire Station
Central
41 16 – 18 Beresford Square
Pitt Street Buildings (O’Malley’s
42 211-235 Karangahape Road
Corner)
43 238 Karangahape Road George Court Building
44 1 Cross Street George Court Factory Building
45 243 Karangahape Road Naval and Family Hotel
46 246-254 Karangahape Road Hallenstein Brothers Building
47 251 – 253 Karangahape Road
Mercury Theatre entrance - Norman
48 256 Karangahape Road
Ng Building
54 283 Karangahape Road Samoa House
55 9 Mercury Lane Mercury Theatre former Kings Theatre
56 151 Newton Rd Retail/Recording Studio
Cheapskates/Penny Farthing Bike
57 206-208 Symonds Street
Shop
58 210 Symonds Street Retail French Café

Page 78
59 215 Symonds Street Edinburgh Castle Building
60 221 Symonds Street
61 224 Symonds Street Former Post Office
63 231 Symonds Street Retail
67 239-241 Symonds Street
72 1-13 Mt Eden Road
73 15-17 Mt Eden Road
74 21 New North Road
75 14 New North Road Villa Dalmacija
St Patrick’s Square 43 Wyndham
76 St Patrick’s Cathedral
Street
77 59 Alex Evans Street St Benedict’s Church
78 1 – 9 St Benedicts Street St Benedict's Presbytery
79 6 St Benedicts Street Residential
43 Wyndham Street & Hobson
80 St Patrick’s Presbytery
Street
81 Beresford Square Forrester’s Hall

Page 79
Proposed Draft Notice of Requirement Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – NoR for
Designation 3
NoR
Design
Condition
ation Condition
Number
Applies
to
1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designation 3) shall be undertaken in general
accordance with the following:
(a) The information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement
dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents being:
(i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the
Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B);
(ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the
Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012);
(iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of
Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3);
(iv) Plan sets:
(i) Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement
suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012);
(ii) Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in
1 3 Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August
2012 Rev 3).
(b) Except as modified by the following alterations:
(i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT-
0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000-
MEM-0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to
0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2 and 3).
(ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT-
0060 Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum
(Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001 dated 9/11/16) and Drawing CRL-
SYW-RME-000-DRG-0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/17) (‘Mt Eden Station
Alteration’ - CRL Designation 3 and 6).
1.2 Where there is inconsistency between the documents listed above and these
conditions, these conditions shall prevail.
2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA),
2 3 this designation shall lapse if not given effect to within 10 years from the date on which
it is confirmed.
3.1 The Requiring Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than at
completion of detailed design:
(a) Review the area and volume of land of NoR Designation 3 required to protect the
structural integrity of the two tunnels (including the relevant considerations at
3 3 Condition 5.5);
(b) Identify any areas of designated land that are no longer necessary to protect the
structural integrity, safety or operation of the two tunnels; and
(c) Then give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of
those parts of the designation identified in (b) above.

Page 80
NoR
Design
Condition
ation Condition
Number
Applies
to
4.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do
anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail
Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority.
4.2 In the periods pre, during and post construction of the City Rail Link, the following
activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City
Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s written
approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA:
(a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities;
(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going
4 3 provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations;
(c) Minor works such as new property service connections;
(d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the
same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation.
4.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes
infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:
(b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or section 176(1)(b) RMA process.
5.1 This designation does not authorise any CRL works but restricts development from
proceeding without the approval of the Requiring Authority where that development
would result in an adverse effect on the CRL in terms of safety, operation or
construction.
5.2 The Requiring Authority will work with developers in a collaborative manner and may
require alterations or changes to development proposals for the purpose in 5.1.
5.3 The Requiring Authority may require alterations or changes to any proposal for
development including but not limited to construction of basements and foundations
where such works disturb the ground in a way that is likely to result in loading changes
and result in deformations or produce other risks to the integrity of the CRL structures.
5.4 Reasons shall be given by the Requiring Authority for these changes to demonstrate
they are reasonably necessary to provide for safety, construction or operation of the
5 3 CRL,
5.5 Any proposal for physical works or activities within the designation shall be provided
to the Requiring Authority and will be assessed on the following:
(a) Building height, size, mass and proximity to the CRL structures;
(b) Foundation and basement designs;
(c) Geotechnical conditions;
(d) Separation between the CRL structures and the proposed development;
(e) Nature of the activities including methods and staging of construction;
(f) The predicted loading change on the CRL structures resulting from the
development; and
(g) Any other relevant information necessary to determine the likelihood and extent
of any adverse effect that may occur as a result of the proposed development.

Page 81
NoR
Design
Condition
ation Condition
Number
Applies
to
These factors will also be relevant considerations in the drawback of the
designation as provided for in Condition 3.1.
5.6 That assessment shall be peer reviewed by an independent certified engineer, paid for
by the Requiring Authority, and the findings supplied to the landowner/ developer and
the Auckland Council for information.
Advice Notes relating to the Designation
This is a designation for protection purposes only. It protects the City Rail Link
infrastructure to be constructed, operated and maintained in a separate designation
located beneath this designation. The use of the land within this designation is subject to
AN 1 3 the agreement of the Requiring Authority to protect the subterranean works below. Any
person proposing to undertake physical works within this designation is required to contact
the Requiring Authority and obtain its approval in accordance with provisions set out in
section 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991.
If Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written
consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this designation, they
AN 2 3 must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process
(as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operators’ Access to
Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out.

Page 82
Diagram 1

Page 83
Appendix D: Resource Consent Conditions

CONDITIONS
Definitions
ACZ – Active Construction Zone
AEE - Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited/
Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, dated 13 May 2016
AQMP - Air Quality Management Plan
CCP - Communication and Consultation Plan
CEMP - Construction Environmental Management Plan
CLG - Community and Business Liaison Group
Commencement of construction or construction works – in all conditions which refer to
‘commencement of construction’, construction has the same meaning as the Construction
Contracts Act 2002 and includes work such as site clearance, earthmoving and earthworks,
excavation, tunnelling, and boring; and the construction, erection, installation, carrying out,
alteration, repair, restoration, renewal, maintenance, extension, demolition, removal, or
dismantling of any building or structure; and all other matters referred to in section 6 of that
Act.
CRL – City Rail Link
CSA – Construction Support Areas
CSMP - Contaminated Soils Management Plan
EMP - Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan
ESC – Erosion and Sediment Control
ESCP - Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
FTMP – Flocculent Treatment Management Plan
GSMCP - Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
IBA - Independent Building Assessor – The person engaged under Condition 91 to make
recommendations to Council on building serviceability and damage matters and otherwise
carry out the functions ascribed to the IBA under these conditions.
Key contacts - are identified in the CEMP and are a “key contact” person representing the
Consent Holder and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the
Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Refer Condition 30
Management Plan/s means one or all of the following:
 Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
 Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)
 Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP)
 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP)
In Consent: REG/2016/1892 1
Address: Wyndham Street, Auckland Central to NAL, Mt Eden Station

 Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP)
 Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP)
 Industrial and Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and
Mana Whenua - Ngati Maru, Ngati Paoa, Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, Ngati Te Ata
Waiohua, Te Kawerau a Maki, Ngati Whatua o Orakei, Te Akitai, and Ngati
Tamaoho
NAL – North Auckland Line
PCCP - Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan
Plan – any Management Plan or other plan prepared under these conditions including any
plan applicable to a stage of the works
Project – the CRL Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section, or any stage of the Project.
Referee – the independent and appropriately qualified senior person to whom a dispute is
referred under Condition 8.
Senior Qualified Person - means a person with a post-graduate degree in environmental
science, chemistry, biology, geology (including a Chartered Professional Engineer (CPEng))
or similar field; or having sufficient technical experience that is at least equivalent; and having
at least five years’ professional experience.
Services – includes including gas, water, sewerage, telecoms, stormwater, fibre optics and
power.
SVR - Site Validation Report
TP90 - Auckland Council Technical Publication No. 90, Erosion & Sediment Control:
Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, and any amendments to
TP90
See also definitions specific to resource consents, namely, Water Permit R/REG/2016/1890
Take and Diversion of Groundwater.
General Conditions
These conditions apply to all resource consents.
Activity in accordance with application
1. The scope and extent of works envisaged by this project shall be carried out in
general accordance with the plans and all information submitted with the application,
detailed in Appendix 5, and all referenced by the Council as consent numbers
R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896,
REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and
R/REG/2016/2038.
Advice note: Relevant plans may be updated as part of the Management Plan
process referred to in these conditions.
2
2. If there is any conflict between the application documents and the conditions of these
resource consents, the conditions of the resource consents will prevail.
3. The requirements of these conditions, including requirements for Management Plans
and reports, shall relate to the Project or any stage of the Project (as applicable).
4. Under section 125 of the RMA, this consent lapses 10 years after the date it is
granted unless:
a. The consent is given effect to; or
b. The Council extends the period after which the consent lapses.
5. The Consent Holder shall pay the Council an initial consent compliance monitoring
charge of $8000 (inclusive of GST), plus any further monitoring charge or charges to
recover the actual and reasonable costs incurred to ensure compliance with the
conditions of these consents.
Advice note: The initial monitoring deposit is to cover the cost of inspecting the site,
carrying out tests, reviewing conditions, updating files, etc., all being work to ensure
compliance with the resource consents. In order to recover actual and reasonable
costs of monitoring conditions in excess of those covered by the deposit, costs shall
be charged at the relevant hourly rate applicable at the time. The Consent Holder will
be advised of further monitoring charges. Only after all conditions of the resource
consents have been met, will the Council issue a letter confirming compliance at the
request of the Consent Holder.
Copies of Resource Consents
6. All personnel working on the Project shall be made aware of, and have access to, at
least one copy of these resource consents, associated reference documents and
plans, and the certified Management Plans.
Site Access
7. Subject to compliance with the Consent Holder's health and safety requirements and
provision of reasonable notice, servants or agents of the Council shall be permitted to
have access to relevant parts of the surface construction sites controlled by the
Consent Holder at all reasonable times for the purpose of carrying out inspections,
surveys, investigations, tests, measurements and/or to take samples.
Dispute Resolution
8. In the event of any dispute, disagreement or inaction arising from the implementation
of these resource consents, including
a. any Council certification required by these conditions, or
b. implementation of, or monitoring required by, these conditions,
the disputed matter shall be referred in the first instance to the Consent Holder
and Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), to determine a resolution
process.
3
If a resolution process cannot be agreed, then the matter shall be referred to an
independent and appropriate Senior Qualified Person (‘the referee’), agreeable to
both parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld by either party).
The referral shall set out in writing the details of the matter to be referred for
determination and the reasons why the parties have not agreed.
The referee shall be appointed within 10 working days of the Consent Holder or the
Council giving notice to the other of its intention to seek an expert determination.
Following the appointment, the referee shall issue a written decision on the matter,
including the reasons for his or her decision.
In making the decision, the referee shall be entitled to seek further information and to
hear from the parties as he or she sees fit in his or her sole discretion.
The reasonable fees of the referee shall be paid equally by both disputing parties.
Advice Note: The dispute resolution process provided for by this condition does not
prejudice any parties’ right to take enforcement action in relation to implementation of
these conditions. However, the dispute resolution process will be applied before any
formal enforcement action is taken by the Council, except in urgent situations.
The Auckland Transport contact for this resolution process is the Manager Planning
and Integration, Property and Planning Team, Capital Development Division
Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan (PCCP)
9. Immediately following the grant of these consents, the Consent Holder shall prepare a
PCCP, the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate
communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders,
affected parties and affected in-proximity parties.
10. The PCCP shall be submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), within 40
working days of the grant of these consents, with a request for certification that the
PCCP has been prepared in accordance with these conditions of consent.
11. The PCCP shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that shall
be adopted by and/or inform the development of the Construction Environmental
Management Plan (CEMP) and other Plans.
12. The PCCP shall also set out how the Consent Holder will:
a. Inform the community of Project progress and the likely commencement of
construction, and the programme;
b. Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide
opportunities for learning about the Project;
c. Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from
stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the
development of the CEMP and other Plans;
4
d. Respond to queries and complaints by providing as a minimum the following
information:
i) Who is responsible for responding to the query / complaint;
ii) How responses will be provided;
e. Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the PCCP shall
articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and
other Plans and where it has not, the reasons why it has not.
13. The PCCP shall be prepared in consultation with stakeholders, directly affected
parties and affected in-proximity parties including, but not limited to:
a. All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified in Appendix 4,
and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
b. Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a
different liaison process;
c. Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (Heritage NZ);
d. NZ Transport Agency / Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
e. KiwiRail;
f. Department of Corrections;
g. Ministry of Justice;
h. Network Utility Operators; and
i. The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24).
14. In addition to the requirements of Conditions 11 and 12 above, the PCCP shall, as a
minimum, include:
a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication
strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the
range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant
communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other
relevant communication matters;
b. Details of the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for
the pre- construction period including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and
postal address);
d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders,
directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties and other interested
parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to:
i) Newsletters;
5
ii) Newspaper advertising;
iii) Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected
parties and affected in-proximity parties; and
iv) The use of the Project website for public information.
e. The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community and
Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24);
f. How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and
g. Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility
works so that those works can be considered and incorporated, where
appropriate, into the Project design.
The PCCP shall be advertised on the Project website as being publicly available
once finalised for the duration of the Project’s pre- construction period.
Advice Note: At the time these resource consents were granted, the
Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol
Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.
15. The certified PCCP shall be implemented and complied with within 60 working days
from the resource consent decision until the commencement of construction.
Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG)
16. Within 60 working days of the resource consent decision, the Consent Holder shall, in
consultation with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), establish a Community
and Business Liaison Group in the construction area (Aotea Station to North Auckland
Line Section).
Advice Note: It is not the intention to set up a new CLG, but to invite those identified in
Condition 17 to join one of the already established CLGs set up under the terms of the
CRL Designation (refer to Condition 7 of the CRL Designation conditions). These
existing CLGs include (and are known as): Aotea Station; Karangahape Station; and
Mt Eden Station.
17. The Consent Holder shall ensure that membership of the CLG shall include
representative(s) of the Consent Holder and be open to all directly affected and
affected in-proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following:
a. Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in-proximity property
owners and occupiers identified in Appendix 4, and are adjacent to the Project’s
construction sites;
b. Karangahape Road Business Association Inc;
c. Regional Facilities Auckland;
d. CBD Residents Advisory Group;
e. Heart of the City;
6
f. If not already included under (a), Mr C P Browne, 22 Stable Lane, Eden
Terrace; and
g. Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a
different liaison process.
18. In addition to involvement in the PCCP (refer Conditions 9-15), the Consent Holder
shall ensure that the CLG shall:
a. Receive regular updates on Project progress;
b. Enable the effects of constructing the Project on the community and businesses
to be monitored by providing a regular forum through which information about
the Project can be provided to the community;
c. Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded
by the Consent Holder; and
d. Be provided with feedback on the development of, and any material changes to
the CEMP and other Management Plans.
e. Respond to any issues raised in regard to business disruption.
f. Provide to any landowner or tenant at his/her request, any information specific
to that landowner’s or tenant’s property.
19. The Consent Holder shall consult with the CLG in respect of the development and
review of the CEMP and other Management Plans.
20. Prior to preparation of the PCCP under Condition 9, the Consent Holder shall appoint
one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the
Community Consultation Advisor(s) to:
a. Provide administrative assistance to the CLG;
b. Ensure the CLG is working effectively (including the development of a Code of
Conduct and appropriate procedures for the CLG); and
c. Act as a community consultation advisor to the CLG.
21. The Consent Holder must use its best endeavours to ensure that the CLG meets at
least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every
three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.
22. Once construction has commenced, the Consent Holder shall provide an update at
least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the CLG on compliance with
resource consent conditions, including the CEMP and other Management Plans, and
any material changes to these Plans.
23. The Consent Holder shall provide reasonable administrative support for the CLG
including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the CLG, and
taking responsibility for keeping and disseminating meeting minutes.
7
24. The CLG shall continue for the duration of the Project and for six months following
completion of the Project and an additional six months if a majority of the members of
the CLG agree.
Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP)
25. At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder
shall prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure
appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders,
affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the
Project.
26. [blank]
27. The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the
PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will:
a. Inform the community and business of construction progress and future
construction activities and constraints that could affect them;
b. Provide early information on key Project milestones;
c. Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working
days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity
parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other
Management Plans;
d. Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to:
i) Who is responsible for responding;
ii) How responses will be provided; and
28. The CCP shall (as a minimum) include:
a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication
strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the
range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant
communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other
relevant communication matters;
b. The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour
contact details (phone, email and postal address);
d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons
affected by the project including but not limited to:
i) All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at
Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
8
ii) Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder
of a different liaison process;
iii) Heritage NZ;
iv) NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
v) Kiwirail;
vi) Department of Corrections;
vii) Ministry of Justice;
viii) Network Utility Operators; and
ix) The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24)
e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the
commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and
works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;
f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the
development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including
specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback;
g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the
construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate;
h. A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is
relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher
Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or
alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In
addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne
can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be
provided;
i. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent
Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any
outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties;
j. How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and
monitoring requirements will be recorded; and
k. How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project
area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be
involved in this process.
Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and
Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.
29. The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP
and other Management Plans.
9
30. The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if
required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the parties referred to in
Condition 28(d) and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and
agreement on any further action to be undertaken.
31. Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be
undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for
the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team
Leader Central Monitoring).
32. If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under
Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify
those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change
occurring.
33. The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction
of the Project.
Pre-Construction Meetings and Notification
34. Prior to commencement of any stage of construction, the Consent Holder shall
arrange a pre-construction meeting with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring in
conjunction with relevant technical specialists, as required) as well as the site
contractor and shall invite Mana Whenua to attend.
a. The meeting shall be located on the Project site unless otherwise agreed;
b. The meeting shall be scheduled no less than five working days before the
anticipated commencement of construction;
c. The meeting shall include representation from the contractor who will undertake
the works;
d. The following information shall be made available by the Consent Holder at
the pre- construction meeting:
i) Conditions of consent;
ii) Approved (signed/stamped) construction plans for that stage;
iii) Timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under these consents;
iv) Contact details of the site contractor, site stormwater engineer and
other key contractors;
v) All certified Management Plans; and
Advice Note: by this stage, all of the Management Plan s should have
been certified, given the plans are required to be lodged 20 working days
prior to commencement of construction.
vi) A copy of the Corridor Access Request from Auckland Transport.
10
e. Appropriate provision to the extent sought by Manu Whenua, or their
nominated representative(s), shall be made for a cultural induction of the
contractor's staff.
Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by Condition 34
please contact Steve Pearce, Team Leader Central Monitoring at
steve.pearce@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz, or 09 301 01 01. The conditions of
consent should be discussed at this meeting. All information required by the
Council should be provided no later than two days prior to the meeting.
Construction Management
35. Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall
prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all
certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance
with the resource consents.
36. The CEMP shall include details of:
a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain
within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that
the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the
environment.
b. The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager,
including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
c. The parties listed in Condition 28(d);
d. Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road
users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given
prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the
expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall
provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses
potentially affected by the construction works:
i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction;
ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access;
iii) regular updates on construction progress;
iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and
v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or
business operations in the vicinity of the works.
e. Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name,
together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or
Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;
f. General site layout and management;
11
g. An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours
of operation;
h. Means of ensuring the safety of the general public;
i. Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions;
j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and
k. Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional
Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be
undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent.
37. The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for
certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction.
38. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring)
determination, in writing, as to whether the CEMP can be certified as per the
requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the
CEMP.
Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council
(Team Leader Central Monitoring).
39. The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout
the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage
potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as
necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42).
40. Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be
undertaken until the change has been certified.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring)
determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10
working days of submission of the change.
Construction Traffic
41. The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or
mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access.
This is to be achieved through the following objectives:
a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by
adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion;
b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and
c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent
possible.
12
Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to
provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL
Review Process for CEMP and other Management Plans
42. The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least
annually or
a. as a result of a material change to the Project;
b. to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from
construction or
c. to address unresolved complaints.
43. A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader
Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration:
a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management
Plans and any material changes to these Plans;
b. Any changes to construction methods;
c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project;
d. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards;
e. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements;
f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management
of adverse effects during construction;
g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader
Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and
other Management Plans; and
h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to
address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49.
44. A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided
annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made
available to the CLG.
Concerns and Complaints Management
45. Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction of the Project, the Consent
Holder shall instigate a process to address the concern or complaint. This shall:
a. Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time
of the alleged event(s);
b. Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;
13
c. Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant
Management Plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the activity by
a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures; and
d. Provide the person raising the concern or complaint with details of the response.
46. A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent
Holder. This record shall include:
a. The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint
(unless they elect not to provide this or do not want the information recorded)
and details of the concern or complaint;
b. Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or
complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to air
quality;
c. The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in
the vicinity of the concern or complaint;
d. Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have
contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related construction, fires,
traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;
e. Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including
monitoring of the activity and any proposed changes to any Management Plan;
and
f. the response of the person who raised the concern or complaint to the remedial
actions undertaken.
47. This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and
shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Council (Team
48. Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Consent Holder will
provide to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a copy of all records of the
complaint and advice as to
a. how it has been dealt with and addressed; and
b. whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the
complaint are required.
49. In addition to Condition 48, the Consent Holder shall also request the Council (Team
Leader Central Monitoring) to determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or
Management Plan(s) is required under Condition 42 to address the unresolved
complaint or dispute. The Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to
advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving
the records of complaint.
14
Specific conditions – land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890
Earthworks
Duration
50. Consent R/LUC/2016/1890 shall expire 15 years from the date it is granted unless it
has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
Completion or abandonment of works
51. Upon completion or abandonment of earthworks on the subject site all areas of bare
earth shall be permanently stabilised against erosion to the satisfaction of the Team
Leader Central Monitoring.
52. The Consent Holder shall manage the on-going monitoring of the measures taken
under Condition 51 and for that purpose, should discuss any potential measures with
Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring), with reference to TP90.
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP)
53. At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction within a CSA or
ACZ, the Consent Holder shall submit to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) for certification an ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk
earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden
water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems.
54. The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring)
determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working
days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until
certification from Council is provided.
55. An ESCP shall include, but is not be limited to, the following matters:
 identification of construction zones and construction support areas;
 specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone
(location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings),
which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the
performance of measures detailed in TP90;
 catchment boundaries;
 the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in
relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks);
 details relating to the management of exposed areas;
 reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of
erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan;
15
 reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of
erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan;
and
 monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint
investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities.
56. Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) for certification.
written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be
provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon
a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
58. The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks
associated with the Project.
Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP)
59. At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent
Holder shall submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an
FTMP which confirms the measures that will be taken to ensure that the construction
of the Project or Project Stage will be generally consistent with the Water Quality
Assessment and the Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment prepared by Golder
Associates (NZ) Limited, both dated December 2014.
written determination as to whether the FTMP can be certified, within 10 working days
of receipt of the FTMP.
No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.
61. The FTMP shall include, but not be limited to, the following matters:
 Specific design details of the flocculent treatment system based on a batch
dosing methodology for the site's settlement tanks, including the potential for
use of non - flocculants (e.g. chitin based flocculants);
 Monitoring, maintenance (including post-storm) and contingency programme
(including a record sheet);
 Details of optimum dosage (including assumptions);
 Results of initial flocculent treatment trial;
 A spill contingency plan; and
 Details of the person or bodies who will hold responsibility for the long-term
operation and maintenance of the flocculent treatment system and the
organisational structure which will support this system.
16
62. Any change to the FTMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) for certification.
written determination as to whether the proposed change requested under Condition
62 can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the
change. No activity reliant upon a change to the FTMP can be undertaken until the
change has been certified.
64. The Consent Holder shall comply with the FTMP for the duration of construction of the
Project.
As Built certification
65. Prior to the commencement of bulk earthworks, a certificate signed by a Senior
Qualified Person shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring)
to certify that the erosion and sediment controls (including diversion bunds, silt fences
and sumps) have been constructed in accordance with the certified ESCP(s) as
required by Condition 53 of this consent.
66. The certification from the Senior Qualified Person for these measures shall be
supplied to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) immediately upon
completion of construction of those measures. Information supplied, if applicable,
shall include:
 The contributing catchment area;
 The shape of structure (dimensions of structure);
 The position of inlets/outlets; and
 The stabilisation of the structure.
General Performance Standards
67. The Consent Holder shall ensure that there shall be no deposition of earth, mud, dirt
or other debris on any road or footpath resulting from bulk earthworks on the subject
site. In the event that such deposition does occur, it shall immediately be removed.
In no instance, shall roads or footpaths be washed down with water without
appropriate erosion and sediment control measures in place to prevent contamination
of the stormwater drainage system, watercourses or receiving waters.
68. The operational effectiveness and efficiency of all erosion and sediment control
measures specifically required as a condition of resource consent, including the
certified ESCP referred to in Condition 53, shall be maintained throughout the
duration of earthworks, or until the Project site is permanently stabilised against
erosion.
69. The site shall be progressively stabilised against erosion at all stages of earthworks
activity, and shall be sequenced to minimise the discharge of contaminants to
groundwater or surface water.
17
70. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the erosion and sediment control measures are
constructed and maintained in accordance with TP90, except where a higher standard
is detailed in an ESCP/FTMP, in which case the higher standard shall apply.
71. Sediment control measures shall be inspected on a weekly basis and after a
significant storm event to ensure effective operation.
72. The Consent Holder shall ensure that all material removed from or delivered to the
Project site shall be covered during transportation.
Review Condition for regional land use (earthworks) consent R/LUC/2016/1890
73. Pursuant to section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed
by the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at the Consent Holder's cost, by
giving notice pursuant to section 129 of the Act within six months after
commencement of bulk earthworks and subsequently at intervals of not less than one
year thereafter in order to achieve the following:
a. To deal with any adverse effects on the environment which may arise or
potentially arise from the exercise of this consent and which it is appropriate to
deal with at a later stage;
b. To alter erosion and sediment control requirements as a result of previous
monitoring outcomes, and/or in response to changes to the environment and/or
hydro-geological knowledge, and/or changes to industry best practice;
c. If, at any time, it is found that the information made available to the Council in the
application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and
the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply
more appropriate conditions; and
d. If, at any time, CRL-related works being undertaken under a designation providing
for aspects of the Project, or a separate resource consent, leads to an
inconsistent approach to the management of effects.
Stormwater quality (redevelopment of Albert Street - high use road)
74. Management of stormwater from the redevelopment of Albert Street that is
necessitated by the Project shall achieve the following performance standard, and
measures to achieve that standard shall be implemented prior to completion of the
Project:
Works Device catchment Design guideline
Via a treatment device(s) 17,300 area
m2 Best Practicable Option,
that meets the design designed in accordance with the
guideline requirements principles of TP10/75% TSS
removal
18
75. At least 30 days prior to the commencement of construction of the stormwater devices
on the site, the Consent Holder shall submit a final detailed design of the stormwater
management system required to comply with Condition 74 to the Team Leader
Central Monitoring for certification.
The information shall include, but not be limited to:
a. A site drainage plan;
b. Catchment area details (and associated water quality volume calculations) for
stormwater treatment device(s);
c. Plans and engineering drawings for the stormwater treatment(s); and
d. Design calculations for the stormwater treatment device(s) demonstrating the
treatment efficiency.
As builts
76. The Consent Holder shall provide As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater
management works, which are certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered
surveyor as a true record of the stormwater management system constructed in
accordance with the design approved under Condition 75, to the Team Leader -
Central Monitoring.
77. The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system,
and shall include
a. location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross
sections and long sections;
b. plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including
confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any
outflow control structure;
c. documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built
plans approved by the Modifications Approval condition.
78. A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working
days of completion of the stormwater management works, that:
a. is located on the subject area;
b. includes representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring; and
c. includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who
have undertaken the works and any other relevant parties.
Operation and Maintenance Plan
79. The Consent Holder shall provide an Operation and Maintenance Plan for the
stormwater management system to the Team Leader Central Monitoring 5 days prior
to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 78.
19
80. The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall set out how the stormwater management
system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects
are minimised. The plan shall include:
a. details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the
stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will
support this process;
b. a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater
management system;
c. a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by
the stormwater management devices or practices;
d. a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;
e. a programme for inspection and maintenance of the outfall;
f. general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management
system, including visual checks and
g. a programme for inspection and maintenance of vegetation associated with the
stormwater management devices.
81. The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the
Operation and Maintenance Plan (see Condition 79).
Specific conditions – water permit (groundwater diversion/discharge)
R/REG/2016/1892
DEFINITIONS:
Commencement of Means Commencement of Bulk Excavation and/or the
Dewatering: commencement of the taking or diversion of groundwater, other than
for initial state monitoring purposes.
Completion of Means the stage when all Bulk Excavation has been completed.
Excavation
Completion of Means when the tunnel and associated shafts and access-ways
Dewatering: within a construction zone have been constructed and no further
groundwater is being extracted for the construction of the railway and
utility infrastructure.
Completion of Means when the Consent Holder advises the Council in writing that
Construction construction is complete in relation to the consent.
Serviceability Limit/s As detailed in Table 1 Building Damage Classification, it is the limit
beyond which Serviceability Damage may occur. It represents the
magnitude of structural deflections (caused by ground settlement) or
lateral displacement) beyond which structural, as opposed to non-
structural (aesthetic) damage may occur, including:
20
i. any reduction of operational functionality
ii. any reduction in weathertightness or service life or
iii. any reduced durability.
In determining Serviceability Limits for a given building, structure or
service, the predicted and actual response to deflection must be
considered in relation to the existing conditions of the building, structure
or services (and parts thereof).
Damage Includes aesthetic and structural (serviceability) damage.
Alert Level = 80% design prediction.
Alarm Level = 100% design prediction
Manager: Means the Team Leader Water Allocation, NRSI, AC, or nominated
Auckland Council staff acting on the Team Leader’s behalf.
RL: Means Reduced Level.
Consent duration
82. The Dewatering and Diversion consent and water permit 46500 shall expire 35 years
after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an
earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
Performance standards
83. Within the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, all excavations,
dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling)
for the CRL construction must be designed, constructed and maintained so as to
avoid any damage that exceeds the Serviceability Limits of buildings, structures and
services.
84. Beyond the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, the Consent
Holder must ensure that the damage to masonry buildings due to the Project works,
including excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works
(including backfilling), does not exceed the “negligible damage” category extent
detailed in Table 1 below and has only negligible effects on piled buildings, structures
and services.
21
Category Normal Degree Description of Typical Damage General CRL Consent
of of Severity Category
(Building Damage Classification after Burland (1995), and Mair et
Damage
al (1996)) (after Burland –
1995)
0 Negligible Hairline cracks. Aesthetic Negligible effects for <5mm

Damage predicted ground settlement
1 Very Slight Fine cracks easily treated during normal redecoration. Perhaps Aesthetic Damage Effects – to
isolated slight fracture in building. Cracks in exterior visible upon be mitigated
close inspection. Typical crack widths up to 1mm.
2 Slight Cracks easily filled. Redecoration probably required. Several

slight fractures inside building. Exterior cracks visible, some
repainting may be required for weather-tightness. Doors and
windows may stick slightly. Typically crack widths up to 5mm.
3 Moderate Cracks may require cutting out and patching. Recurrent cracks Serviceability Serviceability Limit (interface
can be masked by suitable linings. Brick pointing and possible Damage between Damage Category 2
replacement of a small amount of exterior brickwork may be “Slight” and Damage Category 3
required. Doors and windows sticking. Utility services may be “Moderate”)
interrupted. Weather tightness often impaired. Typical crack
widths are 5mm to 15mm or several greater than 3mm.
4 Severe Extensive repair involving removal and replacement of walls Serviceability Damage Effects –
especially over door and windows required. Window and to be avoided
door frames distorted. Floor slopes noticeably. Walls lean
or bulge noticeably. Some loss of bearing in beams.
Utility services disrupted. Typical crack widths are 15mm
to 25mm but also depend on the number of cracks.
5 Very Severe Major repair required involving partial or complete reconstruction. Stability Stability Damage Effects – to be
Beams lose bearing, walls lean badly and require shoring. Damage avoided
Windows broken by distortion. Danger of instability.
Planner’s report to the Independent Hearing Commissioners

R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, R/REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and
R/REG/2016/2038 Page 22
Typical crack widths are greater than 25mm but depend
on the number of cracks.
Table 1: Building Damage Classification

Note: ‘Description of Typical Damage’ applies to Masonry buildings only. The ‘General Category’ applies to all buildings.
23
85. The maximum bulk excavation depths, including shafts shall not exceed the specified
depth in Schedule A below in the respective construction zones by more than 2
metres without approval from the Manager:
Schedule A:
Construction Zone Design Component Design Depth
ACZ A Aotea Station 6.5 mRL
ACZ A Wellesley Street Entrance 5.5 mRL
ACZ A Victoria Street Entrance 6.5 mRL
ACZ-K Karangahape Station 30 mRL
ACZ-K Pitt Street Shaft 26.5 mRL
ACZ-K Mercury Lane Shaft 30 mRL
ACZ-M Newton Grade Separation 54 mRL
Structure
86. The design tunnel alignment shall not be raised by more than 4m without approval
from the Manager.
87. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following underground structures are
sealed from groundwater ingress following construction:
i. ACZ A – Aotea Station.
ii. ACZ N – North Tunnels.
iii. ACZ K – Pitt Street and Mercury Lane shafts between the ground surface and
the top of the unweathered rock.
iv. ACZ S – South Tunnels excluding Newton Y-Junctions.
v. ACZ M – Mt Eden Station trench, cut and cover tunnels and Newton Grade
Separation Structure.
88. The Consent Holder shall ensure that:
a. the North and South Tunnels (excluding the Vincent Street, Upper Queen
Street and Symonds Street tunnel cross passages and Newton Y-Junctions)
are sealed within one month of excavation, and
b. the three tunnel cross passages are sealed within three years of excavation,
unless it is demonstrated by monitoring results submitted to and agreed by
Council that potentially adverse effects of settlement will not occur, in which
case the tunnel cross passages shall be sealed prior to Completion of
Construction.
24
89. After Completion of Construction, with the exception of permanent groundwater
drawdown in the vicinity of Aotea Station (perched groundwater), Karangahape
Station and the Newton Y-junctions, groundwater levels shall not be reduced by the
CRL project below pre-existing seasonal low levels or rise above seasonal high levels
measured during pre-construction monitoring in accordance with Condition 105.
90. The Consent Holder shall ensure that there is no long-term mounding due to
damming of groundwater by the proposed rail infrastructure.
Appointment of Independent Building Assessor (IBA)
91. Prior to the Consent Holder submitting the GSMCP under Condition 97, the Consent
Holder shall request that Council engage, at the cost of the Consent Holder, a
suitably qualified independent specialist, agreed to by the Consent Holder, to fill the
role of Independent Building Assessor (IBA).
The Consent Holder shall acknowledge that the IBA can, at the expense of the
Consent Holder, engage other independent specialists, but only in consultation with
the Consent Holder.
92. The IBA required by Condition 91 shall report to the Manager on building damage
matters and how these matters may be addressed by the Consent Holder. The IBA’s
report shall have regard to the following:
a. that site-specific assessments are undertaken to an appropriate level of detail;
b. monitoring data is collected, interpreted and assessed in regard to limiting
effects to avoid Serviceability Damage (refer Table 1);
c. Alert and Alarm limits; and
d. any matters referred to in Conditions 109, 115, 124 and 125.
Pre-Dewatering services survey
93. Prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, and following the identification of
potentially affected Services, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with the
relevant service provider, undertake a condition survey of all such Services. This
condition does not apply to any Service where written evidence is provided to the
Manager that the owner of that Service has confirmed they do not require a condition
survey.
94. The monitoring of any settlement effects on those potentially affected Services shall
be in accordance with Conditions 120 and 121.
95. In the event that the Services’ trigger levels listed in Appendix 2 are breached, the
Consent Holder must carry out remedial actions in accordance with Conditions 125
and 128.
25
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP)
96. During construction, the Consent Holder shall implement procedures that will
appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system,
including assessment at each excavation stage of the actual retention and building
response against the predictions determined from the detailed design.
97. The procedures referred to in Condition 96 shall be set out in a GSMCP, prepared
and submitted by the Consent Holder at least 20 working days prior to the
Commencement of Dewatering, together with a statement from the IBA confirming its
adequacy, to the Manager for certification.
98. The Consent Holder shall request the Manger’s written determination as to whether
the GSMCP can be certified, to be provided in writing within 10 working days of
receipt of the GSMCP.
99. No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the
Manager is provided.
100. The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource
consent including, but not limited to, the following:
a. An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate
positions located on the plans entitled:
 A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1
(Appendix 3); and
 The plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific
monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction
building condition assessment.
b. Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs),
ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring
programme and conditions surveys, and frequency and scope of visual
inspections required by this consent;
c. A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the
condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the
Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering;
d. Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below
seasonal low groundwater levels;
e. Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and
vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease
monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and
inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update
of the provisional triggers provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-
2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642 Rev
3. dated 11 October 2016;
26
f. Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers
are exceeded, including a Response Plan;
g. Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any
pre and post construction monitoring or inspection;
h. Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement
adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden
Station are adequately monitored;
i. Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued
groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement
effects:
i. Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street
ii. Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street
iii. Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street
iv. Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street
v. Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street
vi. Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace
j. Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding
from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of long-
term groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain
construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and
k. The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2,
approved by the IBA, following the pre-construction building condition surveys
(required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability
Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is
adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive
structures are identified as part of Condition 112.
101. The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the
certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA.
Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be
certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
102. Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in
conditions of this consent.
103. The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed
Commencement of Dewatering.
27
Monitoring - Groundwater
104. The Consent Holder shall install, maintain and replace if necessary, groundwater
monitoring boreholes listed in Appendix 3 of this consent and shown on drawing
A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 (Appendix 3) and ET Table 7.1
(Appendix 3) of this consent, for the period required by the conditions of this consent.
105. The Consent Holder shall measure and record groundwater levels at the monitoring
boreholes specified in drawings and ET Table 7.1 attached to these conditions
(Appendix 3) at the frequency specified in Schedule B.
Schedule B:
Bore Name Location Groundwater level monitoring frequency and duration (to an
accuracy of 10mm, calibrated by the instrument supplier)1
From bore Commencement of Dewatering until either
construction for at six months after the Completion of
least three months Dewatering, or until such time following the
prior to completion of dewatering that monitoring of
Commencement of settlement and building monitoring marks
Dewatering has ceased under Condition 120.
As per list in As per Weekly At least three times Weekly1

Appendix 3 Plans in
Appendix
3
Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager.
Any change shall be specified in the GSMCP.
106. These records, reported in reduced level, shall be compiled and submitted to the
Manager at monthly intervals.
107. The groundwater alert trigger level criteria is listed in Schedule C below for the
monitoring boreholes.
Schedule C: Provisional Alert Trigger Level Criteria
Alert Trigger Low Level 90% of predicted drawdown response in all

units
108. Where groundwater alert trigger levels are exceeded, as identified from monitoring
data obtained pursuant to Condition 105, the Consent Holder shall undertake the
actions set out in the certified GSMCP;
a. notify the Manager within 2 working days, advising the trigger exceedance, the
risk of settlement causing damage to buildings, and details of the actions taken;
and
28
b. send a copy of the material notified to Council to the relevant building owner.
Building Inspection
109. Prior to the submission of the GSMCP, the Consent Holder shall employ an
independent Senior Qualified Person to undertake, subject to the approval of the
property owner, a detailed pre-construction condition survey of all buildings specified
in Appendix 2 in order to confirm their existing condition.
The survey and assessment shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. any information about the type of foundations;
b. existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature;
c. existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building
where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive
investigation;
d. a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be
associated with actual structural damage;
e. susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement;
f. specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels
identified in Appendix 2;
g. review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are
appropriately set; and
h. photographic evidence of (b) and (c).
110. Where the Consent Holder is required to access property (including buildings or
structures) owned by a third party to undertake monitoring, surveys or inspections
and that access is declined or subject to what the Consent Holder considers to be
unreasonable terms, the Consent Holder shall notify the Manager of that
circumstance, and provide an alternative monitoring plan which includes the matters
stated in Condition 100.
111. Any condition survey undertaken in accordance with Condition109, or any other
condition surveys undertaken by the Consent Holder, shall be undertaken as follows:
a. The Senior Qualified Person shall be identified in the CEMP to undertake the
condition surveys (see Condition 36);
b. The Consent Holder shall contact owners of those buildings and structures
where a condition survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and
methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition survey;
c. The Consent Holder shall record all contact, correspondence and
communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the
Manager;
29
d. The Consent Holder shall provide the building condition survey or structure
condition survey report to the relevant property owner and the Manager within
15 working days of the survey being undertaken;
e. The Consent Holder shall undertake a visual inspection during construction if
requested by the building or structure owner where a pre-construction condition
survey has been undertaken and monitoring data and observations note any
changes from the pre-construction condition survey report.
f. The Consent Holder shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of
existing buildings or structures which is commensurate with the type of the
existing building or structure and the proximity of the Project works in order to
assess whether or not construction activities are compromising the structural
integrity of the building or structure.
112. Should the pre-construction building condition survey and assessment highlight
greater sensitivity of buildings than envisaged by the application, and should this
increased sensitivity mean that the Serviceability Limit for the building may be
exceeded, then the Consent Holder shall, at its cost, implement additional measures
(that may include modifications to the design of the retention systems or further
geotechnical investigation, as discussed with the building owner.
113. The Consent Holder shall carry out a visual inspection of the surrounding ground and
external building facades of the listed buildings in Appendix 2 adjacent to the
tunnel/trench and station alignment to monitor for any deterioration or movement of
any pre-existing cracks at a frequency to be specified in the GSMCP.
114. The Consent Holder shall keep a record of the time, date and any observations for
each inspection. This record is to be maintained and submitted to the Manager in
accordance with Condition 128.
115. No earlier than six months after Completion of Dewatering and within six months of
Completion of Construction, a detailed condition survey all previously surveyed
buildings, structures and water, stormwater and wastewater services, shall be
prepared by a suitably qualified engineering professional.
This condition survey report shall address all matters reviewed in the pre-dewatering
condition survey. It shall also identify any new damage (if any) that has occurred
since the pre-dewatering condition survey was undertaken and include a
determination of the cause of any such damage and steps to repair it as provided for
in Condition 125.
The requirements of this condition need not be fulfilled for any particular building
where the Consent Holder can provide written evidence to the Manager that the
current owner of that building has advised they do not require such a condition
survey.
30
116. At the reasonable request of the Manager, the Consent Holder shall, without delay,
undertake an additional condition survey of any building within the area defined by
the groundwater monitoring, deformation monitoring and modelling undertaken
pursuant to the conditions of this consent potentially affected by excavation, for the
purpose of checking for damage and follow up with a report of damage to that
building.
117. Subject to Condition 125, the requirement for any such condition survey will cease six
months after the Completion of Construction, unless the requirements of Condition
115 have not been met and subject to a consistent pattern of deformation records
having been obtained in this period in which no evidence of adverse effects is
apparent.
118. [condition moved to Condition 96]
Ground Surface and Building Monitoring
119. The Consent Holder shall establish and maintain a settlement monitoring network of
ground settlement monitoring marks and building movement monitoring marks to
detect any deformation (vertical and/or horizontal movement) for the period required
by the conditions of this consent, as follows:
a. The minimum scope of settlement monitoring is shown on the drawings in
Appendix 1;
b. Subject to the owners’ approval, at least two sets (minimum of three pins) of
building movement monitoring marks shall be located on each building listed in
Appendix 2; and
c. The final location and number of building movement monitoring marks shall
take into account the building type and size, accessibility to survey the marks
and risk of damage from ground settlement, as determined by requirements of
conditions of this consent, and the effects of differential settlement from the
predicted settlement contours on the drawings I Appendix 1 as modified by the
detailed design and reflected in the GSMCP.
120. The Consent Holder shall survey and record each ground and building movement
mark in accordance with the following Schedule D; and records of the baseline
monitoring shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager prior to the
Commencement of Dewatering.
31
Schedule D: Ground settlement and building movement monitoring mark measurement Frequency
1
and Duration
Monitoring Station Frequency

name and type
All settlement All settlement All ground and Post-Completion Post-
marks, Pre- marks, building of Dewatering completion
Commenceme Commenceme settlement of
nt of nt of monitoring constructio
Dewatering Dewatering to marks within 50 n
(baseline Completion of metres of the
monitoring) Dewatering excavations
during
excavation and
dewatering
All settlement and Three times to Monthly Daily for two Monthly for six See
building monitoring a horizontal weeks and months after the Condition
1
mark and vertical weekly completion of 121
accuracy of +/- thereafter dewatering, or
2mm until such time
(achieved by following the
precise completion of
levelling) dewatering that
measurements
have stabilized.
Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager
and subsequently specified in the GSMCP.
121. Where groundwater drainage is proposed at

(a) Karangahape Station;
(b) Newton Y Junctions; and
(c) The perched groundwater system at Aotea Station
and consolidation settlement risks are identified at Completion of Construction that
could cause building damage, the Consent Holder shall prepare a post construction
monitoring plan to be approved by the IBA and certified by the Manager.
The post construction monitoring plan shall specifically address
(a) the potential for delayed consolidation settlement effects resulting from long
term groundwater drainage; and
(b) Monitoring durations and the process for establishing cessation of monitoring.
32
Retaining Wall Monitoring
122. For the measurement of vertical and lateral wall movement, the Consent Holder shall
install retaining wall deflection pins as near to the top of the wall as practicable, with
inclinometers installed either in a retaining pile or immediately behind one and
extending to the base of the retaining pile for the monitoring of wall deflection.
123. Monitoring of the retaining wall pins and inclinometers shall be undertaken and
recorded in accordance with Schedule E below unless otherwise specified and
agreed in the GSMCP:
Schedule E:
Frequency
Baseline Active Excavation Post Excavation
Pre-Commencement of Commencement of Dewatering to One month after Completion of

Dewatering one month after Completion of Excavation to Completion of
Excavation Dewatering
Retaining wall pins Retaining wall Inclinometer Retaining wall Inclinometer

pins pins
Twice to a horizontal and Once for every 2 Once for every 6 Minimum of three Minimum of three
vertical accuracy of +/- metres depth (on metres depth (on sets of readings sets of readings
2mm average) of average) of at fortnightly at monthly
excavation, and, excavation, and, intervals intervals
in any case, at a in any case, at a
minimum of once minimum of once
weekly. weekly.
Contingency
124. In the event that monitoring of ground or building settlement, differential settlement,
or horizontal movement associated with the construction works identifies movement
which exceeds the vertical and horizontal movement triggers detailed in Appendix 2
or any revised trigger levels subject of this consent, then the Consent Holder shall
instigate the Response Plan detailed in the GSMCP and undertake the following
procedures:
a. Notify the Manager and the IBA within 24 hours;
b. If measurements exceed any of the alert values, then a Senior Qualified Person
engaged by the Consent Holder or the Consent Holder’s contractor shall re-
assess the works constructed up to that time to confirm –
 that works’ progress against the design predictions are within
expectations;
33
 whether additional measures (if any) are required to restrain further
increases in movement; and
 that possible ensuing effects will exceed Serviceability Limits.
Measures (if any) to be implemented, identified in the Response Plan in
the GSMCP or as agreed with the IBA, may include an increase in the
frequency of monitoring, or additional support measures.
c. The Senior Qualified Person shall prepare and submit a written report to the
Manager, within one week of alert level exceedance, which provides analyses
of all monitoring data relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and
any actions taken;
d. If measurements exceed any of the alarm values the Consent Holder shall:
i) Follow the process identified in Condition 124(b);
ii) Commission and submit a written report, prepared by the Senior Qualified
Person engaged in accordance with Condition 124(b) to the Manager,
within one week of alarm level exceedance, which provides analyses of all
monitoring data, relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and
any recommendations for remedial actions, if required, in order to avoid
damage that will affect building Serviceability and which may also allow
Completion of Construction; and
iii) Implement the recommendations of the report. In the instance that the
recommendation is to stop work, pursuant to Conditions 124(b) and (d)(ii),
the remedial action(s) that have been recommended shall be undertaken
before the works recommence.
e. In relation to alarm level exceedance, the recommendations of the IBA (refer
Condition 92), which may include remedial actions up to and including stopping
the works, if that is (in the opinion of the IBA) in the best interests of preventing
building serviceability damage, shall be implemented by the Consent Holder
(unless the building owner(s) request in writing that the construction works are
to be completed in accordance with the report prepared under Condition124
(d)(ii).
125. If any damage to buildings, structures or services is caused wholly or in part by the
exercising of this consent, the Consent Holder shall:
a. notify the Manager and the asset owner as soon as practical;
b. engage a Senior Qualified Person to prepare a report as soon as practical,
describing the damage and identifying methods to avoid and mitigate the
potential for Serviceability damage and to remedy any damage caused wholly
or in part by the exercising of this consent; and provide a copy of the report to
the Manager and the asset owner; and
34
c. thereafter promptly undertake (at the entire cost of the Consent Holder) all
necessary repairs to fully remedy the damage caused by the exercise of this
consent, with timing to be agreed with the asset owners. “Entire cost” includes
all design and consenting costs as well as all construction costs.
This obligation as a condition of the resource consent shall apply to all Damage that
is identified during the latest of the periods listed below:
i) Two years after Completion of Dewatering; or
ii) One year after groundwater levels have stabilised; and
iii) The completion of post construction monitoring required to be carried out
under Condition 121; and
iv) Six months after any completion of any other works associated with the
project which have the potential to cause settlement.
Reporting
126. The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of
Completion of Dewatering.
127. The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of
Completion of Construction.
128. All data collected as required by conditions of this consent from Commencement of
Dewatering to completion of monitoring are to be compiled, compared with the
relevant trigger levels and submitted to the Manager at two monthly intervals, unless
otherwise specified in this consent, setting out the previous results, providing an
explanation for any trends and providing a construction progress timeline.
Review Condition – Water Permit R/ REG/2016/1892
129. The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager pursuant to Section
128 of the Resource Management Act 1991, by the giving of notice pursuant to
Section 129 of the Act, within six months after Commencement of Dewatering and
subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to vary the
monitoring and reporting requirements, and performance standards in order to take
account of information, including the results of previous monitoring and changed
environmental knowledge, on:
a. Ground conditions
b. Aquifer parameters
c. Groundwater levels and
d. Ground surface deformation.
Advice Note: Under section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be
reviewed by the Manager at the Consent Holder’s cost in the following
circumstances:
35
At any time, if it is found that the information made available to the Council in the
application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the
effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more
appropriate conditions.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (contaminated land) R/REG/2016/1895 and land
use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 (Contaminated Land and Resource Management
(National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil
to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011)
Duration
130. Consent R/REG/2016/1895 shall expire 15 years from the grant date, unless it has
been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource
Management Act 1991.
Advice Note: this condition does not apply to R/LUC/2016/1890
Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP)
131. At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the
Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the
Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be
prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated
Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New
Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
132. The Consent Holder shall request that Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring)
provide a determination to the Consent Holder, in writing, within 10 working days of
receipt of the CSMP, whether the CSMP can be certified as per the requirements of
the Condition 134.
133. No earthworks shall commence until
a. certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the
CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the
ACRP:ALW, and
b. all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the
commencement of earthworks have been established.
134. The CSMP shall address the following matters:
a. The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including
depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the
land disturbance activity areas
b. Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust,
surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered
c. Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water
getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the
stormwater system or the marine environment is considered
36
d. Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination
e. Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and
f. Any proposed works summary reporting.
Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide
flexibility of for the management of the works and contaminant discharge.
Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited
to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you
would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other
queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees,
and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101.
135. The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at
least two working days prior to any earthworks activity on the site and provide the
following details:
a. Name and telephone number of the project manager and the site owner
b. Site address to which the consents relate
c. Activity to which the consents relate and
d. Expected duration of the works.
136. All disturbance of contaminated and potentially contaminated soil shall be carried out
in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and any changes to
the plan shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for
certification prior to the change being implemented.
137. The Consent Holder shall ensure that all disturbance of contaminated soil shall be
supervised by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional,
whose responsibilities shall include making sure that the soil management and
disposal procedures, the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP
required by Condition 131, and all relevant consent conditions are adhered to.
138. The Consent Holder shall ensure that regular inspections of the works area shall be
carried out by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional.
These inspections shall be documented and the relevant records retained and
provided to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) in the Site Validation Report
(SVR) required by Condition 149.
139. The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to minimise any
discharge of debris, soil, silt, sediment or sediment-laden water from the subject site
to either land, stormwater systems or the receiving marine environment. The
implementation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the
ESCP required by Condition 53.
Advice Note: Measures such as covering the excavations overnight and during heavy
rainfall, diverting overland flow around the works area, and appropriate treatment of
any water collected in an excavation prior to the disposal may be required to comply
with this condition.
37
140. The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to avoid the potential for
cross-contamination of materials to occur, in particular, movement of contaminated
soil around the site and/or deposition of contaminated soil on other parts of the site
shall be avoided. Where soils are identified for off-site disposal, they shall be loaded
directly for removal, where possible, and all material shall be covered during
transportation off site.
141. To minimise the spread of contaminated material, any temporary stockpiles of the
excavated contaminated material shall be located within the catchment of erosion
and sediment controls for the site. All stockpiles shall be covered with either
polythene or an equivalent impermeable material when the site is not being worked
and during periods of heavy rain.
142. At all times, dust shall be controlled in accordance with the publication titled Good
Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust
Emissions, Ministry for the Environment (2001).
143. Excess soil or waste materials removed from the subject site shall be deposited at a
disposal site which holds a consent to accept the relevant level or type of
contamination.
Advice note: Where it can be demonstrated that the soil has been fully characterised
and meets the definition of ‘clean fill’ material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary
Plan (Operative in Part), the removal of such material to a consented disposal facility
is not required. In such circumstances, a record of the location, depth, and volume of
the material removed as ‘clean fill’ should be kept for the purpose of being included in
the SVR required by Condition 149).
144. The Consent Holder shall implement the procedures for the management, treatment,
temporary containment, testing, and disposal of groundwater and surface run-off
water via the stormwater system in accordance with the report titled Auckland City
Rail Link: Resource Consent Package 2: Aotea Station to North Auckland Line
Construction and CRL Operation: Draft Erosion & Sediment Control Management
Plan, dated 13 May 2016, prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited, and provided
with the application.
145. Any perched groundwater, or surface run-off water, encountered within the excavation
area requiring removal shall be considered as potentially contaminated, and shall
either:
a. be disposed of by a licensed liquid waste contractor; or
b. pumped to sewer, providing relevant permits are obtained; or
c. discharged to the stormwater system, provided testing demonstrates
compliance with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment
Conservation Council (ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water
Quality (2000) for the protection of 95 percent of marine water species, and is
free from petroleum hydrocarbons.
38
146. Where contaminants which have not been anticipated by the application are
identified, works in the area containing the unexpected contamination shall cease
until the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition
131 have been implemented, and have been notified to the Council (Team Leader
Central Monitoring).
Any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency
measures implemented shall be documented in the Site Validation Report required by
Condition 149.
Advice Note: In accordance with Condition 146, any unexpected contamination may
include separate phase hydrocarbons, contaminated soil, perched water or
groundwater. The Consent Holder is advised that where unexpected contamination
is significantly different in extent and concentration from that anticipated, handling the
contamination may be outside the scope of this consent. Advice should be sought
from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) prior to carrying out any further
work in the area of the unexpected contamination to check this is within the scope of
this consent.
147. All imported fill shall:
a. comply with the definition of of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland
Unitary Plan (Operative in Part); and
b. be solid material of an inert nature; and
c. not contain hazardous substances or contaminants above recorded natural
background levels of the receiving site.
Advice Note: Background contamination levels for the site receiving clean fill can be
found in Technical Publication No. 153, Background concentrations of inorganic
elements in soils from the Auckland Region, Auckland Regional Council (2001).
148. All sampling and testing of contamination on the site shall be overseen by a suitably
qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. All sampling shall be
undertaken in accordance with Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 –
Site Investigation and Analysis of Soils, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
Advice Note: All testing and analysis should be undertaken in a laboratory with
suitable experience and ability to carry out the analysis. For more details on how to
confirm the suitability of the laboratory please refer to Contaminated Land
Management Guidelines, No.5 – Part 4: Laboratory Analysis, Ministry for the
Environment (revised 2011).
Site Validation Report (SVR)
149. Within three months of the completion of earthworks on the site, the Consent Holder
shall provide a Site Validation Report (SVR) to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring). The SVR shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced
Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land
Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand,
Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
39
150. The SVR required by Condition 149 shall address the following matters:
a. a summary of the works undertaken, including a statement confirming whether
the excavation of the site has been completed in accordance with the certified
CSMP required by Condition 131;
b. the location and dimensions of the excavations carried out, including the
relevant site plan;
c. a summary of soil, groundwater, and surface run-off water testing undertaken, if
applicable, including tabulated analytical results, and interpretation of the
results in the context of the Contaminated Land Rules of the Auckland Unitary
Plan (Operative in Part);
d. copies of the disposal dockets for the contaminated soil and ‘clean fill’ material
removed from the site;
e. records of any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and
contingency measures undertaken, if applicable;
f. details regarding any complaints and/or breaches of the procedures set out in
the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and the conditions of this
consent;
g. results of testing, if required, of any spoil disposed offsite; and
h. results of testing of any imported fill material to ensure compliance with the
definition of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan
(Operative in Part).
Specific conditions – discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/1896 and discharge permit
(ITA) R/REG/2016/1898 (CONSTRUCTION)
151. This consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been
surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource
Baseline Receiving Environment Monitoring
152. Prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall undertake
baseline monitoring of water quality and freshwater ecology in Meola Creek. The
monitoring shall be undertaken to identify the pre-construction condition of Meola
Creek against which to measure construction effects and possible remedial or
mitigation measures if required.
153. At least 20 working days prior to any baseline monitoring commencing, the Consent
Holder shall submit a programme for the baseline monitoring as required by
Condition 152 to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The
programme shall include, but not be limited to:
a. Sampling locations (at Auckland Council flow monitoring site);
b. Methods and procedures for water quality (minimum bi-monthly samples for a
12 month period) and freshwater ecology sampling;
40
c. Water quality monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
 pH
 Total Suspended Solids g/m3
 Total recoverable copper g/m3
 Dissolved copper g/m3
 Total recoverable zinc g/m3
 Dissolved zinc g/m3
 Ammoniacal nitrogen g/m3
 Nitrate nitrogen g/m3
 Nitrite nitrogen g/m3
 Total nitrogen g/m3
 Dissolved reactive phosphorus g/m3
d. Ecological monitoring, which shall include:
 Algal (periphyton) and macrophyte growth
 Macroinvertebrate assessment.
Baseline Receiving Environment Reporting

154. The Consent Holder shall provide to the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring)
the results of the baseline monitoring undertaken in accordance with Conditions 152
and 153 within 60 working days of the final baseline monitoring being undertaken.
155. As part of the results required by Condition 153, the Consent Holder shall provide a
programme for ongoing monitoring of Meola Creek, following the commencement of
construction, including the reporting of results. The same testing regime and
approach as set out in baseline monitoring conditions shall be used unless otherwise
agreed between the Consent Holder and the Council.
Pre-Commencement of construction support areas and zones
156. The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) in
writing at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of construction of each
CSA or ACZ.
157. The CSAs shall be generally confined to the area and boundaries shown on plans
CRL-SYE-RME-000-DRG-2001, Rev 1.0 dated 13/05/2016 and 2002, Rev 1 dated
13/05/2016 and 2003, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2004, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016
and 2005, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2006, and Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and
submitted as part of the application.
41
158. In the event that material modifications to the CSA boundaries are required, the
following information shall be provided:
a. Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b. Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the
stormwater management system;
This information shall be to the satisfaction of the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) and be made available at the preconstruction meeting required by
Condition 34.
Site Management (ACZ and CSAs)
159. At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a final Industrial
and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (EMP) shall be submitted to
the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
160. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring)
determination as to whether the EMP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working
days following receipt of the EMP.
161. The EMP shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person and shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:
a. identification of the specific activities conducted on the site;
b. the identification of potential contaminants associated with these activities;
c. methods used to prevent identified contaminants contacting stormwater runoff
as far as practicable and methods to manage environmental risks from site
activities;
d. an Emergency Spill Response Plan (which includes the provision that all spills
over 20 litres, or any spill of Environmentally Hazardous Substances that has
entered the stormwater system, a water-body or has contacted unsealed
ground, shall be reported immediately to the Auckland Council’s 24 Hour
Pollution Hotline (09-377-3107));
e. an up-to-date and accurate site drainage plan showing the location of all site
catch pits and the final discharge point(s) of the site stormwater system;
f. an appropriate auditing programme to ensure all components of the site’s EMP
are implemented;
g. methods for providing and recording staff training; and
h. a monitoring programme as outlined in Conditions 173 and 174.
162. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the CSAs and ACZs are operated and
managed in accordance with the certified EMP to ensure the risks from the site are
managed appropriately.
163. The Consent Holder shall ensure that a copy of the Council certified EMP is kept on
site and accessible at all times.
42
164. Following any change to the EMP, the Consent Holder shall submit details of the
change to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and request
that the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to
whether the change can be certified to be provided within 10 working days of
submission of the change.
No activity reliant upon a change to the EMP pursuant to Condition 164 can be
165. The EMP shall be reviewed and updated annually from the date of granting of this
consent, to ensure all components of the EMP remain relevant.
Structural Controls
166. The Industrial Trade and Activity area for each of the Construction Support Areas
shall not exceed the following:
CSA Exposed Area not to exceed (m2)
1 25,000
2 9,000
3 9,000
4 36,000
5 6,500
167. In the event that any CSA requires an increase in area, the following information shall
be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring whose certification shall be
requested prior to implementation:
capacity or performance of the existing structural and procedural controls.
168. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following structural controls are constructed
for the following catchment areas and design standards and they are completed prior
to discharges commencing from the site:
Works/controls Device catchment Design requirements
area
2 x Settlement Tanks Activity area of grout Settlement Tanks sizing to be based on
located on CSA 4 plant (400m2), and 2% of the contributing catchment
segment storage yard
(2660m2) on CSA 4
43
Inlet protection On all catch pits within Design in accordance with Auckland
measures CSA areas Council Best Management Practice:
Catch pit Protection Area (AC 2011).
2 x Settlement Tanks All Active Construction Settlement Tank sizing to be based on

located in CSA 1, CSA Zone (ACZ) 2% of the contributing catchment
2, CSA 3, CSA 4 and
CSA 5
Bunding of As required 110% largest container

Environmentally
Hazardous
Substances
169. In the event that any minor modifications to the structural system are required, the
following information shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring
whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation:
capacity or performance of stormwater management system.
Certification of structural controls
170. Within 30 days of implementation, As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater
management works, certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor or a
Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management
system, shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring.
171. The As-Built plans shall include, but not be limited to:
a. The surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) of the discharge points, with co-
ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b. Location, dimensions and levels of any major overland flow paths including
cross sections and long sections;
c. Plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including
outflow control structure
d. Documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built
plans.
44
172. A meeting shall be held on site after the implementation of structural controls and the
provision of As-Built documentation, and prior to the commencement of construction
activities at each of the CSA/ACZs. The meeting shall include representation from
the Team Leader Central Monitoring and the site stormwater engineer/contractors
who have undertaken the work and shall confirm compliance with the relevant
consent conditions.
Discharge monitoring:
173. Within 30 days of the installation of the water treatment systems, and prior to
operation, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit to the Council (Team Leader
Central Monitoring) for certification a discharge monitoring programme.
174. The water quality monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to:
a. Sampling locations (to include the final discharge from the treatment system
located in CSA 1, CSA 2, CSA 3, CSA 5 and CSA 4);
b. Methods and procedures for discharge sampling; and
c. Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
Daily
 Water clarity (black disc) cm
 Turbidity (NTU)
 pH
Weekly (in addition to the above)
 Total petroleum hydrocarbons g/m3
 Ammoniacal nitrogen* g/m3
 Nitrate nitrogen* g/m3
*only in discharge from treatment systems in CSA 3 and CSA 4
d. identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters. These trigger levels
shall be developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality
where applicable; and
e. the methods and procedures for investigating and reporting stormwater
discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
175. The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented upon completion of
works set out in Condition 168.
45
176. Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants
exceeding the agreed trigger levels in Condition 174(d):
a. An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were
detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required;
and
b. The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader
Discharge Reporting Requirements
177. Within eight weeks following the start of the monitoring required by Condition 173 a
monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. a summary of the monitoring results to date;
b. an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site
operations;
c. a programme for ongoing monitoring including the reporting of results; and
d. a programme for the ongoing maintenance of the discharge water management
and treatment system.
178. For the duration of the construction stages of the Project, the Consent Holder shall
forward a report annually from the date of granting of this consent to the Council
(Team Leader Central Monitoring) evaluating the site’s environmental performance
for the year to date.
179. The Annual Report required by Condition 178 shall include but not be limited to:
a. all aspects of the performance of the EMP relating to this consent;
b. a summary of all revisions and revised sections of the EMP;
c. details of all inspections and maintenance of the stormwater system for the
preceding 12 months;
d. details of and changes to the person(s) or body responsible for the
maintenance of site and the organisational structure supporting this process;
e. results and analysis of the preceding 12 months of stormwater monitoring,
along with an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to
the site operations; and
f. records of any spills or incidents which occurred within the previous 12 months
and the response which was undertaken.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/2038 (OPERATIONAL)
Advice note: Should the Consent Holder obtain approval for the discharge of operational
wastewater to the trade waste system, this consent can be surrendered or cancelled.
46
180. This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been
surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource
Dewatering Treatment devices
181. The treatment device/s for the removal of contaminants of concern from tunnel water
discharge shall be constructed for the operational tunnel ground water seepage
catchment area/s, and design requirements shall be completed in accordance with
design guidelines to meet baseline monitoring levels in Condition 187(d).
182. At least 20 working days prior to the installation of treatment devices required by
Condition 181, the Consent Holder shall submit detailed designs, including relevant
drawings, cross sections, plans and calculations to the Team Leader – Central
Monitoring for certification at the same time as the application for Engineering Plan
Approval.
As-Built Plans
183. Within 30 days of practical completion of the treatment device works, As-Built plans,
which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of
the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central
Monitoring.
184. The certified As-Built Plans shall also be provided to the Team Leader – Central
Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 205.
and shall include:
a. the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of
the discharge points to the stormwater system with co-ordinates expressed in
terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b. plans and cross sections of all treatment devices, including confirmation of the
Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control
structure; and
c. documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built
plans approved by the modifications approval referred to in Condition 202.
Discharge Monitoring
186. Prior to operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit a
discharge monitoring programme to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for
certification.
The monitoring programme shall include start up monitoring for the first month of
operation of the treatment system, and regular on-going monitoring.
187. The discharge monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to:
47
a. Sampling locations (to include samples of water from the main station sumps
(untreated water), and the final discharge from the treatment system (treated
water) at each station);
b. Methods, frequency and procedures for discharge sampling
c. Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
 pH
 Turbidity NTU
 Total petroleum hydrocarbons g/m3
d. Identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters in the final discharge,
developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where
applicable; and
e. The methods and procedures for investigating and reporting discharge
monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
188. The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented for the duration of the
discharge of operational tunnel groundwater seepage.
189. Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants
exceeding the agreed trigger levels:
a. An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were
detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required;
b. Methods will be implemented to meet trigger levels, and the timing for their
implementation shall be noted; and
c. The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader
Start-up Reporting
190. A monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) following the completion of the first month of sampling. The monitoring
report shall include, but not be limited to the following:
a. A summary of the first months monitoring results (10 samples);
b. An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement of the
treatment system as required; and
c. Confirmation of the programme for regular on-going monitoring.
48
191. The Consent Holder shall submit an Operation and Maintenance Plan to the Team
Leader - Central Monitoring for approval certification, 5 days prior to the post-
construction meeting referred to in Condition 205.
The Plan shall include:
management system;
c. a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected
by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d. a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance; and
e. general inspection checklists for all aspects of the treatment system, including
visual checks.
approved certified Operation and Maintenance Plan.
193. Any amendments or alterations to the Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be
submitted to, and approved certified by the Team Leader – Central Monitoring, in
writing prior to implementation.
Routine monitoring
194. The Consent Holder shall submit an annual monitoring report to the Council (Team
The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following:
a. A summary of the monitoring results for the previous year;
b. An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement/s to the
treatment system if relevant; and
c. A programme for the on-going maintenance of the discharge treatment system.
Stormwater diversion and discharge (related to works at the Mount Eden end)
Advice note: these conditions relate to stormwater management works at the Mount
Eden end of the project. The conditions do not relate to any of the specific consents
authorised
195. [Blank]
49
Stormwater drainage system design
196. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the design of stormwater drainage systems
does not result in any increase in flooding beyond the pre-development scenario
within the immediate adjacent areas of the Project footprint and the downstream
receiving environment.
Stormwater management works
197. The following stormwater management works shall be constructed for the following
catchment areas and design requirements, and shall be completed prior to
construction of any barriers (e.g., earth bunds or retaining structures along the edge
of the rail corridor) that would modify existing overland flow paths:
Works to be Catchment location Design requirement(s)
undertaken
Additional pipe Fenton street Capacity for 10 year ARI, reducing
capacity, OLFP flooding up to 100 year ARI,
provision for OLFP for flows in
Underground Shaddock Street
excess of the 100 year, and
drainage
designed to meet at least 50%
Inlet upgrade, scruffy West of Mt Eden Road blockage
domes
Sump and superpits Water Street
Megapits, inlet, Normanby Road
connections
to existing
network
Super pit Boston Road
New inlets, Rail Corridor
underground
drainage
198. The stormwater management works shall be installed in general accordance with
those listed in Condition 197, unless otherwise approved by Council (Team Leader
199. If changes to the Stormwater management works in Condition 197 are requested, the
Consent Holder must provide details of flood modelling, and alternative mitigation
measures, including how these have been selected and will be managed, to the
Healthy Waters Department (see Condition 202).
50
Detailed Design Guidelines
200. The Consent Holder shall ensure that all stormwater management devices, as
required to achieve Condition 196, are designed in accordance with Auckland Council
Technical Publication 10 (TP10).
201. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the detailed designs, including drawings, plans
and calculations for the stormwater management devices required to achieve
Condition 196 are submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for
certification at the time of application for Engineering Plan Approval and in any event,
at least 30 days prior to construction of the proposed stormwater works.
Modifications approval
202. In the event that any modifications to the stormwater management system design
implemented under Conditions 196 and 197 of this consent are required, the
following information shall be provided:
 Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
 Supporting information that confirms compliance with the performance
standards of Conditions 196 and 197.
All information shall be submitted to, and approved by the Team Leader – Central
Monitoring, prior to implementation.
Advice Note: All proposed changes should be discussed with the Team Leader -
Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Any changes to the proposal which will
affect the capacity or performance of the stormwater management system may
require an application to Council pursuant to Section 127 of the RMA. An example of
a minor modification within the scope of this consent could be a change to the
location of a pipe or slight changes to the site layout but if there is a change of device
type (even proprietary), the consent may have to be varied under section 127.
Pre-construction meeting
203. A pre-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder prior to
commencement of the construction of any stormwater devices onsite, and must:
a. be arranged five working days prior to initiation of the construction of any
stormwater devices on the site;
b. be located on the subject area;
c. include representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and
d. include representation from the site stormwater engineer [or] contractors who
will undertake the works and any other relevant parties.
Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by this consent,
please contact the Team Leader - Central Monitoring
[monitoring@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz].
51
Information required for Pre-construction meeting
204. The following information shall be made available prior to, or at the pre-construction
meeting:
a. timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under this consent;
b. erosion and sediment control measures during construction activities;
c. contact details of the site contractor and site stormwater engineer; and
d. construction plans approved signed or stamped by an Auckland Council
Development Engineer.
Post-construction meeting
205. A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working
days of completion of the stormwater management works, that:
a. is located on the subject area;
b. includes representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and
c. includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who
have undertaken the works.
Certification of stormwater management works (As-Built Plans)
206. As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are
certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the
stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central
Monitoring for approval, 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this
consent.
and shall include:
a. the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of
the discharge structure, with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and
LINZ datum;
b. location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross
sections and long sections;
c. plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including
outflow control structure; and
d. documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built
plans approved by the modifications approval process of Condition 202.
52
208. An Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central
Monitoring for certification 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by
this consent and shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be
operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised.
The plan shall include:
management system;
c. a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected
by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d. a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;
e. general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management
system, including visual checks; and
f. a programme for inspection and maintenance of any vegetation associated with
the stormwater management devices.
approved Operation and Maintenance Plan.
210. The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be updated and submitted to the Team
Leader – Central Monitoring upon request.
Capture and diversion of stormwater
211. Roading, kerbs and channels constructed across overland flow paths shall be set at a
level that maximises the capture of water by road cesspits. Other than at designated
overland flow paths, driveway crossings shall be constructed in order to minimise the
overflow of water from the road into private properties.
212. For stormwater flows in excess of the capacity of the primary drainage systems,
overland flow paths shall be provided and maintained to allow surplus stormwater
from critical storms (up to the 100 year ARI event), to discharge with the minimum of
nuisance and damage.
213. Overland flow paths and secondary flow paths shall be kept free of all obstructions,
including buildings and solid fences.
Maintenance Report
214. The Consent Holder shall maintain a record of the details of all inspections and
maintenance for the stormwater management system, for the preceding three years.
215. A copy of the records referred to in Condition 214 shall be provided to the Team
Leader - Central Monitoring in a maintenance report on request.
53
Contents of Maintenance Report
216. The maintenance report shall include the following information:
a. details of who is responsible for maintenance of the stormwater management
system and the organisational structure supporting this process;
b. details of any maintenance undertaken; and
c. details of any inspections completed.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (air – construction) R/REG/2016/1899
217. This resource consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it
has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
218. The Consent Holder shall ensure that all processes on the Project work site shall be
implemented, operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled so that any
emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable
level.
219. Unless provided for by Condition 220, there shall be no dust or odour beyond the
boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of on-site processes which, in
the opinion of Council, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.
220. Any noxious, offensive or objectionable dust or odour beyond the boundary of the
Project work site caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities
associated with the Project shall be mitigated as soon as practicable in accordance
with the requirements of the certified Air Quality Management Plan as required by
Condition 222.
221. The Consent Holder shall ensure that beyond the boundary of the Project worksite,
there shall be no hazardous air pollutant caused as a result of construction and
earthworks activities associated with the Project that causes, or is likely to cause,
adverse effects on human health, environment or property.
Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
222. The Consent Holder shall review the draft Air Quality Management Plan – Aotea
Station to North Auckland Line dated May 2016, and submit to Council (Team Leader
Central Monitoring) a final AQMP/s which is generally consistent with the draft AQMP
provided in support of the application.
223. The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the
Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days
prior to the commencement of construction and shall include:
a. a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed;
b. a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of
construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project;
c. a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and
54
d. an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated
CSA.
224. The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the
following matters:
a. methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust
emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other suitable
system, water carts and other suppression methods);
b. ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs;
c. operation of wheel washes;
d. regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and
sealed vehicle accessways within these areas;
e. measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating
how they are to be limited to no more than 24 m³ of uncovered spoil at any one
time in each ACZ);
f. measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement
stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is
used;
g. covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site;
h. instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a
monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to
ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are
identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project;
i. the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three
re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and
M, and the duration of this monitoring;
j. measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger
alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations
below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard
operating hours;
k. measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of
dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily
basis, with all relevant information logged; and
l. information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures,
training and roles and responsibilities.
The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s
with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP;
otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the
Council.
55
225. Any change to the AQMP/ shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the AQMP can be
The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed
change within 10 working days from receipt of the change; otherwise the AQMP may
be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
226. All works shall be undertaken in accordance with the certified AQMP/s.
Monitoring Requirements
227. Prior to the commencement of construction, and for the duration of excavation and
construction associated with the Project which have the potential for significant dust
emissions, the Consent Holder shall install, operate and maintain continuous dust
monitoring undertaken using mobile instruments for the purposes of monitoring Total
Suspended Particulates (TSP).
The locations, durations and methods of TSP monitoring at each of ACZs A, K and M
shall be in accordance with the details in the certified AQMP(s) required by Condition
222.
228. The dust monitoring instruments shall be fitted with an alarm system that sends a
warning to the responsible person identified by the AQMP/s when dust
concentrations exceed alert levels specified by the certified AQMP/s.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the responsible person, or other nominated
person, is available at all times to take immediate action to reduce dust emissions
from the site.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (air – operational) R/REG/2016/1900
229. This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has lapsed,
been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource
Management Act 1991 (RMA).
Limit Conditions
230. All processes within the CRL operations areas shall be operated, maintained,
supervised, monitored and controlled to ensure that emissions authorised by this
consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.
231. Beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no dust and/or odour
caused by discharges from the tunnels which, in the opinion of an enforcement
officer, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.
232. No discharges from any activity from the CRL operations shall give rise to visible
emissions, other than water vapour and clean steam, to an extent which, in the
opinion of an enforcement officer, the discharges are noxious, dangerous, offensive
or objectionable.
56
233. Except as authorised by this consent, beyond the boundary of the CRL operations,
there shall be no hazardous air pollutant, caused by discharges from the CRL
operations, which is present at a concentration that causes, or is likely to cause
adverse effects to human health, the environment or property.
234. Only electric-powered locomotives shall operate within the CRL rail tunnels, with the
exception of any vehicles associated with construction or maintenance activities.
Process Conditions
235. At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of the operation of the CRL, the
Consent Holder shall prepare and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central
Monitoring) for certification procedures that address the cleaning of the rail tunnels
and tunnel vents to minimise the build-up of particulate matter.
These procedures may form part of an operations and maintenance plan, or
equivalent.
The TCeam Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed
procedures with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the
procedures; otherwise the procedures shall be considered to be certified by the
Council.
236. Cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents shall be undertaken in accordance with
the plan certified in accordance with Condition 235 so that discharges of particulate
from the vents are minimised in accordance with Condition 230.
Reporting Conditions
237. The Consent Holder shall notify the Team Leader Central Monitoring as soon as
practicable in the event of any significant discharge to air, which results, or has the
potential to result, in a breach of these conditions.
238. The Consent Holder shall record all air quality complaints that are received including:
a. The date, time, location and nature of the complaint;
b. The name, phone number and address of the complainant, unless the
complainant elects not to supply these details;
c. Any remedial actions undertaken; and
d. The response provided to the person making the complaint.
Details of any complaints received shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader
Central Monitoring) within one working day of receipt of the complaint.
Review Condition
239. The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Team Leader Central
Monitoring pursuant to section 128 of the RMA, by the giving of notice in accordance
with section 129 of the RMA, in October 2017 and annually thereafter in order to:
57
a. Deal with any significant adverse effect on the environment arising from the
exercise of the consent that was not foreseen at the time that the application
was considered;
b. Consider the adequacy of conditions that prevent nuisance beyond the
boundary of the site, particularly if complaints have been received on a frequent
basis and have been validated by an enforcement officer;
c. Consider developments in emission control technology and management
practices that would enable the Best Practicable Option in reducing discharges
to air; or
d. To take into account any act of parliament, regulation, national policy statement
or relevant regional plan that relates to limiting, recording or reducing emissions
authorised by this consent.
Advice notes
1. Any reference to number of days within this decision refers to working days as
defined in s2 of the RMA.
2. For more information on the resource consent process with Auckland Council see the
council’s website www.aucklandcouncil.govt.nz. General information on resource
consents, including making an application to vary or cancel consent conditions can
be found on the Ministry for the Environment’s website: www.mfe.govt.nz.
3. If you disagree with any of the above conditions, or disagree with the additional
charges relating to the processing of the application, you have a right of objection
pursuant to sections 357A or 357B of the Resource Management Act 1991. Any
objection must be made in writing to the council within 15 working days of notification
of the decision.
4. The Consent Holder is responsible for obtaining all other necessary consents,
permits, and licences, including those under the Building Act 2004, and the Heritage
New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. This consent does not remove the need to
comply with all other applicable Acts (including the Property Law Act 2007 and the
Health and Safety at Work Act 2015), regulations, relevant Bylaws, and rules of law.
This consent does not constitute building consent approval. Please check whether a
building consent is required under the Building Act 2004.
5. The Consent Holder shall be advised that any works, structures (including ground-
anchors) or access required to facilitate the excavations/retaining/foundation
construction both permanent and temporary on adjacent properties or land may
require the written consent of the effected property owner to be submitted with
building and/or resource consent application(s). For more advice the Consent Holder
shall contact Auckland Council town planning and building control help desks.
6. The Resource Consent Holder is advised that the date of the commencement of this
consent will be as determined by Section 116 of the RMA, unless a later date is
stated as a condition of consent. The provisions of Section 116 of the RMA are
summarised in the covering letter issued with this consent.
7. The Resource Consent Holder is advised that, pursuant to Section 126 of the RMA, if
this resource consent has been exercised, but is not subsequently exercised for a
continuous period of five years, the consent may be cancelled by the AC unless other
criteria contained within Section 126 are met.
58
8. The Consent Holder is advised that the quality of the pumped groundwater that is to
be discharged to the stormwater system or indirectly to stream meets the ANZECC
(2000) guidelines for the protection of 95% freshwater species.
59
APPENDIX 1: Total Ground Settlement Contours and Monitoring Station Locations
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016
CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2614, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016
CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2615, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016
60
APPENDIX 2: Provisional Building and Structures and Services Trigger Levels and
Buildings requiring Detailed Pre-Condition Survey
61
APPENDIX 3: Groundwater Monitoring Bores
PDP A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B, dated May 2016 and Earthtech Consulting Table 7.1,
(Appendix 4).
Groundwater Monitoring Bores: CRL Stage 2
Construction Location Eastings Northing Screen Depths Unit
Zone mE mN
(NZTM) (NZTM)
ACZ A BH 210 (A) At 5m depth (A) Fill
Wellesley (new) (soft
Street West clay)
and
Elliot Street
Intersection
BH 209 (A) At 8m depth (A) EW
Wellesley (existing) (B) EU
Street West (B) At 25m depth
(existing)
BH411 At 6.7m depth ER
BHA TA
BH206B At 10.9m depth ER
BH423 ER
ACZ N BH 268 (A) At 5m depth (A)ER
Vincent Street (existing)
BH 213 (A) At 10m depth (A) EU
Vincent Street (existing)
ACZ K BH 316 (A) At 14m depth (A) EW
Karangahape (existing)
Road
BH 319 (A) At 6m depth (A) EW
Karangahape (existing) (B) EW
Road (B) At 17m depth
(existing)
BH218 EW
BH425 Fill/TA
EB312 At 1.7m-7.0m depth Fill/TA
ACZ S BH 223 (A) At 7m depth (A) TA
Upper Queen (new)
Street
BH 225 (A) At 11m depth (A) TA
Symonds (new)
Street
BH285 At 7.8m depth VA/TA
ACZ M BH M1 (A) At 6m depth (A)
Upper (new) TA/ER
Shaddock
62
Street
BH M2 (A) At 6m depth (A)
Ruru Street (new) TA/ER
BH426 TA/ER
BH427 ER
63
APPENDIX 4: Plans titled “Location Plan Showing Sites Adjacent to Construction
Sites”
 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901, revision 1;
 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906, revision 1.
64
APPENDIX 5: Information from Application
a. Application Form, and Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon NZ
Ltd, dated 13 May 2016, including:
Report title and reference Author Rev Dated

Assessment of Environmental Effects Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 13 May
Resource Consent Package 2 Aotea 2016
Station to North Auckland Line
Construction and CRL Operation CRL-
SYW-RME-000-RPT-0047
Design and Construction Report CRL- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13 May
SYW-RME-000-RPT-0006 2016
Auckland City Rail Link (CRL) Aotea Pattle Delamore 12 May
Station to North Auckland Line Partners Ltd 2016
Construction and CRL Operation:
Groundwater Technical Report
Assessment of Settlement Effects Report- Aurecon NZ Ltd 3.0 30 June
CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT-0045 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to Golder Associates 0 May 2016
North Auckland Line Construction and
CRL Operation Contaminated Land
Assessment 1378206325-067
CRL Operation Water Quality Assessment
1378206325-069
CRL operation Air Quality Assessment-
1378206325
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station To Reverb Ltd 0 13 May
North Auckland Line Construction and 2016
CRL Operation Built Heritage Impact
Assessment CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT-
0046
Draft Erosion and Sediment Control Aurecon NZ Ltd 3 13 May
Management Plan – CRL-SYW-RME-000- 2016
RPT-0059
65
CRL Operation Industrial and Trade
Activities Assessment- 1378206325-070
Geotechnical Engineering Report CRL- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 02.06.2015
SYW-GEO-000-RPT-0006
City Rail Link Project: Archaeological Clough & 5.0 10.12.2012
Assessment Associates Ltd
Line Construction and CRL Operation Golder Associates 0 July 2016
Contaminated Land Assessment- South
Pacific Timber 1378206325-076
Plan title and reference Author Rev Dated

Location Plan Overall- CRL-SYW-RME- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
000-DRG-2000-1.0
Location Plan Aotea Station- CRL-SYW- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
RME-000-DRG-2001-1.0
Location Plan North Tunnels- CRL-SYW- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
RME-000-DRG-2002-1.0
Location Plan Karangahape Station- CRL- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
SYW-RME-000-DRG-2003-1.0
Location Plan South Tunnels- CRL-SYW- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
RME-000-DRG-2004-1.0
Location Plan Mt Eden Station East- CRL- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
SYW-RME-000-DRG-2005-1.0
Location Plan Mt Eden Station West- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2006-1.0
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Down (MC20) Sheet 1 of 4- CRL-SYW-
RME-000-DRG-2010-1.0
RME-000-DRG-2011-1.0
RME-000-DRG-2012-1.0
RME-000-DRG-2013-1.0
66
Aotea Station Roof Slab Overall Plan- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2110-1.0
Aotea Station Elevation- CRL-AOT-RME- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
000-DRG-2111-1.0
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 2- CRL- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
AOT-RME-000-DRG-2118-1.0
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 9- CRL- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
AOT-RME-000-DRG-2119-1.0
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 13 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Victoria St Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME-000-
DRG-2120-1.0
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 14 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Victoria Street Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME-
000-DRG-2121-1.0
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 25- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 08.07.16
Karangahape Station Plan General Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Arrangement Street Level CRL-KRD-
RME-000-DRG-2142-1.0
Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2130-1.0
Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2132-1.0
Karangahape Station North Zone Sections Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2136-
1.0
Karangahape Station South Zone Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-
DRG-2138-1.0
Karangahape Station Platform Level Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Tunnel Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-
000-DRG-2139-1.0
Karangahape Station Platform Level Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Tunnel Sections Sheet 2 CRL-KRD-RME-
67
000-DRG-2140-1.0
Karangahape Station Platform Tunnel and Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Central Passenger Tunnel and Escalator
Tunnel-Setout CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-
2143-1.0
Mt Eden Station Plan Newton Grade Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 04.07.16
Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000-
DRG-2150-2.0
Mt Eden Station Section 1 Newton Grade Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 04.07.16
Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000-
DRG-2151-2.0
Mt Eden Station Cross Sections Newton Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 04.07.16
Shaft CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2152-2.0
Mt Eden Station Isometric of Permanent Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Structure Newton Grade Separation
Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2153-
1.0
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Ruru Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Street Bridge Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-
RME-000-DRG-2158-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Western Flyover Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTE-
RME-000-DRG-2160-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Mt Eden Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-
000-DRG-2166-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Elevation- Mt Eden Road Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Bridge Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-
DRG-2167-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Normanby Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 3 CRL-
EFC-RME-000-DRG-2170-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Normanby Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 3 CRL-
EFC-RME-000-DRG-2171-1.0
Structural Geological Long Section MC20 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000-
DRG-2173-1.0
Structural Geological Long Section MC30 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
68
West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000-
DRG-2174-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
1 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2176-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
2 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2177-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Section MC50 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-
EFC-RME-000-DRG-2178-1.0
Section MC60 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-
EFC-RME-000-DRG-2179-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2180-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2181-1.0
Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of
2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2182-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections NAL Sheet 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2185-1.0
South Tunnels Plan- Southern Junction Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2190-1.0
South Tunnels Section- Southern Portal Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
South Tunnels Section- Southern Junction Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
North And South Tunnels Segmental Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Lining General Arrangement CRl-SYW-
RME-000-DRG-2196-1.0
North and South Tunnels Cross Passage Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
69
Aotea Station Construction Support Area 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
(Indicative Layout) Aotea Station CRL-
AOT-RME-000-DRG-2951-1.0
Karangahape Station Construction Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Support Area 2 (Indicative Layout)
Beresford Square CRL-KRD-RME-000-
DRG-2961-1.0
Karangahape Station Construction Aurecon NZ Ltd A 13.05.16
Support Area 3 (Indicative Layout)
Mercury Lane CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-
2962-A
Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 4 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
(Indicative Layout) Tunnelling Phase CRL-
MTE-RME-000-DRG-2971-1.0
Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 5 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
(Indicative Layout) Station and Tie Into
NAL CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2972-1.0
Settlement Contours Mechanical Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 13.05.16
Settlement Plan Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYW-
RME-000-DRG-2601-1.0
RME-000-DRG-2602-1.0
RME-000-DRG-2603-1.0
RME-000-DRG-2604-1.0
RME-000-DRG-2605-1.0
RME-000-DRG-2606-1.0
Settlement Contours And Building Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 14.10.16
Assessment Mechanical And
Consolidation Settlement Sheet 1 of 6
70
Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 14.10.16
Notes Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000-
DRG-2640-4.0
Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 11.10.16
Notes Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000-
DRG-2642-3.0
Geological Longsection Aotea Station Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 25.05.16
Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG-
0011-1.0
Geological Longsection Aotea Station Aurecon NZ Ltd 1.0 25.05.16
Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG-
0012-1.0
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Aurecon NZ Ltd 3.0 24.06.16
Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYW-
GEO-000-DRG-0029-3.0
GEO-000-DRG-0030-3.0
71
GEO-000-DRG-0031-3.0
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Aurecon NZ Ltd 4.0 05.07.2016
Section Wellesley Street CRL-SYW-GEO-
000-SKE-0017-4.0
Section Victoria Street CRL-SYW-GEO-
000-SKE-0018-3.0
Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Aurecon NZ Ltd 5.0 05.07.2016
Section DR6MC30 Chainage 1750-2100
CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0028-5.0
Section Beresford Square CRL-SYW-
GEO-000-SKE-0029-3.0
Section Cross Street CRL-SYW-GEO-
000-SKE-0030-3.0
GEO-000-DRG-0027-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0028-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0029-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0030-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0031-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0032-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0033-2.0
72
GEO-000-DRG-0034-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0035-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0036-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0037-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0038-2.0
Non-CRL (Detailed)13 of 15 CRL-SYW-
GEO-000-DRG-0039-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0040-2.0
GEO-000-DRG-0041-2.0
Geological Long Section DR6MC30 Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 07.07.16
Chainage 2750-3100m CRL-SYW-GEO-
000-SKE-0033-2.0
Geological and Hydrogeological Long Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 07.07.16
Section DR6MC20 Chainage 3050-3400
Geological Cross Section At DR6MC50 Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 05.07.16
Chainage 625 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-
0042-2.0
Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 05.07.16
Section At DR6MC20 Chainage 3185
Geological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Aurecon NZ Ltd 2.0 05.07.16
Chainage 3312 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-
0046-2.0
Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Aurecon NZ Ltd A 18.11.2015
Services Permanent Works Foul Water-
73
Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000-DRG-
1310-A
Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Aurecon NZ Ltd A 18.11.2015
Services Permanent Works Surface q
Water- Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000-
DRG-1610-A
Aotea Station Station North Drainage Aurecon NZ Ltd 3 22.06.16
Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1101-3
Aotea Station Station South Drainage Aurecon NZ Ltd 2 21.03.16
Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1102-2
Karangahape Station Station North Aurecon NZ Ltd 2 08.04.16
Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000-
DRG-1101-2
Karangahape Station Station South Aurecon NZ Ltd 2 05.07.16
Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000-
DRG-1102-2
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901 Aurecon NZ Ltd 1
Other additional information Author Rev Dated

Stakeholder Meeting Minutes: Nikau Street Aurecon NZ Ltd 0 22 January 2016
1950mm dia. Stormwater Diversion
Mana Whenua Forum Auckland - 10 December
Transport 2015
Section 92 Response Groundwater Pattle Delamore - 29 June 2016
Partners Ltd
CRL Monthly Mana Whenua Forum Auckland - 19 May 2016
Transport
Section 92 Response Groundwater Pattle Delamore - 29 June 2016
Figures Partners Ltd
Section 92 Response Contamination Golder Associates - 30 June 2016
74
Cone Penetrometer test Karangahape Aurecon NZ Ltd - 14.06.2016
Station
Section 92 Response Aurecon NZ Ltd - 30.06.2016
Aotea Station PLAXIS analysis – Aurecon NZ Ltd - 29.06.2016
Bluestone wall sections
Further S92 Response Aurecon NZ Ltd - 08.07.2016
Ground Settlement question 89 answer Aurecon NZ Ltd - 05.07.2016
Further s92 Response Groundwater Pattle Delamore - 08.07.2016
Partners Ltd
Further S92 Response Question 88 Aurecon NZ Ltd - 01.07.2016
answer
Earthtech Memo Ref m3256-1 Aurecon NZ Ltd - 22.08.16
CRL-MTE-UTI-000-MEM-0012 Preliminary Aurecon NZ Ltd - 31.08.16
Flood Assessment Results and Mitigation
Measures
Hydrological and Hydraulic Review of the Richard Smedley 01.09.2016
CRL Southern Connection Modelling – Senior
Stormwater
Specialist,
Healthy Waters
Department
Preliminary Flood Assessment: Aurecon NZ Ltd 9.09.2016
Consenting Analysis of potential
downstream mitigation requirements
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (Decision Golder Associates September 2016
Version) assessment tables:
b. Earthworks
c. Groundwater diversion and take
d. Water Quality
e. Contaminated land
f. Air Quality
g. Stormwater
h. Industrial and Trade activities
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan Auckland Aurecon / Golder 20 September
Council Decisions Version 2016 (CRL- Associates 2016
MTE-UTI-000-MEM-00XX)
75
Appendix E: Consultation Records

CLG Comments
A CLG meeting was held on 17 September 2019. The following comment was received on the CEMP.
Comment Date Time Forum Contributor Comment Resolution

ID
1 17 September 1700-1900 hrs CLG Julie Adamson Who gets notified when trigger The procedures for when trigger levels are
2019 levels (e.g. noise/vibration, etc.) exceeded are outlined in the various DWPs
are exceeded? or MPs (e.g. AQ DWP, CNV DWP, etc.). For
example, if the noise and/or vibration limits
are exceeded, the Link Alliance
Communications and Engagement Manager
will liaise with the affected receiver. Noise
and/or vibration monitoring will be carried
out to verify the extent of any adverse
effects. Mitigation measures as outlined in
the CNV DWP will be implemented.
Independent Peer Review

Page no. CEMP section Paragraph/ sentence Comment Resolution
14 Section 1.5 Second paragraph It is unclear if all the DWPs have been subject to the IPR. Section 1.5 of the CEMP has been amended with
While the CEMP is subject to the IPR the DWPs have not the following text:
been reviewed by the same IPR process that the CEMP was “Prior to submission to Auckland Council the CEMP
subject to. For clarity it is important that the CEMP and DWPs are reviewed by Independent Peer
accurately reflects the process that applies. Reviewers (IPR), as per the requirements of
designation condition 11. The IPRs are suitably
qualified independent specialists agreed to by
Auckland Council to form an IPR Panel.
Each of the DWPs that form part of the CEMP
undergo separate independent peer review by
suitably qualified independent specialists”.
Change to CEMP

33 Section 2.1 Last paragraph This paragraph confirms that the demolition of buildings A sentence has been added at the end of the
and above ground structures within the Mercury Lane CSA paragraph to reflect the works: “A CEMP and set of
are authorised by an existing OPW and do not form part of sub-plans were prepared and provided when
this CEMP. The specific conditions of the OPW are not lodging the OPW to Auckland Council.”
known and it is suggested that there be a cross check Change to CEMP
between the CEMP and OPW to ensure and confirm
consistency applies.
36 and 39 Sections 2.2.2 and Tables 2.3 and 2.4 These tables confirm that various stages and construction A sentence has been added in the text prior to each
2.2.3 sequences that apply to the CEMP. The tables specify the of these tables indicating that the information
works details based on the current knowledge and provided in these tables is indicative only.
information available. It is suggested that these tables also The process to be followed in case of a material
allow for a contingency if the unexpected is encountered. change to the CEMP is outlined in section 6.7 of the
This is suggested to be based on a process that will be CEMP.
followed in such a circumstance. Change to CEMP
48 Section 3.2 Second paragraph This paragraph confirms that the risk register will be The risk register will be reviewed quarterly by the
reviewed quarterly. This detail about how this will occur ESM. Section 3.2 has been reworded in the CEMP
should be included with a cross reference to the specific and cross references to the ESM responsibilities
roles and responsibilities in Section 4.1.2. section (section 4.1.2).
Change to CEMP
51 Section 4.1.1 Second paragraph This paragraph notes that the Alliance will appoint an ESM ESP has been removed from the CEMP (for
and ESP during the construction phase of the project. This consistency across all CEMPs for CRLC3).
is confusing as to if these appointments will apply to the This section has been reworded in the CEMP to
early works (this CEMP) or just the construction works as read: “The Link Alliance will appoint an ESM as part
per Section 1.1. It is assumed that this should also apply to of the Construction Team during the Karangahape
this CEMP (early works). Station early works”.
Change to CEMP
52 Section 3.4.2 Table 3.3 This table confirms the responsibilities of the site Reference to section 3.4.2 appears to be an error
personnel. There are a significant number of DWPs all of and it appears that the IPR means to refer to Table
which have many requirements and procedures to follow. 4-1 in section 4.1.2 of the CEMP.
A key role for the project will be ensuring these are all The key role for ensuring compliance with the
complied with, consistencies achieved and ensuring there DWPs is the ESM. The ESM is responsible for
is no conflict between them. This role isn’t specifically reviewing and updating the sub-plans and checking
identified and should be included within Table 3.3 as a key compliance with the sub-plans (as stated under this
task for the successful CEMP implementation. role in Table 4-1).

The third paragraph of section 4.1.1 also states that

the ESM is responsible for ensuring the CEMP and
sub-plans are implemented.
No change to CEMP
54 Section 4.2.2 Bullet points These points illustrate what will be discussed at the weekly The items listed under section 4.2.2 are merely
toolbox talks. Included is silt fence erection. When examples of topics which may be discussed at tool
referring to Section 5.4 of the CEMP it is noted that the box talks. This section in the CEMP has been
erosion and sediment control methods do not include silt amended to refer to erosion and sediment control
fences and include a range of other measures. While measures (and cross references to section 5.4 in the
Section 4.2.2 is just an example, more specificity or a cross CEMP).
link to Section 5.4 could be provided. Change to CEMP
56 Section 5 This section refers to various appendices and notes these Section 5 is a summary of environmental
form part of the CEMP. These are not included in the draft management procedures provided in the various
CEMP provided and have not been viewed or assessed DWPs or MPs. As required by the CRL designation
within this IPR process. conditions, each of the DWPs that form part of the
CEMP undergo separate independent peer review
by appropriate subject matter experts. While it is
not the task of the CEMP independent reviewer to
individually peer review each of the component
DWPs, the CEMP reviewer can therefore be assured
that the full CEMP including all of its component
DWPs are adequately reviewed.
However, some of the sub sections (in section 5) do
not have an associated DWP and would have been
included in the scope of the peer review.
No change to CEMP

Designation conditions – IPRP comments
No Designation Condition CEMP Section IPRP Comments Response

19.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or 1.2 Fully addressed in Noted. No change to CEMP
mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link CEMP required.
construction.
19.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions 6.6 and 6.7 Fully addressed in Noted. No change to CEMP
and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23. CEMP required.
19.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority 6 Fully addressed in Noted. No change to CEMP
throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link. CEMP required.
19.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation Appendices F to Not assessed as part of Noted. No change to CEMP
conditions. Q IPR process required.
19.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out 4 and 6 The CEMP provides a Noted. No change to CEMP
in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. summary of the DWPs required.
however these DWPs
have not been reviewed
at this time.
20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following:
(b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with 4.1 Fully addressed in Noted. No change to CEMP
the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the CEMP required.
Communication and Consultation Manager;
(c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, 4.2 Fully addressed in Noted. No change to CEMP
environment management and monitoring; CEMP required.
(d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management Appendix K Not assessed as part of Noted. No change to CEMP
and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle the IPR process required.
to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and
(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided 5.21.5 and Fully addressed in Noted. No change to CEMP
for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. Appendix G CEMP. Appendices not required.
assessed as part of this
IPR process at this time.
20.2 The CEMP shall include details of:
(a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will 4.1 Fully addressed in Noted. No change to CEMP
implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details CEMP required.
(phone, email and physical address);


(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and 6.6 and 6.7 This section doesn’t Section 6.6 of the CEMP
Requiring Authority / Constructor detail any specific describes the CEMP
/ Auckland Council requirements; requiring authority, document control
constructor or Auckland procedures. The ESM (Link
Council requirements. Alliance contractor) is
These should be responsible for maintaining
included. the document control
system.
Section 6.7 provides a

detailed CEMP review
process (including the
material changes process
and review/approval by
Auckland Council).
A management review of
the CEMP will take place
annually and is organised by
the ESM (the Link Alliance
contractor under the CRL is
responsible for
environmental management
of the early works).
No change to CEMP
(c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; 5.21 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
CEMP required.
(d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); 5.21.5 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
and Appendix G CEMP. Appendices not required.
addressed as part of
this IPR process at this
time.
(e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of 2 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects CEMP. required.
during construction;
(f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period; 2 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
CEMP. required.

(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and 2 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
CEMP. required.
(h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects. 3.3 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
CEMP. required.
21.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements
in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where
materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored:
(a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle 2 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; CEMP. required.
(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area; 5.4 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
and Appendix H CEMP however required.
appendices are not
assessed as part of the
(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and 5.45.4 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for and Appendix H CEMP required.
earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures;
(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / 2 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All CEMP required.
storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within
the boundaries of the designation;
(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction 2.6 and 2.7 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible; CEMP required.
(g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where 2.6 and 5 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other CEMP required.
decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without
compromising the purpose for which these are erected;
(h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where 2.6 and 2 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, CEMP required.
including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and
opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be
incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project;
(i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle 2.5 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets); CEMP required.
(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid 5.9 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas; CEMP required.


(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the 5.15 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances; CEMP required.
(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction 2 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
yards where practicable; and CEMP required.
(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with 5.11 NA Noted. No change to CEMP
the Urban Design DWP. required.
22.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project
or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be
initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration:
(a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and 1.2, 6.7 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans; CEMP required.
(c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project;
(e) Changes in legal or other requirements;
(f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse
effects during construction;
(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and
DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and
(h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to
address the complaint as required under Condition 17.
22.2 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the 6.7 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request. CEMP required.
23.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require 6.7 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
updating. CEMP required.
23.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of 6.7 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
the relevant CEMP required.
condition.
23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and Appendix G Appendices not Noted. No change to CEMP
DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). assessed as part of this required.
23.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring 1.5 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where CEMP required.
any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not.
23.5 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
review as required by Condition 11. 1.5 CEMP required.


23.6 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse 1.5 and 1.9 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at CEMP required.
least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed,
the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply.
24.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City 5.1 NA Noted. No change to CEMP
Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. required.
24.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and 5.1 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the CEMP required.
safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that
traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link.
24.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility” 5.1 NA Noted. No change to CEMP
includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: required.
(a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland
Council (23 August 2012); or
(b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA
process.
24.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that NA
traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the
construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum:
(a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used 5.1 and Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are Appendix G CEMP, however required.
in close proximity to, the designation; appendices not
(b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the 5.1 and Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Appendix G CEMP, however required.
Utilities; appendices not
(c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware 5.1 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority and Appendix G CEMP, however required.
designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in appendices not
place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: assessed as part of this
(i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, IPR process at this time.
in proximity to existing Network Utilities;
(ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and
appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations;

(d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the 5.1 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times; and Appendix G CEMP, however required.
appendices not
(e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for 5.1 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing and Appendix G CEMP, however required.
Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the appendices not
City Rail Link assessed as part of this
(f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the 5.1 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; and Appendix G CEMP, however required.
appendices not
(g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction 5.1 Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to CEMP
of the City Rail Link; and Appendix G CEMP, however required.
appendices not
(h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and 2.2, 5.1 and Fully addressed in the This has been corrected to
permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; Appendix E CEMP, however Appendix H in Table 1-4 in
appendices not the CEMP.
Note it appears this

appendix reference is
incorrect and should be
Appendix H


(i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; 2.2, 5.1 and Fully addressed in the This has been corrected to
Appendix E CEMP, however Appendix L in Table 1-4 in
appendices not the CEMP.
Note it appears this

Appendix reference is
incorrect and should be
Appendix L
(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network 2.2, 5.1 and Fully addressed in the This has been corrected in
Utilities; Appendix E CEMP, however Table 1-4 in the CEMP.
appendices not
Unsure if Appendix E is
correct reference
(k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network 2.2, 5.1 and Fully addressed in the This has been corrected in
Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these Appendix E CEMP, however Table 1-4 in the CEMP.
drawings; appendices not
Unsure if Appendix E is
correct reference.
(m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the 5.1, 5.3 Fully addressed in the Reference to Appendix E
Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any and Appendix G CEMP, however (records of consultation) has
Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. appendices not been included in this section
assessed as part of this of Table 1-4 in the CEMP.
Appendix G (Communication
Note it appears this and Consultation Plan)
appendix reference is provides detail on
incorrect and should be consultation with NUOs.
Appendix E


24.5 If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed Appendix G Fully addressed in the Noted. No change to the
under the CEMP to manage the construction otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably CEMP, however CEMP required.
qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties appendices not
and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as assessed as part of this
part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted. IPR process at this time.

Appendix F: Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work

Plan

Appendix G: Communication and Consultation Plan

Appendix H: Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Appendix I: Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

Appendix J: Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan

Appendix K: Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

Appendix L: Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan

Appendix M: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)

Appendix N: Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Archaeology)

Appendix O: Contamination Delivery Work Plan

Appendix P: Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and

Contingency Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

City Rail Link Karangahape Station Early Works

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Date: October 2019

Page 1 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Karangahape Station Early Works Construction Environmental

Revision Date Version details Prepared By Approved By

A 26/9/19 Draft for Auckland Council and Caroline Peter Roan

0 21/10/19 Final for Auckland Council Caroline Peter Roan

Name/Title Signature Date

Prepared by: Caroline Secretin 21/10/2019

Reviewed by: Fiona Davies 21/10/2019

Approved by: Peter Roan 21/10/2019

Page 2 | Karangahape Station Early Works

2. Karangahape Station Early Works............................................................. 31

3.2 Environmental Risk Register ............................................................................................ 46

5.19 Water use ........................................................................................................................ 71

6. Monitoring and Review............................................................................. 76

Appendix A: ISCA Requirements ..................................................................... 81

Page 5 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Page 6 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Page 7 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Page 8 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Page 9 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Figure 1-1: CRL Route and Location

1.1 Karangahape Station

Page 10 | Karangahape Station Early Works

1.2 Purpose of the CEMP

Overall, implementation of this CEMP will ensure:

 Appropriate management of potential adverse environmental effects associated with the

1.3 CEMP Structure

Page 11 | Karangahape Station Early Works

 Section 6 describes environmental monitoring requirements, environmental inspections,

1.4 Environmental Sub-Plans

Plan Acronym Designation Purpose Section of

Page 12 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Plan Acronym Designation Purpose Section of

Plan and relevant Acronym Resource Purpose Section of

Page 13 | Karangahape Station Early Works

Plan and relevant Acronym Resource Purpose Section of

1.5 Feedback on CEMP and Sub-Plans

1.6 Mana Whenua

 protecting, restoring, enhancing the mauri (life supporting capacity) of resources;

The CRL sustainability framework is informed by tikanga tiaki and mātauranga.

1.7.1. Infrastructure Sustainability

1.7.2. ISCA IS Rating Scheme

1 Refer to www.isca.org.au for background information about the scheme.

Themes Categories Abbreviation

1.8 Relevant Conditions

No Designation Condition CEMP Section

No Designation Condition CEMP Section

Page 18 | Karangahape Station Early Works

No Designation Condition CEMP Section

Page 19 | Karangahape Station Early Works

No Designation Condition CEMP Section

Page 20 | Karangahape Station Early Works

No Designation Condition CEMP Section

Page 21 | Karangahape Station Early Works

No Designation Condition CEMP Section

Page 22 | Karangahape Station Early Works

No Designation Condition CEMP Section

Page 23 | Karangahape Station Early Works

1.8.2. Resource Consent Conditions

4 (R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898,

No. Resource Consent condition CEMP Section